IBM Aktienkurs
Insights zu IBM
Insights
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Mit KI besser investieren
aktien.guide Unlimited – alle Details der KI-Analysen
👉 Detailliertere Insights
👉 Exklusive Einblicke in Chancen & Risiken
👉 Klare Antworten auf deine Fragen
Jetzt kostenlos registrieren, um einen Alarm für die IBM Aktie zu aktivieren.
Aktiviere Alarme zum Aktienkurs, zur Dividendenrendite, zur Bewertung (z. B. KGV oder EV/Sales) oder zu Strategie-Scores und lehne Dich entspannt zurück.
aktien.guide Basis
Kennzahlen
📘 Marktkapitalisierung
📈 Was ist das?
Die Marktkapitalisierung zeigt, wie viel ein Unternehmen laut Börse aktuell wert ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft Unternehmen in Größenklassen (Large, Mid, Small Cap) einzuordnen und gibt Hinweise auf Marktmacht und Stabilität.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Große Unternehmen gelten als stabiler, zahlen oft Dividenden, wachsen aber langsamer.
- Kleine Firmen können stärker wachsen, sind aber schwankungsanfälliger.
- Die Marktkapitalisierung ist ein guter Indikator für Unternehmensgröße, aber kein Maß für Unter- oder Überbewertung.
📘 Enterprise Value (Unternehmenswert)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Enterprise Value (EV) zeigt, was ein Unternehmen tatsächlich kostet, wenn man es komplett übernehmen würde – inklusive Schulden und abzüglich Cash.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
(= Marktkapitalisierung + Nettoverschuldung)
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der EV ist eine realistischere Bewertungsbasis als die Marktkapitalisierung, da er die Kapitalstruktur berücksichtigt. Er ist Grundlage für Kennzahlen wie EV/FCF oder EV/Sales.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Der Enterprise Value zeigt, was ein Unternehmen tatsächlich wert ist – unabhängig davon, wie es finanziert ist.
- Er ist besonders wichtig für professionelle Investoren, da er eine objektivere Grundlage für Bewertungsvergleiche bietet als die Marktkapitalisierung allein.
- Ein Unternehmen mit hoher Verschuldung erscheint im EV teurer, eines mit viel Cash günstiger – auch wenn sie an der Börse gleich viel wert sind.
📘 Nettoverschuldung
📈 Was ist das?
Die Nettoverschuldung zeigt, wie viele Schulden nach Abzug des verfügbaren Cashs tatsächlich verbleiben.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen von Fremdkapital abhängig ist – und wie gut es in der Lage ist, seine Schulden kurzfristig zu bedienen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine niedrige oder negative Nettoverschuldung bedeutet hohe finanzielle Stabilität.
- Unternehmen mit viel Cash und geringer Verschuldung sind besser gerüstet für Krisen.
- Eine hohe Nettoverschuldung erhöht das Risiko – besonders bei steigenden Zinsen oder konjunkturellen Schwächen.
📘 Cash
📈 Was ist das?
Der Cashbestand zeigt, wie viele liquide Mittel einem Unternehmen sofort zur Verfügung stehen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Er gibt Auskunft über die finanzielle Flexibilität: Ein hoher Cashbestand ermöglicht Investitionen, Rückkäufe oder Krisenresistenz.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Cashbestand zeigt finanzielle Stärke und Handlungsspielraum.
- Cash kann für Investitionen, Schuldentilgung oder Aktienrückkäufe genutzt werden.
- Allerdings: Zu viel ungenutztes Kapital kann auch auf mangelnde Investitionsideen hinweisen.
📘 Anzahl ausstehender Aktien
📈 Was ist das?
Die Anzahl ausstehender Aktien gibt an, wie viele Aktien eines Unternehmens aktuell im Umlauf sind und von Investoren gehalten werden.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie ist die Grundlage für viele Kennzahlen wie Gewinn je Aktie (EPS), Marktkapitalisierung oder KGV.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Je weniger Aktien im Umlauf sind, desto höher fällt z. B. der Gewinn je Aktie aus – wichtig für Bewertung und Dividendenrendite.
- Aktienrückkäufe verringern die Anzahl ausstehender Aktien – und steigern den Wert je Aktie.
- Kapitalerhöhungen haben den gegenteiligen Effekt: mehr Aktien → Verwässerung der bestehenden Anteile.
📘 Kurs-Gewinn-Verhältnis (KGV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KGV zeigt, wie oft der Gewinn pro Aktie im aktuellen Aktienkurs enthalten ist – also wie „teuer“ eine Aktie im Verhältnis zum Gewinn ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KGV gehört zu den bekanntesten Bewertungskennzahlen. Es hilft Anlegern einzuschätzen, ob eine Aktie im Vergleich zu ihrem Gewinn eher günstig oder teuer erscheint.
🧮 Berechnung
📊 KGV (TTM) = bezogen auf den Gewinn der letzten 12 Monate (Trailing Twelve Months):🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges KGV kann auf eine günstige Bewertung hindeuten – oder auf Probleme im Geschäftsmodell.
- Ein hohes KGV kann Wachstumserwartungen widerspiegeln – oder eine überbewertete Aktie.
📘 Kurs-Umsatz-Verhältnis (KUV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KUV zeigt, wie viel Anleger für 1 € Umsatz eines Unternehmens zahlen – unabhängig vom Gewinn.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KUV ist besonders bei wachstumsstarken oder noch nicht profitablen Unternehmen hilfreich. Es zeigt, wie hoch der Umsatz an der Börse bewertet wird.
🧮 Berechnung
Marktkapitalisierung = 255,30 Mrd. $ | Umsatz (TTM) = 68,91 Mrd. $
Marktkapitalisierung = 255,30 Mrd. $ | Umsatz erwartet = 72,18 Mrd. $
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges KUV kann auf Unterbewertung hindeuten – oder auf schwache Margen.
- Ein hohes KUV kann hohe Erwartungen widerspiegeln – oder übermäßigen Optimismus.
- Besonders sinnvoll bei Wachstumsunternehmen, bei denen der Gewinn oder Free Cashflow (noch) keine Aussagekraft hat.
📘 Unternehmenswert zu Umsatz (EV/Sales)
📈 Was ist das?
EV/Sales zeigt, wie viel Anleger für 1 € Umsatz eines Unternehmens zahlen, wenn man auch Schulden und Cash berücksichtigt – es ist eine kapitalstrukturbereinigte Version des KUV.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl eignet sich besonders für den Vergleich von Unternehmen mit unterschiedlicher Verschuldung – sie zeigt, wie teuer ein Unternehmen tatsächlich im Verhältnis zum Umsatz ist.
🧮 Berechnung
Enterprise Value = 309,88 Mrd. $ | Umsatz (TTM) = 68,91 Mrd. $
Enterprise Value = 309,88 Mrd. $ | Umsatz erwartet = 72,18 Mrd. $
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- EV/Sales ist neutral gegenüber der Kapitalstruktur und eignet sich gut für Unternehmensvergleiche.
- Ein niedriges Verhältnis kann auf eine günstig bewertete Aktie hindeuten – ein hohes Verhältnis auf hohe Erwartungen oder Überbewertung.
- Besonders nützlich bei wachstumsstarken, noch nicht profitablen Firmen.
📘 Unternehmenswert zu Free Cashflow (EV/FCF)
📈 Was ist das?
EV/FCF zeigt, wie viele Jahre es dauern würde, bis ein Unternehmen seinen Unternehmenswert durch freien Cashflow „zurückverdient”.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl hilft, Unternehmen auf Basis ihrer tatsächlichen Cash-Erträge zu bewerten – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln oder buchhalterischem Gewinn.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriges EV/FCF deutet auf eine günstige Bewertung bei starker Cashgenerierung hin.
- Ein hohes EV/FCF kann entweder auf Optimismus oder auf temporär schwachen Cashflow hindeuten.
- Besonders hilfreich bei reifen, profitablen Unternehmen mit stabilen Cashflows.
📘 Kurs-Buchwert-Verhältnis (KBV)
📈 Was ist das?
Das KBV zeigt, wie hoch der Marktwert eines Unternehmens im Verhältnis zu seinem bilanziellen Eigenkapital ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das KBV ist besonders bei Substanzwerten (z. B. Banken, Industrie) relevant. Es hilft Anlegern zu erkennen, ob ein Unternehmen unter oder über seinem buchhalterischen Vermögen bewertet ist.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein KBV unter 1 kann auf Unterbewertung oder schwache Rentabilität hindeuten.
- Ein KBV über 1 zeigt, dass der Markt dem Unternehmen Mehrwert über den Buchwert hinaus zuschreibt (z. B. Marken, Patente, Wachstum).
- Das KBV eignet sich besonders gut für Unternehmen mit stabilen, materiellen Vermögenswerten.
📘 Dividende je Aktie
📈 Was ist das?
Die Dividende je Aktie zeigt, wie viel Geld ein Unternehmen pro Aktie an seine Aktionäre ausschüttet – typischerweise jährlich oder quartalsweise.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie ist die absolute Größe der Auszahlung je Aktie – wichtig für alle, die regelmäßige Erträge suchen oder Dividendenstrategien verfolgen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine stabile oder wachsende Dividende je Aktie ist oft ein Zeichen für ein solides Geschäftsmodell.
- Die Dividende je Aktie allein sagt aber nichts über die Rendite – dafür ist auch der Aktienkurs relevant (→ Dividendenrendite).
- Langfristig steigende Dividenden sind oft ein sehr gutes Merkmal (z. B. Dividenden-Aristokraten).
📘 Dividendenrendite
📈 Was ist das?
Die Dividendenrendite zeigt, wie hoch die Dividende eines Unternehmens im Verhältnis zum Aktienkurs ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft dabei, Dividendenaktien vergleichbar zu machen – unabhängig vom absoluten Auszahlungsbetrag.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine stabile Dividendenrendite kann auf verlässliche Ausschüttungen hinweisen.
- Ein Vergleich der 1J- und 5J-Rendite hilft zu erkennen, ob das Dividendenwachstum mit dem Kurswachstum Schritt hält.
- Eine niedrige Rendite ist nicht zwingend negativ – sie kann auf starkes Kurswachstum hindeuten.
📘 Dividendenwachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Dividendenwachstum zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen seine Dividende je Aktie über die Zeit gesteigert hat.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
5J: durchschnittliche jährliche Wachstumsrate (CAGR)
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Stetig steigende Dividenden gelten als Zeichen für finanzielle Stärke und Aktionärsorientierung – besonders interessant für langfristige Investoren.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein stabiles Dividendenwachstum ist ein Zeichen nachhaltiger Ertragskraft.
- Ein hohes Dividendenwachstum kann ein erheblicher Hebel deiner Rendite sein:
- Wenn ein Unternehmen z. B. 1 € Dividende zahlt und diese über 5 Jahre jährlich um 15 % erhöht, bekommst du im 5. Jahr bereits 2 € je Aktie – doppelt so viel wie zu Beginn!
📘 Ausschüttungsquote (Payout)
📈 Was ist das?
Die Ausschüttungsquote zeigt, wie viel Prozent des Unternehmensgewinns (pro Aktie) als Dividende an die Aktionäre ausgeschüttet wird.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Quote hilft einzuschätzen, ob eine Dividende auf Dauer tragfähig ist – besonders im Verhältnis zum erzielten Gewinn.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine niedrige Ausschüttungsquote bedeutet: Das Unternehmen behält einen größeren Teil des Gewinns für Investitionen – typisch für Wachstumsunternehmen.
- Eine moderate Quote (z. B. 25–50 %) steht oft für ein gesundes Gleichgewicht zwischen Ausschüttung und Zukunftsinvestitionen.
- Hohe Ausschüttungsquoten können attraktiv wirken, sind aber riskanter, wenn die Gewinne schwanken oder sinken.
📘 Dividendensteigerungen in Folge (Erhöhungen)
📈 Was ist das?
Diese Kennzahl zeigt, wie viele Jahre in Folge ein Unternehmen seine Dividende pro Aktie erhöht hat – ohne Kürzung oder Aussetzung.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein langer Track Record kontinuierlicher Erhöhungen spricht für Verlässlichkeit, solide Finanzen und aktionärsfreundliche Unternehmenspolitik.
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein langer Zeitraum mit Dividendensteigerungen stärkt das Vertrauen – besonders in Krisenzeiten.
- Solche Unternehmen gelten als verlässlich und planbar für Einkommensinvestoren.
- Je länger die Serie, desto stärker das Commitment gegenüber den Aktionären.
📘 Umsatz
📈 Was ist das?
Der Umsatz zeigt, wie viel ein Unternehmen insgesamt mit seinen Produkten und Dienstleistungen verdient – also den Bruttoerlös vor Abzug von Kosten.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Umsatz ist eine der zentralen Kennzahlen zur Einschätzung der Unternehmensgröße, Marktstellung und Wachstumskraft.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein wachsender Umsatz zeigt eine steigende Nachfrage und kann ein guter Frühindikator für Gewinnsteigerungen sein.
- Vergleiche von aktuellem und erwartetem Umsatz geben Hinweise auf das Marktumfeld und Analystenerwartungen.
- Wichtig: Starker Umsatz allein genügt nicht – auch Margen und Profitabilität zählen.
📘 EBITDA
📈 Was ist das?
EBITDA steht für „Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization“ – also Gewinn vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen. Es zeigt das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens, bereinigt um bilanztechnische und finanzierungsbedingte Effekte.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EBITDA ist eine verbreitete Kennzahl zur Beurteilung der operativen Leistungsfähigkeit – insbesondere bei kapitalintensiven Unternehmen oder im internationalen Vergleich.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hohes oder wachsendes EBITDA spricht für starke operative Erträge – unabhängig von Bilanzierung oder Steuerlast.
- EBITDA ist besonders nützlich, um Unternehmen branchenübergreifend zu vergleichen.
- Wichtig: EBITDA ist keine offizielle Gewinnkennzahl – Abschreibungen und Finanzierungskosten werden ausgeklammert.
📘 EBIT
📈 Was ist das?
EBIT steht für „Earnings Before Interest and Taxes“ – also Gewinn vor Zinsen und Steuern. Es zeigt das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Finanzierungs- und Steueraufwand.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EBIT ist eine zentrale Kennzahl zur Beurteilung der Profitabilität aus dem Kerngeschäft – unabhängig von Kapitalstruktur oder Steuersystem.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hohes EBIT deutet auf ein profitables Kerngeschäft hin – vor Zinslasten oder steuerlichen Effekten.
- Es erlaubt objektivere Vergleiche zwischen Unternehmen mit unterschiedlicher Finanzierung.
- Im Vergleich mit EBITDA zeigt EBIT bereits den Einfluss von Abschreibungen auf das operative Ergebnis.
📘 Nettogewinn
📈 Was ist das?
Der Nettogewinn ist der verbleibende Jahresüberschuss (oder -fehlbetrag) eines Unternehmens – nach Abzug aller Kosten, Steuern, Zinsen und Abschreibungen
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Nettogewinn ist die zentrale Erfolgskennzahl – er zeigt, wie profitabel ein Unternehmen nach allen Kosten tatsächlich arbeitet.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein steigender Nettogewinn zeigt, dass das Unternehmen effizient wirtschaftet – trotz aller Kosten.
- Die Entwicklung des Gewinns beeinflusst z. B. direkt das KGV und weitere Kennzahlen.
- Im Zeitverlauf lässt sich ablesen, wie stabil und profitabel ein Geschäftsmodell wirklich ist.
📘 Free Cashflow (FCF)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Free Cashflow gibt Aufschluss über die echte finanzielle Stärke eines Unternehmens – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln. Er zeigt, wie viel Spielraum für Dividenden, Aktienrückkäufe oder Schuldenabbau besteht.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
FCF reflects a company’s real financial strength – regardless of accounting profits. It shows how much flexibility a company has for dividends, share buybacks, or debt reduction.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Free Cashflow bedeutet, dass ein Unternehmen echte Finanzkraft besitzt – unabhängig vom bilanzierten Gewinn.
- Er ist oft die solideste Grundlage für nachhaltige Dividenden und Aktienrückkäufe.
- Sinkender FCF kann ein Warnsignal sein – auch wenn der Gewinn stabil aussieht.
📘 Umsatzwachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Umsatzwachstum zeigt, wie stark sich die Erlöse eines Unternehmens im Vergleich zum Vorjahr verändert haben – tatsächlich (TTM) und auf Prognosebasis (erwartet).
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (Umsatz erwartet ÷ Umsatz Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein wachsender Umsatz ist ein zentrales Signal für steigende Nachfrage, Geschäftsausweitung und Marktanteilsgewinne – besonders bei Wachstumsunternehmen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Wachstum ist der Motor langfristiger Wertsteigerung – besonders bei Technologie- und Wachstumsaktien.
- Wichtig ist nicht nur das aktuelle Wachstum, sondern auch dessen Nachhaltigkeit.
- Prognosen zeigen, ob Analysten weiteres Potenzial erwarten – oder eine Verlangsamung.
📘 EBITDA-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das EBITDA-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen im Vergleich zum Vorjahr gestiegen oder gesunken ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwartetes EBITDA ÷ EBITDA Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Ein steigendes EBITDA ist ein Zeichen für verbesserte operative Ertragskraft – unabhängig von Finanzierungsstruktur oder Abschreibungen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Starkes EBITDA-Wachstum signalisiert operative Effizienz und Skalierung – besonders relevant in Wachstumsphasen.
- EBITDA-Wachstum ist ein Frühindikator für Margen- und Gewinnentwicklung – sollte aber stets im Zusammenhang mit Umsatz und EBIT betrachtet werden.
📘 EBIT Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das EBIT-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark das operative Ergebnis eines Unternehmens (nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Zinsen und Steuern) im Vergleich zum Vorjahr gewachsen ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwartetes EBIT ÷ EBIT Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Erwartetes Wachstum basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Das EBIT-Wachstum ist ein direkter Indikator für die wirtschaftliche Entwicklung des operativen Geschäfts – unter Berücksichtigung der Kapitalintensität (Abschreibungen).
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Steigendes EBIT signalisiert wachsende operative Rentabilität – auch unter Berücksichtigung von Abschreibungen.
- Das EBIT-Wachstum ist ein wichtiges Maß zur Beurteilung von Geschäftsmodellen mit hohen Investitionskosten.
- Im Zusammenspiel mit Umsatz- und EBITDA-Wachstum ergibt sich ein umfassendes Bild zur operativen Entwicklung.
📘 Nettogewinn-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Nettogewinn-Wachstum zeigt, wie stark der Jahresüberschuss eines Unternehmens gegenüber dem Vorjahr gestiegen oder gesunken ist – sowohl tatsächlich (TTM) als auch auf Basis von Prognosen (erwartet).
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Erwartet = (erwarteter Nettogewinn ÷ Nettogewinn Vorjahr − 1) × 100
Der erwartete Wert basiert auf Analystenschätzungen für das laufende Geschäftsjahr.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der Gewinn ist die entscheidende Ergebnisgröße für ein Unternehmen. Ein wachsender Nettogewinn deutet auf steigende Effizienz, stabile Kostenkontrolle und nachhaltige Ertragskraft hin.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Wachsender Nettogewinn stärkt die Bewertung, Dividendenfähigkeit und Kursfantasie.
- Stagnierender oder rückläufiger Gewinn trotz Umsatzwachstum kann auf Margendruck hinweisen.
📘 Free Cashflow-Wachstum
📈 Was ist das?
Das Free-Cashflow-Wachstum zeigt, wie sich der freie Mittelzufluss eines Unternehmens im Vergleich zum Vorjahr verändert hat – also der Betrag, der nach allen operativen Ausgaben und Investitionen übrig bleibt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Free Cashflow ist der echte, verfügbare Geldzufluss. Wachstum in diesem Bereich ist ein Zeichen für finanzielle Stärke und steigende Flexibilität bei Dividenden, Rückkäufen oder Investitionen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Sinkender Free Cashflow kann auf steigende Investitionen, höhere Kosten oder stagnierende operative Erträge hindeuten.
- Besonders bei Dividendenwerten ist das FCF-Wachstum wichtig – denn Dividenden werden letztlich aus dem verfügbaren Cash gezahlt.
- Ein negativer Trend sollte genauer analysiert werden – er ist nicht zwangsläufig schlecht, aber potenziell ein Warnsignal.
📘 Bruttomarge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Bruttomarge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug der direkten Herstellungskosten (Material, Produktion) als Bruttogewinn übrig bleibt – also der „Rohgewinn“ eines Unternehmens.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Auch: Bruttomarge = Bruttogewinn ÷ Umsatz × 100
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Bruttomarge gibt Aufschluss über die Profitabilität eines Produkts oder Geschäftsmodells vor Fixkosten, Steuern und Zinsen. Sie zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen produzieren oder einkaufen kann.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Bruttomarge deutet auf starke Preissetzungsmacht und effiziente Herstellung hin.
- Sinkende Bruttomargen können auf Kostensteigerungen oder Preisdruck hindeuten.
- Besonders im Vergleich zu Wettbewerbern liefert die Bruttomarge wertvolle Einblicke in die Geschäftsqualität.
📘 EBITDA-Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die EBITDA-Marge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz als operativer Gewinn vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen (EBITDA) übrig bleibt. Sie misst die operative Effizienz – ohne Verzerrungen durch Finanzierung oder Buchwerte.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die EBITDA-Marge hilft zu verstehen, wie viel operativer Gewinn ein Unternehmen aus jedem Euro Umsatz erzielt – unabhängig von Kapitalstruktur oder steuerlichem Umfeld.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe EBITDA-Marge zeigt starke operative Ertragskraft – unabhängig von Bilanzierungseffekten.
- Die Marge ermöglicht gute Vergleiche zwischen Unternehmen und Branchen.
- Ein stabiler oder wachsender Wert kann auf effiziente Kostenkontrolle und Skalierbarkeit hindeuten.
📘 EBIT-Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die EBIT-Marge zeigt, wie viel Prozent des Umsatzes als operativer Gewinn nach Abschreibungen, aber vor Zinsen und Steuern übrig bleiben.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die EBIT-Marge misst die operative Ertragskraft eines Unternehmens unter Berücksichtigung der Kapitalintensität (z. B. Maschinen, Anlagen). Sie eignet sich gut zum Vergleich von Geschäftsmodellen mit unterschiedlich hohen Abschreibungen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe EBIT-Marge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen auch nach Abschreibungen effizient arbeitet.
- Sie ist besonders relevant in kapitalintensiven Branchen.
- Langfristig stabile oder steigende Margen sind ein Zeichen wirtschaftlicher Stärke und Preissetzungsmacht.
📘 Nettomarge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Nettomarge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz am Ende als „Reingewinn“ übrig bleibt – also nach Abzug aller Kosten, Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Nettomarge gibt an, wie effizient ein Unternehmen über alle Stufen hinweg wirtschaftet. Sie zeigt, wie viel Gewinn tatsächlich je Euro Umsatz übrig bleibt.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Nettomarge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen nicht nur operativ stark ist, sondern auch seine Finanzierung und Steuerbelastung im Griff hat.
- Vergleiche mit Wettbewerbern geben Einblicke in die wirtschaftliche Qualität.
- Sinkende Nettomargen trotz Umsatzwachstum können ein Warnsignal sein – etwa für steigende Kosten oder sinkende Effizienz.
📘 Free Cashflow Marge
📈 Was ist das?
Die Free-Cashflow-Marge zeigt, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug aller operativen Ausgaben und Investitionen tatsächlich als freier Mittelzufluss übrig bleibt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Marge misst die echte Liquidität, die ein Unternehmen erwirtschaftet – unabhängig von Bilanzierungsregeln oder Abschreibungen. Sie ist besonders relevant für Dividenden, Rückkäufe und Investitionen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Free-Cashflow-Marge zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen nachhaltig liquide Mittel erwirtschaftet.
- Sie ist ein starkes Signal für finanzielle Stabilität und Ausschüttungspotenzial.
- Wichtig ist der langfristige Trend – sinkende Werte können auf steigende Investitionen oder rückläufige operative Effizienz hindeuten.
📘 Eigenkapitalquote
📈 Was ist das?
Die Eigenkapitalquote zeigt, wie hoch der Anteil des Eigenkapitals an der Bilanzsumme eines Unternehmens ist – also wie stark es sich aus eigenen Mitteln finanziert.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Eine hohe Eigenkapitalquote steht für finanzielle Stabilität, Krisenfestigkeit und gute Bonität. Sie ist besonders relevant bei der Beurteilung der Verschuldung.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Eigenkapitalquote signalisiert finanzielle Stabilität – besonders in Krisenzeiten.
- Ein niedriger Wert kann auf ein höheres Risiko oder eine aggressive Verschuldung hinweisen.
- Wichtig: Die Eigenkapitalquote sollte immer gemeinsam mit der Eigenkapitalrendite betrachtet werden. Nur so lässt sich beurteilen, ob ein Unternehmen nicht nur solide, sondern auch effizient wirtschaftet.
📘 Eigenkapitalrendite (ROE)
📈 Was ist das?
Die Eigenkapitalrendite zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen mit dem Kapital seiner Aktionäre arbeitet – also wie viel Gewinn es pro Euro Eigenkapital erwirtschaftet.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Eigenkapitalrendite ist eine zentrale Rentabilitätskennzahl. Sie hilft Anlegern zu erkennen, ob das Unternehmen eine attraktive Verzinsung auf das eingesetzte Eigenkapital erwirtschaftet.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Eine hohe Eigenkapitalrendite spricht für ein starkes, effizientes Geschäftsmodell.
- Besonders interessant ist sie bei kapitalintensiven Firmen oder solchen mit hoher Eigenkapitalquote.
- Wichtig: Ein sehr hoher ROE kann auch auf hohe Schulden hinweisen – daher sollte sie immer im Kontext mit der Eigenkapitalquote betrachtet werden.
📘 Return on Capital Employed (ROCE)
📈 Was ist das?
ROCE misst die Gesamtrentabilität eines Unternehmens – also wie effizient es das eingesetzte Kapital (Eigen- und Fremdkapital) zur Gewinnerzielung nutzt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Das eingesetzte Kapital ist das gesamte betriebsnotwendige Kapital, unabhängig von der Finanzierungsquelle.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
ROCE eignet sich besonders gut für den Vergleich unterschiedlich finanzierter Unternehmen. Es zeigt, wie effektiv ein Unternehmen Kapital investiert – unabhängig von der Kapitalstruktur.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher ROCE zeigt, dass ein Unternehmen sein Kapital effizient einsetzt – unabhängig davon, ob es durch Eigen- oder Fremdkapital finanziert ist.
- Je höher der ROCE im Vergleich zu ähnlichen Unternehmen, desto mehr Wert schafft das Unternehmen mit seinem investierten Kapital.
- Besonders wichtig ist der ROCE bei Firmen mit hohen Investitionen – z. B. in Industrie, Energie oder Infrastruktur.
📘 Return on Invested Capital (ROIC)
📈 Was ist das?
ROIC zeigt, wie effizient ein Unternehmen das Kapital investiert, das langfristig im operativen Geschäft gebunden ist – unabhängig davon, ob es aus Eigen- oder Fremdkapital stammt.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
- NOPAT = „Net Operating Profit After Taxes“
- Investiertes Kapital = operatives Vermögen abzüglich nicht-verzinster Schulden
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
ROIC ist eine der präzisesten Kennzahlen zur Bewertung der Kapitalrendite – besonders im Vergleich zur Eigenkapitalrendite, weil es Verzerrungen durch Schulden vermeidet. Er zeigt, ob ein Unternehmen Mehrwert für alle Kapitalgeber schafft.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher ROIC zeigt, wie gut ein Unternehmen mit dem tatsächlich investierten (betriebsnotwendigen) Kapital wirtschaftet.
- Im Unterschied zu ROCE wird nur Kapital betrachtet, das wirklich zur Finanzierung operativer Aktivitäten dient – und verzinst werden muss.
- Besonders hilfreich, um die Kapitalrendite von Unternehmen mit viel „überschüssigem“ Kapital oder zinsfreien Verbindlichkeiten realistisch zu vergleichen.
📘 Verschuldungsgrad (Leverage Ratio)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Verschuldungsgrad zeigt, wie stark ein Unternehmen durch verzinsliche Schulden (z. B. Kredite und Anleihen) im Verhältnis zum Eigenkapital finanziert ist.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Die Kennzahl hilft, das finanzielle Risiko und die Abhängigkeit von Fremdkapital zu beurteilen. Ein hoher Verschuldungsgrad kann die Eigenkapitalrendite steigern – birgt aber auch erhöhte Risiken bei Zinsanstiegen oder Liquiditätsengpässen.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriger Verschuldungsgrad steht für finanzielle Stabilität und Unabhängigkeit.
- Ein hoher Wert kann auf erhöhte Risiken hinweisen – insbesondere bei schwankenden Zinsen oder konjunkturellen Schwächen.
- Wichtig: Immer im Kontext zur Branche und Kapitalintensität bewerten.
📘 Ergebnis je Aktie (EPS)
📈 Was ist das?
Das Ergebnis je Aktie (EPS) zeigt, wie viel Gewinn auf eine einzelne Aktie entfällt – und ist eine der wichtigsten Kennzahlen zur Bewertung von Unternehmen.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Die verwässerte Aktienanzahl berücksichtigt auch potenzielle neue Aktien, etwa durch Optionen, Wandelanleihen oder andere Umtauschrechte.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
EPS bildet die Basis für viele Bewertungskennzahlen wie KGV, PEG oder Payout Ratio. Es macht den Gewinn für Aktionäre vergleichbar – unabhängig von der Unternehmensgröße.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- EPS hilft, die Profitabilität pro Aktie zu erfassen – und ist besonders wichtig im Zeitvergleich oder im Vergleich mit Analystenschätzungen.
- Steigendes EPS kann ein Zeichen für stabiles Wachstum oder Aktienrückkäufe sein.
- Wichtig: Verwende verwässertes EPS für realistische Bewertungen – besonders bei stark aktienbasierten Vergütungssystemen.
📘 Free Cashflow je Aktie (FCF je Aktie)
📈 Was ist das?
Der Free Cashflow je Aktie zeigt, wie viel freier Mittelzufluss einem Unternehmen pro Aktie zur Verfügung steht – nach Investitionen, aber vor Dividenden oder Schuldentilgung.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Der FCF je Aktie zeigt, wie viel liquide Mittel pro Aktie tatsächlich im Unternehmen verbleiben – wichtig für Dividenden, Aktienrückkäufe oder Schuldentilgung. Im Gegensatz zum Gewinn ist er schwerer manipulierbar und daher besonders aussagekräftig.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Free Cashflow je Aktie ist ein Zeichen für hohe finanzielle Flexibilität.
- Er zeigt, wie viel Kapital ein Unternehmen effektiv einsetzen oder ausschütten kann.
- Besonders relevant für dividendenstarke Unternehmen oder solche mit starker Kapitalrendite.
📘 Short Interest
📈 Was ist das?
Short Interest zeigt, wie viele Aktien eines Unternehmens aktuell leerverkauft wurden – also von Investoren geliehen und verkauft, in der Erwartung fallender Kurse.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Der Wert zeigt den Anteil der Aktien, der aktuell auf fallende Kurse spekuliert wird.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Short Interest dient als Stimmungsindikator: Ein hoher Wert deutet auf Skepsis oder negative Erwartungen gegenüber dem Unternehmen hin – kann aber auch zu einem „Short Squeeze“ führen, wenn der Kurs plötzlich steigt.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein niedriger Short Interest deutet auf Vertrauen in das Unternehmen hin.
- Ein hoher Wert kann ein Warnsignal sein – oder eine Chance, wenn sich die Stimmung dreht.
- Besonders spannend in volatilen Märkten oder vor wichtigen Quartalszahlen.
📘 Employees
📈 Was ist das?
Die Mitarbeiteranzahl zeigt, wie viele Personen ein Unternehmen weltweit beschäftigt – ein Indikator für Größe, Struktur und Geschäftsmodell.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Sie hilft bei der Einschätzung von Skaleneffekten, Effizienz und Personalkosten. Zusammen mit Umsatz und Gewinn lassen sich Kennzahlen wie Produktivität je Mitarbeiter ableiten.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Viele Mitarbeiter bedeuten große operative Komplexität – aber auch hohes Umsatzpotenzial.
- Produktivität je Mitarbeiter ist ein wichtiger Indikator für Effizienz.
- Besonders spannend bei stark wachsenden Tech- oder Industrieunternehmen.
📘 Umsatz je Mitarbeiter
📈 Was ist das?
Der Umsatz je Mitarbeiter zeigt, wie viel Erlös ein Unternehmen durchschnittlich pro Beschäftigtem erwirtschaftet – eine Kennzahl für Effizienz und Produktivität.
🧮 Wie wird es berechnet?
Die Mitarbeiterzahl stammt in der Regel aus dem letzten verfügbaren Jahresbericht.
🏛️ Wofür ist es wichtig?
Diese Kennzahl hilft, Geschäftsmodelle zu vergleichen – insbesondere zwischen arbeitsintensiven und technologiegetriebenen Unternehmen. Ein hoher Wert deutet auf Automatisierung, Effizienz oder hohen Wertschöpfungsanteil hin.
🧮 Berechnung
🎯 Was bedeutet das für Anleger?
- Ein hoher Umsatz je Mitarbeiter spricht für ein skalierbares und margenstarkes Geschäftsmodell.
- Ein niedriger Wert kann auf arbeitsintensive Prozesse oder geringere Wertschöpfung hinweisen.
- Besonders hilfreich beim Vergleich von Tech- vs. Industrieunternehmen.
IBM Aktie Analyse
Analystenmeinungen
28 Analysten haben eine IBM Prognose abgegeben:
Analystenmeinungen
28 Analysten haben eine IBM Prognose abgegeben:
Beta IBM Events
🇩🇪 Neu: Alle Transkripte jetzt auch auf Deutsch verfügbar!
Abonniere Premium, um Transkripte und KI-Zusammenfassungen auf Deutsch zu lesen.
Vergangene Events
|
JUN
2
Bank of America 2026 Global Technology Conference
vor 27 Tagen
|
|
APR
22
Q1 2026 Earnings Call
vor 2 Monaten
|
|
MÄR
5
Bank of America View from the Top CEO Series
vor 4 Monaten
|
|
MÄR
3
Morgan Stanley Technology
vor 4 Monaten
|
|
JAN
28
Q4 2025 Earnings Call
vor 5 Monaten
|
|
NOV
19
Global Technology
vor 7 Monaten
|
|
OKT
22
Q3 2025 Earnings Call
vor 8 Monaten
|
|
SEP
8
Goldman Sachs Communacopia + Technology Conference 2025
vor 10 Monaten
|
|
JUL
23
Q2 2025 Earnings Call
vor 11 Monaten
|
|
JUN
3
Bank of America Global Technology Conference 2025
vor etwa einem Jahr
|
aktien.guide Basis
IBM — Bank of America 2026 Global Technology Conference
1. Question Answer
[indiscernible] Bank of America Global Tech Conference. Delighted you could all make it. See a lot of familiar faces. Thank you all for joining us again. I'm Wamsi Mohan. I cover IT hardware and supply chain for Bank of America. Delighted to welcome IBM here today. Representing IBM, we have Ric Lewis, who is Senior Vice President of the Infrastructure Group.
So Ric, welcome. Thank you for doing this with us. Very exciting time to be in infrastructure. It's the place to be seems like when every day you hear more and more CapEx dollars are being spent on infrastructure. So I would love to get your thoughts on what you see how IBM's position is in infrastructure to kick it off?
Yes, sure. So I've spent the last 37 years in infrastructure. It's never been more fun or more exciting. There's no doubt about it. And I think the strategic nature of it and how important it is to every boardroom and where the future is going and how it's changing every business, not just IT businesses, et cetera, make it pretty exciting. I think interesting thing is over time -- there was a time when IBM was thought of as an infrastructure -- boxes kind of a company. And IBM has grown to be so much more, consulting and software and lots of organic things going on and lots of acquisitions, et cetera. But at its heart, we still do a lot of infrastructure and our Z, Power and Storage. Now you're hearing about quantum and all the things that go with that or IBM Cloud as well.
So we're seeing similar momentum that you're seeing in some of the infrastructure companies that are all over the airwaves here in the latest few weeks, especially. AI Lift is a real phenomenon going on in the industry. Even if you say, well, it's all about GPUs, it's not all about GPUs. I would argue it's all about data. And that data needs moved. It needs stored, it needs fed, it needs processed. It's also about agents, and those agents need coordinated. They need run, and they're not all on GPUs. So there's just a lot of AI Lift is what I would call it in the industry, which makes it really fun to be in infrastructure and IBM is a big part of that.
Yes. No, that's a great point. So maybe on the AI uplift, right, as you think about some of the places where you're observing that in terms of -- historically, you've seen a lot -- let's start with Z, right? So Z, you've seen many cycles in the past. I know you alluded to at your Investor Day as an example, like different types of MIPS have different value. And AI MIPS is something that you saw coming. Can you give us some sense of like how that's being monetized?
Sure. So first, when we transact the mainframe, the Z business, we sell MIPS. We don't actually just say, here's a box. We're going to charge you X for a box. We sell it by the MIPS. So throughput is what matters. And in the last several generations, 3 plus, we've been building momentum on that. And I would say 3 generations ago, it was more about more capacity needed or technology refresh is what drove a given cycle. And even in the last decade, that first wave, we were growing kind of 110% program to program. Then in the last one we put AI, the initial AI, we had AI and Z before there was a ChatGPT or any of that. Clients were using it for more machine learning type fraud detection, et cetera. We saw Z's growth rate jump to 120% to 125% program to program on a given program. And now with this latest generation where we have Spyre and all the AI capabilities that we've built in from scratch and workloads are moving beyond kind of fraud detection to more multidimensional things from code development to being able to do inferencing on things like insurance predictions and actuary tables, all that kind of stuff, Monte Carlo analysis, whatever, all of those things inside of Z have now accelerated that growth program to program. We're seeing in the latest in z17 at 135% program to program.
So not only has the Z mainframe franchise been growing, its growth is accelerating, not decelerating. And so that's just Z that we're seeing tremendous AI uplift. And I think Part of that is the industry. But quite frankly, I'd like to selfishly say part of that is us. We invested early and often in building those technologies that were really suited well for the AI wave that has now come. And one thing I want to say there is the cool thing about Z is our customers, our clients help codesign it. They tell us what they need. And by telling us they needed to address the $1 billion fraud industry and by telling us they needed to be able to do real-time processing, Swiss Mobiliar, for example, up their throughput of insurance claim approval kind of application things by about 7% to 10% by using the built-in inferencing going on.
So by telling us what they needed to do, it's forced us to kind of develop new technologies like AI and Z and provide a tremendous lift. So we're really excited about Z. It's the biggest part of my portfolio. It's not the only part. There are other significant parts, but that biggest part is just exceeding expectations left and right, including in Q1, we had our biggest Q1 ever of Z at this phase kind of as the last quarter of a given introduction year. So really great momentum.
Yes. So maybe just to touch on this a little bit more, right? So as you think about the growth in infrastructure, it used to be that we used to talk about infrastructure kind of being flattish through cycles. That seems to have changed.
It has definitely changed. Yes. And it's something we're super proud about and excited about. I came into the group 5 years ago, and we had one very simple big hairy audacious goal, and that was, 'let's have this thing grow and let's have it grow across all dimensions,' across Z, Power, Storage, across our cloud and across our support business, which is associated with all that. And we're doing that now. We're low single digits. We have aspirations to continue to accelerate that. I think some of the things we're seeing with the AI Lift that I talked about before, make us feel like I think we can accelerate that. But it's taken making sure that all of those pieces are growing and carrying their weight in the overall portfolio.
I think a lot of people look at IBM and they don't realize the depth of technology stack that exists on something like Z, on something like Power where it goes -- it's pretty vertically integrated. Maybe if you want to spend 2 minutes on that just because I feel like a lot of people don't necessarily put all of those things together as owning those pieces of the stack that are so valuable.
It is a big part of -- the last question was about monetization. That's a little bit of how we monetize. We don't have intermediate pieces of the stack that can say, well, we want to take all the value out of that. It's our stack, it's our chips, it's our silicon, it's our boards, it's our firmware, our operating system on top of that, and it's our application software, whether it be database kind of capabilities that we have on Z or things that we load on our other platforms. And Z is the obvious case. You'd say, well, that's kind of a closed ecosystem and is self-contained. But even with Power, we have MMA, matrix math acceleration, going on inside of our power processor. We put Spyre cards inside of our power machines. So again, a full stack kind of delivery thing.
Now up at the top level, we support multiple OSs. So we don't close that whole ecosystem. We run UNIX capability with our AIX and obviously, SAP. But we also run databases natively on that. And we also integrate our container platforms into that. Yet another area that's really growing well in the AI area is people are doing new applications. They don't want to do them in the old virtual machines. They want to do them on containers. So we have a ready built full stack power system that has containers built in. Similarly, we have storage, AI in a box that has containers built into it. So we really try to provide that differentiation at the full stack and make sure that we can provide a differentiated experience that helps with clients. So it's something we're really good at. It's fun for me because I look and I go, 'Oh, chips are hot right now.' We do chips. 'Oh, boxes are hot right now.' We do boxes. 'Oh, operating system work and containers are hot right now.' We do that. So it's really a good thing for IBM.
Maybe just to think a little bit about AI and the impact that it's having on the business and maybe on this cycle. As you think about monetization, right, it looks like there's a lot of pricing that is driving the results of a lot of these peer companies in infrastructure because of shortages, because of various reasons. How are you thinking about pricing from an IBM context, from an infrastructure context? I know that some of the commodity pricing is obviously being reflected in a lot of the revenues that other infrastructure players are reporting. But how do you think about where commodity pricing is and where your pricing is and maybe there is a disconnect between the 2 also.
Sure. So a few thoughts on that. So first, let's maybe just try -- let's start with supply and then let's work to kind of demand and pricing. So supply-wise, there have definitely been some shocks in the ecosystem, just dramatic demand increase for memory, dramatic increase for disks and things like that. For us, one, we're really good at supply chain management. We've been doing it forever, over 100 years. We even use our own AI technology in our supply chain management. So we're great at it.
Second thing is when you're selling systems that are not, I'll just say, commodity, I mean, we're doing a full stack, we're doing differentiation, et cetera; that means we have more margin in those systems. That means we have more margin to move when we need to apply it to getting supply for those kind of things. So that's really a powerful dynamic for us. And we use that when we need to.
But what's interesting and that I love about this whole situation is it has actually changed demand as well. And what I mean by that is when memory costs have gone up, when CPU costs have gone up on the rest of the market, that means people want to be a lot more efficient, even hard drives, when hard drives go up, my tape business is now growing double digit pretty reliably because people need a place to put bits and disks have gone through the roof and tape looks pretty economical and affordable. So all of this cost and supply chain shock has actually resulted in demand for my power servers because we make better use, frankly, of memory that you put in a box. We're more efficient with how we utilize that. Increased demand for storage, it's increased demand for tape, it's increased demand for the software, the integrated software that is put. So all of that generally has been a good thing for us. Then you add on to the fact of, okay, you're a value supplier, so you can price appropriately. And when the commodity prices for memory and things increase, then we adjust our price appropriately. We make sure that the clients understand we're pricing for our value and here's the part that is the component increase cost, and they're happy to get our systems that make better use of those expensive commodities. So we end up in a win-win. So it actually doesn't hurt us at all. It actually helps us a little bit.
Have you seen enterprises -- I mean, from what you're saying, it seems like enterprises are changing their buying decisions. But are you seeing any shift in demand acceleration because people are worried about not being able to get access to the compute power or the storage or anything else that they need?
I think it is motivating -- it's interesting. There's 2 parts of that. Is it pull forward? I don't know. I think there's a big enough wave here that we and the other infrastructure vendors aren't thinking this is pull forward. This isn't -- well, I'm not going to say I'm buying everything I need for the year right now. We think it's actually true increased demand. And that increased demand in the long term results in what kind of looks like a pull forward, which is really, I better get some now because I'm going to need more rather than I better get some now because I won't be able to get it. And that's a really important distinction. It's more of the former. I better get some now because I think I'm going to need more, and that's what we're seeing as a behavior from clients.
Yes. And it seems very consistent across the board, like I think everyone seems to think that there is just a very strong demand environment because there are use cases to deploy on this infrastructure that if you don't, you get sort of left behind and there's a sense of urgency to go ahead and deploy this.
Absolutely. I mean businesses are being disrupted daily now. AI has moved from experimentation to production. And not in wholesale, we're still early innings. But it is definitely in production now in a lot of companies, and those companies are disrupting other companies. And so it's an imperative to make sure that you're on the curve.
So maybe talking about disruption, I think there were some worries, maybe transitory, but just on the fact that AI potentially can help refactor some of the code base on the mainframe and what does that eventually do to customer stickiness or usage of the mainframe? How do you think investors should think about that?
This is one of the most fascinating topics. What -- I think at times, people are tempted to say, 'Oh, the reason people are on a mainframe is because you can't translate all that COBOL code.' We've been translating COBOL code now for 3 years. I'll give you an interesting factoid, but people who are doing Watson Code Assistant for Z, which will help you comment and transact -- and translate COBOL code are actually growing at faster MIPS utilization than any of the other customer database, kind of like 2 to 3x faster. What we're finding is actually 2 things. One, fit for purpose is what rules kind of the space, just like you want to do AI transactions in the GPU because matrix math is key to AI inferencing and training and all those kind of things. If you want to do high throughput transaction processing at a global level for the most fastest, most secure, most resilient platform, it's a mainframe. So that's what you use it for. It's not about, 'Oh, COBOL keeps it so I can't move or whatever.' We have clients translating COBOL to Java and other things every single day. It's about I can do a lot more transactions. They are a lot more secure, and it would cost me a ton of money to try to do all this in a cloud environment.
So we don't see that. What we actually see is what might have been perceived as a barrier to exit might have been a barrier to entry. And what I mean by that is I'm worried about skills. What if I end up some of these code -- now I'm not saying people are bringing new COBOL a bunch of that stuff. But what they're saying is if this is the world's fastest transaction and most secure and most resilient, stays up all the time platform, my only worry is, 'Well, I don't want to write COBOL.' Well, you don't need to. You can write whatever you want. Our Linux system or what we call a specialty MIPS, the noncore old-school database MIPS has been growing 3 to 4x faster than the core MIPS for a long time, and that's because clients put other workloads on that. And as the cost of Linux-based machines, AKA x86 boxes running Linux has gone through the roof, Cost of Z hasn't gone through the roof. It's similar to what it was. So that Linux value proposition on our Z looks even better than ever, and it's still the fastest transaction processor and secure environment never goes down. Don't have constant patching to try to deal with all that to make sure that you're up on the latest security.
So that's what I mean by this barrier to exit or whatever turned out to be -- another example, our IBM i, we're seeing a massive resurgence. This is the old AS/400 running on our power systems, massive resurgence in new workloads landing on IBM i because people were worried about 'Well, I don't have RPG code expertise.' You don't need RPG code expertise. We now have software tools that can write whatever language it is you want. You just say what application you want on an IBM i box running on Power. And you don't have to worry about the ransomware attacks that you get on x86, you don't have to worry about the machine going down. You don't have to do all that. So we're seeing a significant growth, not just double digit, but higher double digits in IBM i AS/400 business right now because of this barrier to entry being dropped by. Now we have programs, including IBM Bob that do this really, really well and allow people to put new workloads and new applications on top of that infrastructure that's so reliable and secure. So it's actually working out well for us. We're happy about it.
So on that point of like where you -- I think that's super interesting that the people who have run Watson Code Assistant for Z are consuming like MIPS at a higher rate. What applications are they now running that they weren't running before?
It's a variety of things. A lot of container kind of loaded applications, a lot of Java. It turns out that a world-class transaction processor runs Java extremely well, and it runs a gamut. Usually stuff that -- remember, you kind of have this fit-for-purpose ecosystem depends on what your core thing is. Are you processing insurance claims? Are you processing bank transactions, credit card transactions, et cetera. It will be the surrounding stuff that latency gets a good benefit of being co-located to that is typically it. But we have other people -- we have clients. We've referenced publicly some big banks that say, 'Hey, I have a mainframe estate. I'm just going to do server consolidation of generic non-mainframe-related workloads on Z Linux systems because I don't have to manage data centers full of racks of stuff that need patched and updated, et cetera. I get 2 mainframes and I can run all those workloads and I'm home free. And it fits the same profile I have for all the transaction processing that I have going on in the organization.' So it's a little bit of everything surprisingly.
Yes. Yes, that's really impressive. Maybe just to talk about sort of the broader portfolio, right? So when you think about -- you mentioned the strength across Power. You mentioned the strength across Z. How are you seeing this Z cycle maybe different from prior Z cycles, if there's any compare contrast on either length of cycle or on magnitude in terms of from where we are today -- you already had like a year of very strong Z performance from where we are today. And then maybe just touch on storage as well because -- and maybe infrastructure support, just to make sure that...
Sure. Yes. Excellent. So let's start with Z. Momentum has been accelerating, meaning we've had good acceleration each year. It's compounding now, and so extremely strong. Why do I think that is? I think -- we had talked about the core MIPS, the database MIPS that we sell and that specialty MIPS were growing at 3 to 4x. Wamsi, I've talked to you before and other analysts about this new emerging category of AI MIPS, which basically has to do with clients that are actually adding new workloads like a bunch of inferencing on their insurance processing that I talked about before or a bunch of inferencing on bank transactions or actual customer transactions that are going on in the systems. They can do it at near real time. With Spyre, they can do multimodal AI, so not just kind of transaction focused, but let's say, you're trying to figure out if something is fraud and you can use -- the typical pattern is, okay, 2 deposits of something small, 2 withdrawals of something small, then 1 withdrawal of something really big. Well, now you can mix that with multimodal with Spyre cards, et cetera, where you can say, 'Okay, I see this transaction pattern. Does the entity that's running those transactions have a web page. Are they a physical entity? Do they have a real address? Or is it a PO box? Or is it a website in the middle' -- so things that you wouldn't generally -- it's more contextual, I guess, about what's the company that's trying to do these transactions. You can do that.
So all of those means more workload. That means we're selling watsonx. That means we're selling Spyre cards. That means -- and those Spyre cards have subscriptions, et cetera. In fact, one really cool thing is for those specialty MIPS, the Linux workloads that is containers and that kind of thing, we see 3 to 4x multiplier of Z stack revenue. For these AI MIPS, we're seeing greater than the 3 to 4x, higher 5, 6, 7, 8 kind of multipliers on the MIPS that we're selling for AI. So that's just more in the ecosystem, more software sold, more cards sold, more subscription, more services, et cetera. So that kind of tells you the Z story.
On storage, I think that you've seen the industry catch up on, 'Oh, it's not just going to be chips and GPUs. It's going to be boxes, too,' because somebody's got to run the agent, somebody's got to feed the data. I think the industry hasn't caught -- and memory, memory companies exploding, going big right now. I think the industry hasn't caught up on -- it's all data. There's tons of data, training data that you want to keep track of, data that you need to feed, sometimes redundant copies of data. We say you don't have to make redundant copies in our system because you're not moving it to a cloud or whatever you already have that data. But that data needs stored, and we're definitely seeing huge stored and fed, and we're seeing a huge pickup in our storage along those lines. We have our Fusion platform, which is AI in a box that makes it easy. We have Scale, which is the -- IBM Scale, which is the best way to feed NVIDIA GPUs.
We have -- in fact, the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Association does that for worldwide weather, and there's no other platform that could feed these GPUs at a level that we do. And so storage software is big. But as we move that storage software, there's a huge amount of storage hardware that goes with that. On mainframes, it's our DS8000. In the distributed space, it's our flash systems, but that stuff is growing double digits and north. And in fact, the stuff that our software runs on, so Flash and Scale and those things, we see that growing at like 50%, 60%. So storage as an industry is kind of quiet. It hasn't gotten this big pop that chips and boxes, server boxes have got, but I see that coming because I see the demand there.
And then all of that needs supported worldwide in a global kind of way. That's our TLS support business, and we've been really happy with that. TLS, if you watch our results, it will look kind of strange this year where you're like, 'Hey, that seems to be struggling.' A lot of that is mainframe refresh. When people buy their new set of mainframes, which are overachieving, they get a warranty. That warranty, then they're not paying me for service on it. It came bundled with the system when it comes. So it takes a little while for the TLS part of that business to kind of go back up again. So we're watching for that and feel really confident in it.
And then just on transaction processing sort of as we think about -- in mainframe launch years, typically, we've seen a little bit of deceleration in transaction processing. Through cycle, it sort of picks up. So are we kind of at that point in the cycle where we should be expecting transaction processing to pick back up?
Over the last 3, 4 generations, and we see no reason for it to change, flattish in the year of intro, single digit in the next year, which is this next year and then accelerating beyond that in the third year, then we ship again. Oh, and the cycle on Z, I often get that question. We've settled now. I mentioned that we have over 100 clients that help us codesign the next generation of Z. And what we figure out -- we have a client design council and all that. So they basically influence -- they don't even just influence us. They vote on what they want us to do with that platform. We're locked in on a 3-year cycle at this point. It's too disruptive to them to say, 'Well, we're putting this and that in, maybe this one will be 5 and the next will be 2.' They know, 'Okay, you can plan on that, we can plan on that.' So it's kind of -- it's a heartbeat. And we even structure our design cycle that way. It's a release train. You're either on the train or you're not on the train. It's coming out in that second quarter of the third year. And so that's very predictable. So that kind of tells you. We know what's going on with TPS, and it's tracking the way we'd expect it to.
Yes. I know we've only got like 2.5 minutes left, but I want to hit on a big topic that something we didn't touch on. Yes, like what are you excited about the future?
A whopper is quantum. And we've been quietly excited about it inside the company, but we've now been talking a lot more about it and announcing some really big things. So certainly, most of you probably saw our Anderon announcement, our partnership with the government. They're investing. We're investing to create the world's first quantum foundry. You say, what's a quantum foundry? Well, somebody's got to do chips for quantum. And those chips are like silicon chips. They're still silicon, but they're not digital. They're not ones and zeros. It's the analog technology that you have to build to be able to do quantum computing. And it's the first of its kind. I think it's really awesome because it shows that we're ahead of the industry. They wouldn't be betting on a second-placed player. So that's really good.
We've announced that this year, we expect to show Quantum Advantage. For those of you who haven't been following the space, that basically means solving some problems that you can't solve on traditional computing in any kind of reasonable time frame. And we've got various clients that we've talked about publicly and a bunch that we haven't talked about publicly that are on the cusp of that for various science problems in medical research and chemistry and financial, I think advanced Monte Carlo kind of simulation stuff. So that's something we're really excited about. So we've talked about Quantum Advantage this year and then the world's first 2,000 qubit -- qubit is kind of a notion of these quantum state elements and first 2,000 quantum qubit fault-tolerant machine by 2029, which is when we think it's kind of -- that's its moment of, 'Oh, this is a real volume thing and cranking along.' So we're excited about it inside of IBM. Arvind likes to say it's no longer a science problem. It's an engineering problem, meaning we know how to do what we need to do, and we need to go execute it, and we're executing it, and we're on schedule to execute it. We just need to follow the steps. We can see, okay, this is where we'll be in the FET technology, the error correction technology, the cooling technology, and we're on track to go deliver that. So quantum is going to be a real thing this decade. And we already have 90 systems with clients doing quantum development on our Qiskit software, pretty excited about that. If you think about how AI team, kind of with its ChatGPT moment, there was a lot of stuff going on with GPUs and CUDA and that kind of stuff. That's the stuff that's going on right now with Quantum and Qiskit is developing, experimenting universities, medical centers, all those things. So really excited. It's good to...
Well, thank you so much, Ric. I really appreciate you being here. Thanks for bringing all your insights as usual. Always a pleasure.
Thanks, Wamsi. Always nice talking to you.
Thank you so much.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
IBM — Bank of America 2026 Global Technology Conference
IBM — Bank of America 2026 Global Technology Conference
IBM sieht durch AI‑"Lift" nachhaltige, datengetriebene Nachfrage für Z, Power, Storage; Quantum als langfristige Option.
Ric Lewis (SVP Infrastructure) betonte Full‑Stack‑Vorteile, Monetarisierung via AI‑MIPS und klare Roadmap für Quantum.
📊 Kernbotschaft
AI ist für IBM kein GPU‑only-Thema, sondern ein Daten‑ und Stack‑Problem: Daten müssen bewegt, gespeichert, gefüttert und orchestriert werden. IBM profitiert als Full‑Stack‑Anbieter (Silicon, Server, OS, Container, Software, Services) von höherer Nachfrage, Pricing‑Resilienz und Attach‑Revenue (Software, Karten, Subscriptions). Z‑Mainframe und Storage zeigen beschleunigtes Wachstum; Quantum bleibt strategische Langfristwette.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Z‑Wachstum: "AI MIPS" treiben Z: von ~110%→120–125% früher bis ~135% program‑to‑program bei z17, größtes Q1 in der Einführungssaison.
- Full‑Stack‑Monetarisierung: Spyre‑Beschleuniger, watsonx und Container‑Stacks liefern hohe Attach‑Raten; Linux/Container‑Workloads auf Z erzeugen 3–4x Stack‑Umsatz, AI‑MIPS 5–8x‑Multiplikatoren.
- Supply & Pricing: Starke Supply‑Chain, Fähigkeit, Wertpreise zu verlangen; Commodity‑Schocks fördern Tape/Storage‑Nachfrage und Server‑Konsolidierung auf Z/Power.
🆕 Neue Informationen
- Quantum‑Roadmap: Partnerschaft für eine "Quantum Foundry", Erwartung von "Quantum Advantage" noch dieses Jahr und Ziel: 2.000 qubit‑fehlertolerante Maschine bis 2029.
- Storage‑Momentum: Scale/Flash‑Plattformen und "AI in a box" zeigen starkes Wachstum (teilweise 50–60% für bestimmte Produkte), TLS‑Service kurzfristig durch gebündelte Garantien belastet.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Monetarisierung Z: Wie werden AI‑MIPS verkauft und welchen Mehrwert liefern sie? Antwort: MIPS‑basiertes Modell plus Spyre, watsonx und Subscriptions erhöhen Umsatz pro MIPS deutlich.
- Pricing & Supply: Sind höhere Komponentenpreise ein Vorteil oder Risiko? IBM sieht Vorteil dank Supply‑Chain‑Stärke und Wert‑Positionierung; steigende Commodity‑Preise verstärken Nachfrage nach effizienterer Infrastruktur.
- Nachfragestreckung: Ist das Wachstum Pull‑forward oder strukturell? Management: überwiegend strukturell — Kunden erwarten dauerhaft mehr Bedarf, nicht nur Vorzieheffekte.
⚡ Bottom Line
Für Aktionäre bedeutet der Talk: IBM profitiert kurzfristig von AI‑getriebener Infrastruktur‑Nachfrage mit hoher Attach‑Profitabilität; Storage und Services ergänzen die Upside. Quantum ist ein wertvoller langfristiger Optionstreiber, aber mit mehrjährigem Zeithorizont. Kurzfristige TLS‑Effekte sind erklärbar; die Kernstory bleibt Wachstum und höhere Monetarisierung des Stacks.
IBM — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Welcome, and thank you for standing by. [Operator Instructions] Today's conference is being recorded. If you have any objections, you may disconnect at this time. Now I will turn the meeting over to Olympia McNerney, IBM's Global Head of Investor Relations.
Olympia, you may begin.
Thank you. I'd like to welcome you to IBM's First Quarter 2026 Earnings Presentation. I'm Olympia McNerney, and I'm here today with Arvind Krishna, IBM's Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer; and Jim Kavanaugh, IBM's Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.
We'll post today's prepared remarks and a replay of today's webcast on the IBM investor website within a couple of hours. The earnings presentation is already available. To provide additional information to our investors, our presentation includes certain non-GAAP measures. For example, all of our references to revenue and signings growth are at constant currency. We provided reconciliation charts for these and other non-GAAP financial measures at the end of the presentation, which is posted to our investor website.
Finally, some comments made in this presentation may be considered forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements involve factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially. Additional information about these factors is included in the company's SEC filings.
So with that, I'll turn the call over to Arvind.
Thank you for joining us today. Let me start with our first quarter results and then provide context on what we are seeing across the business. IBM is off to a strong start to 2026.
Revenue in the first quarter grew 6% and combined with strong margin expansion, drove 13% growth in free cash flow. These results reflect the durability of our portfolio, the mission-critical nature of the work we do for clients and the continued execution of our strategy.
Let me first touch on the macro. While we are operating in a dynamic environment, Middle East developments didn't impact us in the first quarter. Uncertainties remain, but our diversity across businesses, geographies, industries and large enterprise clients position us well. Conversations we are having with clients remain consistent. Enterprises are investing in capabilities that increase resiliency, productivity and accelerate growth.
They are modernizing core systems. They are scaling AI and they're making deliberate choices about where workloads should run and who controls the infrastructure underneath them. These are structural priorities and they align directly with IBM's strengths. This quarter's performance reinforces the strategic choices we have made over the last several years to advance IBM as a software-led hybrid cloud and AI platform company.
Software revenue grew 8%, with Data and Red Hat growing double digits. Infrastructure grew 12% with another record Z quarter, up 48%. We also had strong performance in Distributed Infrastructure as generative AI increases demand for our storage offerings.
Consulting grew 1% with momentum in enterprise data and business application transformations as clients modernize to deploy AI securely and at scale. The durability of our portfolio is a defining feature of IBM today. Let me spend a few minutes on AI. Enterprises are still figuring out where to deploy this technology and where competitive advantage truly sits.
Every major technology wave has followed a pattern. Value begins with infrastructure, moves to enabling platforms and ultimately concentrates in the workflows where businesses operate. Right now, the spotlight is on foundation models. Enterprises are building portfolios, frontier models for some workloads, smaller models running on-premise for others and open source models where control and flexibility matter the most.
Enterprises will want to retain control of the proprietary data. AI will run everywhere across public cloud, private and sovereign clouds and on-premise. The core challenge is making all of this work together. This includes orchestrating across models, agents and workflows, governing enterprise data and securing these systems at scale. And that is exactly where IBM operates. We are building the platform that lets enterprises put AI to work on their terms, wherever it runs, whichever models they choose and under governance they control.
Our portfolio is built around world-class security, support and integration for an enterprise environment. Red Hat provides a common open platform that lets enterprises run applications in AI consistently across any infrastructure. More AI adoption means more demand for open flexible infrastructure. In automation, the logic is similar, agents multiply applications, integrations and execution paths. Managing that sprawl requires a controlled plane to provision infrastructure, integrate applications, secure environments and manage cost. This is what our end-to-end automation portfolio provides.
In an AI-driven world, security risks are rising. IBM Concert identifies vulnerabilities proactively and automates remediation, helping enterprises maintain resilience at scale. Our data business is seeing similar AI tailwinds. AI is only as good as the data it can access. And increasingly, that data is not static. It is generated continuously across transactions, applications and interactions. To deliver real-term AI outcomes, data must be available in motion, governed and delivered securely to models and agents wherever they are running.
Confluent, which we closed this past quarter, solves that directly. It streams live, governed data to models and agents across the hybrid environment. And the orchestration layer ties it together. In a multi-model world, clients need to route between models, manage agent workflows and maintain governance. That is what watsonx Orchestrate and our watsonx platform deliver. We have also created AI additions of critical software products like Db2, Cognos and MQ. These embed agentic AI that can reason, act and automate at scale while preserving IBM grade security and trust.
Infrastructure remains a critical differentiator as AI moves into the core of enterprise operations. IBM Z delivers the lowest unit cost architecture at scale for workloads that require end-to-end encryption, continuous availability and ultra-high throughput. Clients rely on our Z platform to process billions of transactions reliably with 6 to 8 9s of availability.
They run AI inferencing directly in line with those transactions. Our Spyre accelerator lets clients run AI on 100% of the transaction volume without moving data off platform, allowing them to embed AI directly into their transaction flows. Financial services clients are using this for real-time fraud detection, saving tens of millions of dollars. At the same time, AI-assisted modernization, including code understanding, refactoring and API integration makes it easier to evolve applications without compromising the guarantees the platform provides.
Our watsonx Assistant for Z made available over 2 years ago to help clients preserve the architectural strengths that deliver resilience, security and scalability while making the platform more productive. Clients who have deployed watsonx Code Assistant for Z are growing MIPS capacity 3x faster than those who have not. In consulting, AI is both a growth driver and a productivity engine. As agents take on more work, delivery becomes faster, more software driven and more scalable.
IBM is leading into the shift through our consulting advantage platform and unique integrated value sitting side-by-side with software. This helps clients operationalize AI while improving our own efficiency. Demand continues to accelerate as clients move beyond experimentation and focus on transforming applications, data and workflows to embed AI into core operation.
All of this allows us to drive value for clients. ServiceNow is leveraging watsonx for automated data quality and observability to deliver AI-ready data and code generation to refresh legacy applications to modern application run times, including ServiceNow. Visa continues to work with IBM on ongoing software and data modernization efforts supporting the scale, resiliency and performance of VisaNet. With Nestle, we are using NVIDIA accelerated watsonx.data to embed AI directly into core order-to-cash operations, enabling faster real-time insights across Nestle's global supply chain.
This highlights how quickly we can bring research to bear for commercial value. Nestle was ideal for this proof of concept because of a strong digital backbone. In infrastructure, clients such as NatWest and RBC are modernizing their mainframe environments using AI and automation capabilities, including watsonx Assistant and watsonx Code Assistant for Z to improve resiliency, security and developer productivity.
We continue to accelerate organic innovation. IBM Bob, our AI-based software development system, is now generally available. Our entire developer workforce is using Bob with average productivity gains of 45%. Bob automates the full software life cycle from legacy modernization to security using specialized agents and multimodal optimization. It drives developer productivity and predictable costs.
We also introduced Sovereign Core software that lets organizations run AI workloads under their own operational authority within a defined jurisdiction and auditable controls. [ PC ] sovereignty becoming a bigger factor in where and how workloads run. Every enterprise and every nation is waking up to the same reality. They need AI and cloud infrastructure they control, infrastructure no one can turn off or tamper with because of geopolitics.
During the quarter, we also announced strategic collaborations with NVIDIA, expanding our work across GPU native analytics. In addition, we announced a strategic collaboration with ARM to expand how AI workloads run across IBM infrastructure. By enabling the ARM software ecosystem within mission-critical environments like IBM Z, clients can scale AI closer to the data while preserving the security and resilience they require. These partnerships reflect our approach open, flexible and all the infrastructure clients choose.
We continue to make progress in Quantum and remain on track to deliver the first, large-scale fault-tolerant quantum computer by 2029. Here are some signposts of progress. In March, researchers used IBM Quantum hardware to simulate a 300 atom system with the Cleveland Clinic, demonstrating that quantum computers can serve as reliable tools for pharmaceutical discovery. Another team accurately simulated real magnetic materials. Magnetism is central to new forms of energy and electrification. These are significant demonstrations to date that quantum computers can serve as reliable tools for scientific discovery.
We also released a new blueprint for Quantum-centric supercomputing that outlines the architecture for integrating quantum and classical systems at scale. We strongly believe that our partners will achieve the first examples of Quantum Advantage this year leveraging IBM hardware.
In closing, we are executing on our strategy of accelerating revenue growth and delivering higher profitability. Given our strong start to the year, we remain confident in our ability to sustain revenue growth of 5% plus and grow free cash flow by about $1 billion this year. With that, let me hand it over to Jim to go through the financials.
Thanks, Arvind. In the first quarter, we delivered 6% revenue growth, 140 basis points of operating pretax margin expansion, 17% adjusted EBITDA growth, 19% diluted operating earnings per share growth and $2.2 billion of free cash flow, growing 13% year-to-year, representing our highest first quarter free cash flow in a decade and free cash flow margin in reported history.
This performance reflects the work we have done to strengthen our software-led platforms, deliver innovation, value to clients and the durability of our financial model. Now I'll dive deeper into our segment performance.
Software revenue grew 8% marking a strong start to the year. This reflects the diversity of our portfolio, ongoing GenAI innovation, continued shift to higher-growth end markets and flexible consumption model. Our ARR was solid at $24.6 billion, up 10% since last year. Data revenue grew 16%, fueled by demand for our GenAI products, strengthen our strategic partnerships and inorganic contribution from data stack and Confluent, which closed in mid-March.
Red Hat growth accelerated 2 points sequentially to 10%, largely driven by the stabilization of consumption-based services revenue growth that we expected. OpenShift is now $2 billion ARR business with strong growth. And virtualization continues to gain traction with over $600 million of contracts signed since the beginning of 2024.
Automation grew 7%, with February marking the 1-year anniversary of the acquisition of HashiCorp. Over the last year, we have seen record HashiCorp bookings, leveraging IBM's go-to-market scale and achieved adjusted EBITDA accretion ahead of expectations. Transaction processing grew again, up 2% as we monetize on a strong Z17 program. In infrastructure, our revenue grew 12% this quarter, with hybrid infrastructure up 25% and infrastructure support down 6%.
Within hybrid infrastructure, growth was broad-based with strong demand for our offerings across IBM Z, Power and Storage. IBM Z continues to outperform prior programs, growing 48% this quarter. Clients are investing in IBM Z as they modernize mission-critical workloads driven by requirements for resiliency, security and compliance, while enabling new AI capabilities on the platform.
Distributed infrastructure grew double digits with strength in both power and storage. Our growth was driven by demand for [ Power11 ] with its resiliency and performance advantages supporting data-intensive workloads. In storage, growth reflected strong adoption of our new flash offerings introduced in the first quarter, which incorporate industry-leading agentic AI capabilities.
In consulting, our revenue grew 1% this quarter, reflecting momentum in the business as client demand continues to shift towards enterprise-wide transformation. Signings returned to growth, up 6% with strength across our application and data transformation offerings, driven by clients modernizing their environments to support AI adoption and capture value.
Revenue growth was balanced across the portfolio with both strategy and technology and intelligent operations up 1%. Generative AI is now firmly integrated across our consulting engagements, representing about 30% of our backlog. This reflects how generative AI has become embedded in the work we do. Our differentiated asset-led delivery model continues to drive productivity and speed to value, combining deep domain expertise with software automation and reusable assets to help clients deploy AI securely and at scale.
Let me now discuss profitability. Several years ago, we set an ambitious objective to reinvent our enterprise operations for greater speed, lower friction and structurally lower cost. Through disciplined execution, eliminating manual touch points, simplifying processes and applying data, automation and AI at scale, we have built a proven repeatable AI-enabled transformation engine that is accelerating.
Since 2023, this has driven $4.5 billion of productivity savings, with an additional $1 billion expected in 2026. Our success is enabling us to accelerate investments in innovation, strengthen our competitive advantage as [ client zero ] and fuel our growth flywheel while expanding our margins. You can see this in the results this quarter with productivity revenue scale and mix driving expansion of operating gross profit margin by 110 basis points, adjusted EBITDA margin by 170 basis points and operating pretax margin by 140 basis points, all ahead of expectations.
Segment profit margins expanded by 720 basis points in infrastructure and 60 basis points in software. Consulting segment profit margin declined modestly, reflecting currency headwinds from geographic mix of the business and the reinvestment of productivity gains amid an improving demand environment. In the quarter, we generated $2.2 billion of free cash flow, up about $300 million year-over-year.
The primary driver of this growth is adjusted EBITDA, up about $600 million year-over-year, partially offset by higher net interest expense and increased investments in CapEx as we expected coming into 2026. We exited the first quarter with a strong liquidity position and a solid investment-grade balance sheet with cash of $11.8 billion.
We invested $10.5 billion in acquisitions, driven by the closing of Confluent and returned $1.6 billion to shareholders in the form of dividends. Our debt balance ending the quarter was $66.4 billion, including debt of $12.8 billion for our financing business, with the receivables portfolio that is 80% investment grade. Let me now pivot to discuss our expectations going forward. The strong start to the year drives our confidence in delivering constant currency revenue growth of 5-plus percent in 2026 and free cash flow growth of about $1 billion year-over-year.
Given where we are in the year, we believe it is prudent to maintain our guidance even as the underlying performance and execution are off to an encouraging start. The combination of our focused portfolio, investment in innovation and our diversity across businesses drives the durability of our performance.
Our revenue expectations are underpinned by our accelerating software business, which we now expect to grow 10-plus percent this year. In consulting, the quality of our backlog and momentum in GenAI with backlog penetration at about 30%, continue to support an acceleration in revenue growth to low to mid-single digits for the year.
We are off to a great start with z17. And 4 quarters into z17's launch, we prudently continue to expect infrastructure revenue to be down low single digits for the year, representing about a 0.5 point impact to IBM. We remain confident this will be our strongest cycle given the AI innovation value we are delivering to clients. The momentum in our productivity flywheel is fueling margin expansion, while enabling investment in innovation.
Last quarter, we disclosed that we anticipated absorbing about $600 million of dilution from Confluent in 2026, driven largely by stock-based compensation and interest expense. While we are absorbing incremental dilution given the early closing of Confluent, actions we are taking to accelerate our cost synergies enable us to stay on track to expand operating pretax margins by about 1 point this year.
Our operating tax rate for the year should be in the mid-teens and the timing of discrete items can cause the rate to vary within the year. For free cash flow, we continue to expect to grow about $1 billion for the full year, driven primarily by growth in adjusted EBITDA. The headwinds I discussed heading into the year of higher cash taxes, higher CapEx and higher net interest expense remain the same.
Looking to the second quarter, we expect our constant currency revenue growth rate to be similar to the full year. And for operating pretax margin, we expect about 50 basis points of expansion as software mix and productivity are offset by dilution from the early closing of Confluent. Our second quarter operating tax rate should be in the mid-teens. AI is fundamentally reshaping our clients' operating environments, increasing complexity, risk and the need for flexibility.
IBM's flywheel for growth built on trust, security and governance, a portfolio that helps enterprise put AI to work on their terms and sustained productivity that fuels rapid innovation, positions us to deliver value for our clients. We feel confident in our outlook and are excited about what's ahead.
Arvind and I are now happy to take your questions. Olympia, let's get started.
Thank you, Jim. Before we begin Q&A, I'd like to mention a couple of items. First, supplemental information is provided at the end of the presentation. And then second, as always, I'd ask you to refrain from multipart questions. Operator, let's please open it up for questions.
[Operator Instructions] And our first question comes from Amit Daryanani with Evercore ISI.
2. Question Answer
Arvind, it's really nice to see the pickup in Red Hat growth and software acceleration broadly, especially as investors are debating software durability right now. When you step back and look at IBM's software portfolio, I want to understand how would you characterize your mix between infrastructure versus applications, consumption versus subscription kind of stuff. And as AI adoption really scales, where in that stack, do you see the most incremental value accruing to IBM versus the ecosystem. If you just frame how you think of software, the puts and takes in the AI-centric world, would be really helpful.
Good to hear from you, Amit. And as you can imagine, that's the question that occupies us, actually occupies our clients, and I know it occupies many investors' minds. So let me first directly frame the answer in the dimensions that you laid out. If I think of infrastructure versus applications, I think if I count right, 4% of our portfolio, if I'm to be generous, could be called an application. Specifically, I think the only part of our portfolio that is applications would be [ Maximo ] and even that, which is looking at maintenance and asset management operations, given that many people would not really call an application because it is the system of record as utilities and other people with very expensive infrastructure, keep their maintenance records, including where a part may have come from 30 years ago.
So why do I say that? So if you look at the Red Hat portfolio, that's operating systems and container-based software and automation and runbook software. I think we would correctly call that all enabling software. The word 30 years ago would have been middleware, but that word has sort of gone away. If I look at our data portfolio, it is data basis, both relational and nonrelational, and then there is data movement and then there is AI enabling. But data movement is Confluent. And by AI, it's the Watson portfolio.
In automation, it's all about helping people take complexity out of how they manage their IT infrastructure be that Turbonomic or Apptio or HashiCorp. And then there is mainframe software, which is largely very similar to the first 3 I mentioned, but for mainframe. If you look at these, that is all I think in your words, I'll call it infrastructure, but I would call it more enabling software.
Second part of your question was on subscription versus consumption. I think our entire portfolio is very tied to consumption. We sometimes use the word capacity because our mainframe, it is capacity, but capacity is equal to consumption. It's literally the MIPs that people use. It's not actually the installed capacity of the machine and off the mainframe in the distributed world, whether on the cloud or on-premise. A lot of it is sometimes tied to amount of compute capacity that the software runs on.
That's consumption in a lot of sense. Nobody is going to put it on processers if you're not actually consuming it. And that's the vast majority of our software portfolio. So it is very much tied to that. But then I think the implicit question you're asking is, why would that get a tailwind from AI as opposed to a headwind? So as people get serious, about AI because when they start experimenting, they may take a little bit of the data, they make a copy of it, they put it on a public cloud, they run it on some public frontier model, they get some results, and that's exciting to them.
As they get to scale, they've got to use the data from their internal systems. If they're using data from the internal systems, many parts of our portfolio, be it Red Hat, be it Confluent, will come to be consumed more and more. As that gets consumed more and more, the automation part of the portfolio gets consumed more and more. As people do more and more fraud protection, not on sampling 1 in 10 transactions in the mainframe, but every single, that causes the mainframe consumption to go up.
And we can see that, by the way, in the mainframe numbers we printed in the first quarter. So as we go through all of this, I think that this is a tailwind because of the model that we picked. And by the way, I'll point out, this is not a model that's an accident of history. We have very consciously over the last 7 years driven the portfolio into this because we remain convinced that there is value in the underlying data layers.
There is value in the business logic and then there's the interaction layer. Value is going to decrease in that interaction layer because as agents replace people for some fraction, we can debate how much of the interactions, then the interaction layer by itself is not sticky. The agents are going to be interacting much more with the underlying data and the business logic. And we sort of saw that coming 6, 7 years ago, and that is why we picked the portfolio we did.
I think that, that hopefully gives you the sense and we can see it in our numbers that AI is structurally increasing the demand for the portfolio, but that is also why both the organic products that we are building, for example, in software development and some of the acquisition targets we have had is to play into the tailwinds of AI demand.
Our next question comes from Wamsi Mohan with Bank of America.
You said greater than 10% growth in software now in 2026. The early close of Confluent itself should add about a point of growth just by itself. So how are you seeing the growth trajectory for the remainder of the software portfolio as we go through 2026. And Arvind, maybe quickly for you, is IBM's appetite for M&A changing now that Confluent closes behind you and given the broader [ derate ] in the software space.
Thanks, Wamsi, for the question. I appreciate it. Let's break down our software portfolio overall. First of all, we exit first quarter feeling very confident. In our software portfolio, the innovation value and the value proposition. And I think that goes to the core of Amit's question and how Arvind answered it about how we're playing central to the thesis of where enterprise software and AI come together that has always been predicated on our innovation strategy, our capital investment strategy and our M&A strategy.
And I think what you see in the first quarter is a reflection of the diversification of our portfolio and the durability of our software model coming out of the first quarter. But if you down back 90 days ago, what did Arvind and I say entering 2026, we felt very confident about the strategic repositioning of software. Why? One, portfolio shift to higher growth end markets; two, strong annuity base that we've been building up both organically and inorganically.
By the way, we exit first quarter approaching $25 billion, growing 10%, [indiscernible] new innovation and GenAI realization, and we could talk about that, M&A growth synergies. And now we're into the second year of a very encouraging TP monetization opportunity. But for the full year, how is it going to play out? We talked about entering the year 10% growth. Now we see it growing 10-plus percent accelerating. Data we started out extremely strong, growing 16%. We are taking data up for the year.
Yes, we closed Confluent early, let's call it a couple of months overall, close it at the end of March. We were assuming somewhere in the mid-May time period in the end of second quarter. We now see data up low 20-plus percent range. That's going to deliver 5 points of software growth. That's representative of new innovation GenAI, the value of our platform-centric model and strategic partnerships and then also M&A contribution from Confluent, which should be about a little bit north of 15 points of that 20% to 25% growth overall for the year.
So it's very strong organic. Hybrid cloud. Red Hat entered the year, we accelerated, delivered as expected, we posted 10% growth. Underneath that, contributed 2.5 points to IBM for the year, and we're well positioned for that. Our subscription business accelerated. We got revenue under contract double digits, Red Hat OpenShift accelerating $2 billion ARR virtualization, now north of [indiscernible] and consumption model returned back to expectation. We are monitoring RHEL. RHEL did decelerate. I think that's a function of the federal lack of signings in the closure of the government in the fourth quarter that played through, but also a very dislocated hardware supply chain market.
Automation on model, delivering over 2 points of growth. Hashi great first year, record signings, we generated over $200 million in new incremental ARR that should position 2026 well, new innovation, M&A growth synergies and [indiscernible], continued growth and we're off to a tremendous start, record start in our new z17. So we actually feel very good and more optimistic than where we were 90 days ago on software.
Let me just address the M&A question, Wamsi, very quickly. Yes, the values that are out there right now are very attractive. That does not always mean that the sellers are willing to accept these values that may take a few months for them to acknowledge that this is a new baseline. So if that's the case, I'm acknowledging that these are very attractive values. Now we have been a very disciplined acquirer one, let us make sure that we fully integrate in and get all the benefits from Confluent. So that is going to take some months to get done.
As we get through that and as the markets are at these values, that does open up our appetite perhaps more than it would in a normal year, but it's going to take a few months before we can go acknowledge whether or not that's going to happen. And that's where I would sort of give you the bit of color. So second half, if things stay where they are and if the values are where they are, maybe we can do something in the second half as we build up our cash balances, and we are 100% sure that Confluent is off to a strong start.
Our next question comes from Ben Reitzes with Melius Research.
Appreciate it. Arvind and Jim, I just want to talk about guidance. You guys rarely raised guidance after first quarter, I get it. I think there's just some concern out there as to -- are you seeing something in Europe that keeps you at bay right now? Are you seeing evidence of something slowing that keeps you from raising guidance? I mean there's so many good things that are going on with regard to infrastructure and the software that you went through.
So just wanted to clarify that -- and then with -- also with regard to guidance, the free cash flow was better than expected in the quarter. Why not raise it? Or do you just need to see more evidence .
Great. Ben, let me start out with just describing a little bit of the macro and what we have seen as evidence and then why we are being a little bit prudent. And then Jim will address all your questions on the specific guidance. Let me start with the Middle East. We had the strongest growth we have seen in decades, not years, decades in the Middle East. .
So that gives you a sense that we are not seeing. There is no signal. I would tell you that I would expect the second quarter will play out similar to the first quarter in the Middle East. Our clients there be it the larger enterprises, be it government, they are clear. They need to use and leverage technology to improve their own business.
In the first quarter, Europe was also strong. You can see that in the supplemental materials that we have provided. So there is nothing in the -- what has already transpired. There has been no slower RN deals have actually progressed at the rate and pace that we would want. If I look at pipeline and demand signals of the second quarter, we are not seeing any of this slow down.
The only macro comment that we make is if the straits stay closed for another few weeks, then we know that there could be energy impacts in Europe, but that is speculative. That is not what we are seeing. And I expect that actually some of that we'll be able to absorb and maintain our acceleration. It's only if it crosses a certain level. So just based on only 3 months of the year have gone by is why we're making the prudent comment?
Jim?
Yes, Ben, thanks for the question. Let's take a step back and put this in perspective because I think you teed it up extremely well. I've been in this role now 9 years, Arvind's been in the role 6, 7 years. I don't think we've ever raised guidance in the first quarter. But let's talk about the mentality. We've done a lot of work about strategically repositioning our portfolio, our business operating model and the structural competitiveness of this business.
And part of that was around how we were going to build discipline around execution in this company. And that execution mentality was around always [ a beat ] mentality at the end of the day. The numbers speak for themselves in the first quarter. Strongest first quarter revenue growth that we've had in over a decade. Arvind talked about the macro environment. Arguably, yes, we're operating in a dynamic world. And there's more uncertainty than there was 90 days ago, as we all know.
But within our lens of what we're looking at, we're executing extremely well across our high-value innovation software, infrastructure and consulting that see signs of progress. Underneath that, look at what's happening to the fundamentals of our business, our operating margins are up 140 basis points, our earnings are up nearly 20%, profits up 23%. This is an extremely strong start to the year. And now you get the free cash flow, which I know is a valuation measure as I spent a lot of time out with our investors talking about our strategic narrative and our financial investment thesis, yes, Free cash flow generation is the multiple that people more and more are valuing IBM, and I would agree with that completely.
We started out with the strongest free cash flow position in over a decade, highest free cash flow margin, up mid-teens. Let's put this in perspective. Less than 15% of what's required for the year. We got a lot of work ahead of us. But let's also put it in perspective, dial back a year ago, same call, same question. Look at how we execute on that mentality that Arvind's been trying to drive in this company.
We had that same discussion. We executed well. We took up free cash flow throughout the year, and then we blew through it in the fourth quarter. And I will tell you coming out of the first quarter, there's no different mentality that we have here today. The underlying fundamentals are adjusted EBITDA, by the way, all of this is high quality, sustainable, high-value realization overall. That is our free cash flow engine flywheel that provides tremendous investment flexibility for us to continue to invest and drive long-term sustainable competitive advantage, and we don't see any difference coming out of first quarter. But again, first quarter in, we're 90 days into an extremely important year. And our view is we should be prudent.
Your next question comes from Fatima Boolani with Citigroup.
Arvind, I wanted to pull on a thread in your prepared remarks with respect to the mainframe potentially being a destination for more emerging use cases, especially around AI inferencing. So call them not your traditional or conventional mainframe use cases, I was hoping you could put some quantitative framing around that. What type of a workload mix are you seeing today that you would consider conventionally mainframe?
And what is that velocity of potential mix shift? And then as a related matter, as we think about the transaction processing and the MIPS growth momentum, how should that transpire and be expressed in the business in terms of the growth cadence for that particular segment of the follow-through. I appreciate there's a little bit of a lag there. But would love your [indiscernible] and Jim's comments on that.
Great. Thanks for the question, Fatima. Let me address the first part of your question, and then I'll actually give it to Jim to address some of the quantification of those workloads. So if we step back and look at it over the last 60 years mainframe has driven 2 great ways to monetize it. One has been what we call the classic MIPS or these are the compute parameters underneath that drive the transactional workloads that are great for the mainframe.
Many people actually don't realize, but there are also, we call them Linux MIPs that are associated with the mainframe that people have been using to great effectiveness. But let me acknowledge it is more sparse Linux workloads as opposed to the highly, highly intense Linux workloads. AI is adding a third kind of compute capacity into the mainframe.
So just to make it very simple. Today, if people are doing a payment authorization, almost all the credit card companies in the world use the mainframe for their credit card authorizations. If they want to do fraud, they can run a few rules in that engine, but then they'll take a sampling of the transactions, let's call it, 10% of the platform because the latency that it introduces to take it off platform, you can't take them all, just slow the whole system down. That's what they do off.
What happens if you could run a 20 billion, 30 billion parameter model right on the mainframe, suddenly because that is only milliseconds of latency, you can do that to every single transaction. So if you can take your fraud rate down from 50 basis points to 40, you can now do the math on what that is. They are all seeing that.
So as I do that, I think we can do that for credit card authorizations. We can do it for retail banking transactions. We can do it for other payment operations. We can do it for claims and billing purposes. So those are the workloads that are now coming on. So it is effectively a new capacity of the mainframe that previously was either very small but outside the mainframe or running on systems that are what we would call distributed infrastructure.
We believe that this is going to play out. We see a large majority of our clients asking for the capacity. And currently, I believe we have a fully populated system we can do about 450 billion inferences a day on the mainframe. So that gives you a sense of that. We monetize that both through the extra hardware that is sold but also by the supporting software for all of the AI inferencing that then runs on that increased capacity. So with that then, hopefully, that gives you some color on what is happening. I'll give it to Jim.
Yes. Thank you for the question overall. I mean, mainframe modernization increases the strategic importance of IBM z, as Arvind talked about. Why? Because the source of value is architectural. It's the platform. It's not the language. It's a tight integration of software, hardware, database, security, run time, resiliency.
And as Arvind talked about, this is a whole new monetization area of opportunity for us on that platform stack. What is the driver of growth? Yes, 450 billion AI inferences at 1 millisecond of response time, 25 billion encryptions, transactions per day, up to eight 9s of availability, quantum-safe encryption and a TCO advantage running it on mainframe, on-prem versus the cloud anywhere from 3 to 15x depending on the size and complexity of that platform.
So that's why mainframe runs 73% of the world's transaction volumes in terms of value, 45 of the top 50 banks, 9 of the top 10 retailers, 4 to 5 top airlines, et cetera. Now you go to your second question about how do we monetize that value. One is the monetization of the platform of hardware Arvind talked about AI MIPS. Second is that stack economic multiplier.
Historically, we've been averaging about 3x to 4x stack multiplier for every hardware dollar we land. Let me give you a stat. We just anniversaried our first full year of z17. That first full year is z17 versus the prior program, z16 first full year, which, by the way, was the best on record at that point in time. We've increased hardware placement value by over $1 billion.
Now you take that $1 billion and you think about the future monetization opportunity that we get. That's that 3 to 4x multiplier that will play out over time. A big chunk of that being our TP software, but it's also our storage attach, it's our maintenance business, it's our financing business.
We monetize that value based on how many MIPS are shipped in the market and for 4 quarters in a row, on Z17, we've shipped over 100% growth of new MIPS in the market, including first quarter. Why does that matter? Higher capacity is higher monetization opportunity, it's higher price opportunity, it's higher value creation opportunity. So we feel pretty good about that future modernization and multiplier effect as we play out 2026 and 2027.
Our next question comes from Brent Thill with Jefferies.
Jim, just on the constant currency for software, not to nitpick, but if you look at last year, 9% growth in Q1, I think it was 8% -- 11% in Q4. So investors are asking, you're seeing a little bit of a downtick. Is that due to seasonality where maybe your contract signings were better in Q1, but maybe are being reflected in the reported numbers? Again, I know it's a modest deceleration, but anything to point out there?
Yes, Brent, thank you very much for the question overall. I fully expected this one because when you just look at the media, print and the press release, fourth quarter, we posted a little over 11% growth. This quarter, we posted 8% growth. What gives -- do you feel still strength about your portfolio, your business, your investments, your new innovation, I think you nailed it right upfront.
One, understanding our business, our software portfolio high-value recurring revenue, about 80% of our annual business, about $30 billion plus trailing 12 months, 80% of that is high-value annuity-based business, is a transactional engine underneath it. It's a big component of our perpetual license model, but it's a component of our subscription model, et cetera. If you look at it. The entire 3-point drop quarter-to-quarter is the fundamentals of the mix of the portfolio.
In fourth quarter, we have about 30% of our business in the fourth quarter is transactional. In the first quarter, that's about 10%. When you look at the underpinnings of the core annuity by itself, we're actually accelerating that fourth quarter to first quarter. I think I said earlier on the call, our annuity ARR exiting first quarter approaching $25 billion, that's up 10%.
Throughout the rest of the year, we'll go from a transactional quarter of about 10% first and will peak probably in the fourth quarter of about 30-plus percent. On average, we'll be in the 20% overall. That will accelerate growth. That, coupled with M&A growth synergies, our GenAI portfolio, which has had a lot of momentum behind it. And our TP monetization and cycle I would tell you, coming out of first quarter, I feel pretty good about 8% growth, and it positions us why we said 90 days ago, confident in 10%. Now we're saying, yes, we closed Confluent earlier, and we're confident now in accelerating that to 10 plus.
Our next question comes from Erik Woodring with Morgan Stanley.
Jim, you briefly alluded to it earlier, but -- can you maybe just detail how IBM is broadly managing and/or mitigating some of these supply chain headwinds, whether that's higher memory costs or supply challenges, meaning how material is memory within the infrastructure base? How are you mitigating. How are customers responding how does it impact your outlook on growth and margins? If you could just maybe dig into this, that would be super helpful. .
Yes, absolutely. Thank you, Erik, for the question overall. You understand our business extremely well. Underneath Arvind's leadership, we have strategically reposition this portfolio. There's been a lot of work around portfolio optimization. By the way, that's both leveraging the strength of our cash flow, our financial flexibility, to buy high-value innovative base companies in category-leading technologies with structural growth profiles to help IBM but it's also around divestitures of portfolio.
But where I'm going with this is today, when you look at IBM's portfolio, we're a human capital asset, IP-based business at 75% on a way to 80% by the way, underneath that, software, 45% on its way to 50-plus percent. Overall. Our hardware business is extremely important as a value creator to IBM -- but top line, it's about 25% of our business, but that's high-value innovation on mainframe platform overall. Now you look underneath it around the supply chain dislocation around, commodity cost increases, in particular around memory, it has a de minimis impact to us overall. Think about mainframe overall.
Will it impact storage and potentially some components of our distributed infrastructure, absolutely. But look underneath it, we're able to -- one, we've been in existence for 115, 116 years overall. We know how to run global supply chains. We drive supplier optimization, supply chain diversification, procurement strategies overall.
And I think we've been able to mitigate this dislocation overall. The area we're watching it is in the software area around RHEL. I mean RHEL's tied to enterprise hardware placements overall, and we'll continue monitoring that. But look at our hardware performance, we accelerated growth at 15%, our distributed infrastructure at actual rates growing 17%, constant currency growing 13%. By the way, I didn't even talk about it. our infrastructure pretax margins are up 720 basis points. So we know how to manage global supply chains and commodity costs inside the company and extract value overall.
Jim, let me just add a couple of sentences to your statement. Erik, Jim mentioned that we have worked with a lot of the suppliers for a number of years and decades. They like working with us, partly because of the relationships we have built up with them over the years, but also because we help them stress test new capabilities and they like the fact that our systems are very high performing because that gives them brand reputation as they go out of the wider market. That does help not completely, but somewhat mitigate some of the supply chain constraints because we are early users of the [ new S memory ] technologies.
Your next question comes from Jim Schneider with Goldman Sachs.
I was wondering if you could maybe comment on the AI bookings, which is a metric you previously given -- you've given, but I think you just commented as a percentage of your total bookings right now. Did that accelerate or decelerate in the quarter? And then maybe just kind of comment on any update you see for the consulting business this year, either given more macro uncertainty. Do you expect any kind of diminution in the growth rate you expect this year? .
Yes. Thanks, Jim. As we talked about, we exited last year with a book of business around AI, which, as you know, we talked about consulting and software within that vernacular. I think it was important over the last couple of years because as the explosion of GenAI hit, we had to give a perspective about whether we were winning and capitalizing and participating in that market. We exited last year what $12.5 billion, over $12.5 billion book of business. But now let's bring it back because in January, we talked about it's embedded across our portfolio. It's embedded in software, Its central thesis to how we run our consulting business right now.
It's embedded across our infrastructure business. And we said coming into 2026, we were going to talk about it more from an outcome-based revenue base and value contribution base overall. But let's talk about software. Software GenAI continues to be a tailwind overall. The positioning of our portfolio with the explosion of AI, with applications agents with us owning the foundational layer of Linux, containerization, you see that play out with the acceleration Red Hat OpenShift business, now $2 billion, growing north, I think, high 20% growth overall. Second, the importance of the data layer.
Arvind talked about Confluent positioning us to be the cross platform as a data connector, automation, the need of resiliency, observability FinOps. Software, let's talk about, one, it's accelerating our growth profile overall. But let me put some numbers behind it versus just an overarching book of business. Our software book from an annualized revenue trailing 12 months, we finished last year at $30 billion, right? 80% of that, as I said earlier, high-value recurring revenue, 20% transactional. We did about $6 billion.
Over the last trailing 12 months on an accelerating basis, our AI platform agents, assistance orchestration is north of $1.5 billion. It's already about 25% penetrated and our software business growing north of 40%. It's contributing 2 points of growth on an annualized basis. And a thing we love about it, it has a multiplier effect over time. So it's an acceleration there. Consulting. Consulting is about 40% of our signings, 30% of our backlog is GenAI now, over 20% of our revenue. And on an ARR revenue perspective, in the first quarter, we eclipsed $4 billion ARR. So it is central to the way we run a services as software model overall.
And in infrastructure, both Arvind and I talked about, it's embedded on the chip of z17, [indiscernible] inferencing. I think Arvind talked about it in prepared remarks, clients that have implemented watson Code assistant for Z, we're seeing 3x differential on growth and capacity, and you see in our distributed infrastructure, we're accelerating growth.
Now your second question around consulting. We are seeing signposts of progress overall. One, our demand profile, our backlog quality, our GenAI, which I just talked about, our strategic partnership headroom opportunity, our portfolio mix composition more to higher growth areas and our services as software model, which we think we have an industry-leading position with our IBM Consulting Advantage platform. But let me put some stats on it. One, signings, we return to growth. Great quarter overall, large transformational deals around GenAI, the health and mix of net new business and expansions up 7 points year-to-year, up 4 points quarter-to-quarter. 400 new clients captured in the first quarter. Our backlog quality overall, our erosion is stable.
Our duration continues to come down. Our backlog realization is actually accelerating throughout the year, and our backlog yields are up 4 points year-over-year talking about the quality and value we're able to deliver. And I talked about GenAI, 80% of our GenAI book of business right now is coming from capture from net new clients overall. And I'll stress that over $4 billion revenue ARR. So that positions our confidence in the year of us accelerating our revenue growth around low single digits and if things go well, can we do better than that? Obviously, yes.
Operator, let's take 1 last question.
Last question comes from Matt Swanson with RBC Capital Markets.
Great. Thank you so much for squeezing me in here. Arvind, it's really interesting going over the software segments, and you showed how [ low ] of an exposure you have to the application space. There's obviously been a ton of debate right now around who's going to kind of win the GenAI workloads of application. We've seen you operate at such a strong kind of [ Switzerland ] foundational player in the hybrid cloud. When we look at AI, like how are you setting IBM up to win kind of regardless what ends up being the winner of the GenAI application layer? And I mean, what kind of investments does that take?
Matt, thanks for the question. So we made the decision about 3 years ago that we were going to be neutral and Switzerland like also on our usage of frontier models. Because I think when we are saying the GenAI applications, I think for many people that is synonymous with the frontier model providers, not just the fronter models, but all the surrounding software [indiscernible] that all of them are giving.
So we are going to play where clients want to be hybrid. The clients want to function across multiple clouds or also because of either sovereignty or brand or privacy or in the end, economics, they might also have a private addition in addition to what they use on public. So as we go across that, we are building, for example, our software development AI product, Project Bob. It is out, we actually chose not to announce it. Nevertheless, 200 people signed up to use it. So that gives us a signal that we have something.
Now why would they use us as opposed to just one of the Codex or equivalent models is if they also have a lot of code that they do not want to actually take out in public. And also, they want to address the entire software development, meaning including testing, including [ patching ], including documentation, including maintenance are the kinds of things that we provide.
Ditto as we look at how they might want to use agents that come inside their enterprise, then we use Confluent to go manage and control how they expose data from inside things. So as we sort of look at that math, I think we're very clear right. There will be people who will be frontier model providers. You can debate are those half a dozen or a dozen? Today, it's somewhere in that range. We actually do not want to even predict which of them will be the eventual winners. We want to work with all of them.
Then we also work with open weight models. And we produce models where we have either domain expertise or people may want much smaller models to be able to run them on-premise or I'll say, euphemistically on a 1 to 4 GPU server node as opposed to a very, very large cluster. So that's the model place. We are going to then help our clients deploy these models to gain value.
As we have unlocked, Jim talked about the $4.5 billion of internal value, how do you reduce your total tax expense? How do you reduce procurement expense? How do you reduce accounts payable, how do you reduce [ quote to cash ] as we walk across these processes, we get a lot of knowledge on how to capture that into agents, but then we are not going to be fixated whichever model you want to use, you can use. And wherever you want to run them, we'll help you run them. And we think that's a good half of the world is interested in that paradigm, and that's how, Matt, we are going to be able to go win in this world as it unfolds going forward.
So just to close, the innovation value we are delivering to our clients and our strong start to the year, reinforce our confidence in our growth trajectory. We look forward to continuing this dialogue as we move through the year.
Thank you, Arvind. Operator, let me turn it back to you to close out the call.
Thank you for participating on today's call. The conference has now ended. You may disconnect at this time.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
IBM — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
IBM — Q1 2026 Earnings Call
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Umsatz: +6% YoY (Q1, konstant Währung)
- Free Cash Flow: $2,2 Mrd. (+13% YoY), höchster Q1 in einem Jahrzehnt
- Software: +8% YoY; Data und Red Hat wachsen zweistellig
- IBM Z: +48% YoY (Rekordquartal)
- ARR: $24,6 Mrd. (Annual Recurring Revenue, +10% YoY)
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Strategie: Fokus auf software‑geführte Hybrid‑Cloud- und AI‑Plattform; Ziel: AI überall orchestrieren und Unternehmen Governance geben
- Datentaktik: Confluent-Übernahme liefert Data‑in‑Motion für Modelle/Agenten; watsonx/Orchestrate zur Modell‑ und Workflow‑Steuerung
- Infrastruktur: Mainframe (z17) als Differenzierer für AI‑Inferencing; Partnerschaften mit NVIDIA und ARM sowie Sovereign‑Core für Hoheitsanforderungen
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Jahreswachstum: Erwartung von >5% konstant Währung Umsatzwachstum
- Free Cash Flow: Ziel: +~$1 Mrd. YoY
- Software: Jetzt erwartet 10%+ Wachstum für 2026
- Infrastruktur: Wird voraussichtlich leicht rückläufig (low single‑digits), wirkt ~0,5 Pp. belastend
- Margen: Operatives Vorsteuerergebnis soll ~1 Prozentpunkt steigen; Q2: ~50 Bp Expansion erwartet; Steuerquote im Jahresverlauf mittlere Teenager‑Prozentwerte
- Risiko: ~ $600M erwartete Dilution 2026 aus frühem Confluent‑Close
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Software‑Durabilität: Diskussion über Mix (Infrastruktur vs. Anwendungen) und Konsum‑basiertes Modell; Management sieht AI als strukturellen Tailwind für enabling‑Software
- Mainframe‑Monetarisierung: Nachfrage nach AI‑Inferencing auf Z (MIPS‑/AI‑Kapazität) und 3–4x Stack‑Multiplier als Treiber
- Guidance‑Prudenz: Warum keine Erhöhung trotz starkem Q1? Management betont Vorsicht wegen makro‑Unsicherheit und kurzer Zeitspanne
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: IBM zeigt strukturelles Momentum: AI‑getriebene Nachfrage stützt Software/Datengeschäft, z17 liefert erheblichen Hebel, Margen und Free Cash Flow verbessern sich. Kurzfristig bleibt Guidance konservativ; Schlüsselrisiken sind Integrationskosten (Confluent), makrouncertainty und Timing der M&A‑Aktivität.
IBM — Bank of America View from the Top CEO Series
1. Management Discussion
Hello, everybody, and welcome to the View from the Top CEO Call Series, Q&A with IBM's CEO, Arvind Krishna. My name is Elliot, and I'll be your coordinator today. This call or the replay is not for media representatives. All such individuals are instructed to disconnect now. I will now hand over to Wamsi Mohan. Please go ahead.
2. Question Answer
Yes. Thank you so much. Good afternoon, everyone. Thank you again for joining us on our View from the Top CEO Call Series. I'm honored to welcome back Chairman, President and CEO of IBM, Arvind Krishna on this View from the Top Series. This is actually Arvind's fourth appearance, so we're really, really grateful to have him here again.
Arvind really doesn't need any introduction. He -- most of you have met him in the past. You know he's among really one of the top thought leaders in our time. He has had a very distinguished career. He's driven innovation. He's driven sort of some key things within AI, quantum, blockchain and so many other areas in his time as Head of IBM Research.
He's also served as SVP of Cloud and Cognitive Software, where he pioneered the company's hybrid cloud business. Arvind also led some of the transformational deals, including Red Hat and the spin-off of what is today Kyndryl. And he's driven so many significant changes, including portfolio shifts, cultural shifts and really focused investments to drive further growth. IBM's stock performance since Arvind took over is up 194% since April 6, 2020, relative to the S&P at 158% in that time frame. So real material outperformance over here.
And frankly, we just witnessed a remarkable volatility in the stock, which has actually retraced some of the maybe unfounded fears at the time from last week.
So Arvind, welcome, truly an honor to have you here today for this call. Thank you so much for doing this.
Well, Wamsi, it's a pleasure to be on with you. You've been most generous in your description. Hopefully, I live up to some of that at least. But also thank you to the audience for wanting to listen.
No, thank you so much. And yes, if you don't know one thing about Arvind, he's extremely modest for a person who knows as much, as he does. And I remember back the time when I probably have had discussions with Arvind all the way about whether or not floating point operations on NVIDIA processors are the key to running like the future of AI or not. So the technological depth and detail that Arvind has is just truly commendable. And I'm always impressed when I learn something from him every single time.
So Arvind, this is such an interesting time. There's just so much news flow, the velocity, the pace of this has been pretty intense. A lot of news focus is around Agentic AI capabilities, including the ability for Anthropic and Claude to translate COBOL code, which has been created like some significant volatility, all of which the stock has recovered. But the question really is in investors' minds, why should or will customers stay on the mainframe, even if they can just click a button today and all their COBOL code can be converted to a modern language.
Yes. So let's, for a moment, presume that you could click a button and translate 1 million lines of code at a time like for the sake of hypothesis. Maybe it's not completely accurate, but let's for the sake argue that it is.
I would argue that programs written in COBOL have very little to do with why people leverage the mainframe and use the mainframe. And we would be the first to tell you that if something is not fit for purpose on the mainframe, let us help you migrate it and let us help you modernize it and let us help you take it to the right place.
So let's come back to why is the mainframe so used, whether it's in payment systems, whether it's in retail banking, whether it's in certain batch processing, whether it's in reservation systems. It has to do with the complete architecture of the system. How do you make sure that something is resilient? We have clients who in aggregate manage to run at 6, 7 and 8, 9s of reliability. That means you're talking about milliseconds to seconds of outage over the whole year.
I think that if you try to replicate that level of resilience on alternate architectures, your price would be 3, 4, 5x of what it would be on a mainframe architecture. That usually works next when there is enough scale in what you're trying to do. Are you trying to do 1 billion transactions a day? Are you trying to do 10 billion transactions a day? Are you trying to do 450 billion inferences, let's say, to avoid fraud and credit cards a day? For those kind of workloads, the mainframe is both cost effective and architecturally the best fit for those kinds of workloads. Which platform do you have where everything can function encrypted, be it in memory or be it the actual transaction without having to go through multiple systems, adding latency, et cetera.
So as I argue that it is that architecture that keeps those workloads in the mainframe. Then the next part now, let's look at the seriousness of could you actually migrate COBOL. This is -- it's not so much that you look at that and say, COBOL is bad. What COBOL has done, it has captured the business logic of people over the last 10 years, 20 years, 30 years or 40 years. So if you're going to replicate it, you've got to make sure that, that business logic is correctly there in an alternate language.
When your issue becomes that a single mistake in 1 million or 1 billion transactions a day gets the regulator breathing down your neck, you're going to have to be really careful that what is translated is 100% accurate, not 90% accurate, not 95% accurate. So that's going to take a lot more work and a lot more checking. I would not tell you it cannot be done.
The question is, are there any economics? And what is your advantage of doing it for those workloads. But on a more serious note, we came out with our own product that does this, watsonx Code Assistant for Z, as Z being code for mainframe. And it actually can translate COBOL to Java, it can translate COBOL to modern. And this is what happens. So clients say, and we are not at all defensive. You want to modernize the platform, let us help you. This is a great tool. It really helps you do that.
The first thing you need to do is what is the business logic to my point of the 50 years. It helps you document that. It takes all kinds of spaghetti code where people have undocumented code and you have no idea, is this something stuffed out or is it real? And it can comment it for you. The moment people see that, they then begin to understand, "oh, this is not a spaghetti ball of mess." I understand now what it is doing. Do I want to take this and move it? Do I want to modernize and rewrite this? Do I want to put another API call on this? This should stay, this should go somewhere else. And that becomes a much more productive conversation that we have been having.
The last part I'll say, it's not about a stateless piece of code. If there's a stateless piece of code, you can move it around. It is also tied in to the underlying data that's on the platform. It is typically tied in to tens, if not hundreds of other applications that touch the same data and the same variables that are on the same platform.
So moving it means you've got to make sure that, that entire ecosystem can go along with it. So sort of really long answer on the why, but we actually believe that we should modernize and we want to help our clients modernize. And if in the process, they find there's some applications sitting there that don't belong, we want to help you take them to the appropriate place, be it a public cloud, be it a Linux server, be it some other platform that is close by.
So Arvind, -- no, that makes a lot of sense. So when you talk about watsonx Code Assistant for Z, when you think about how long that's already been out there, it's been there for a couple of years. So when you see how clients have been using that, what are some of the lessons from that? What are the ways in which AI is changing how customers are actually using the mainframe?
Yes. So before I even come to watsonx Code Assistant for Z, I always like to first focus more on the revenue side where people actually get a bigger business benefit, and then we'll come back to the productivity side and the efficiency side. So in our prior generation mainframe Z60, we began to introduce some AI capabilities. Then in this latest one, we introduced the Spyre processor. That in aggregate, lets you run, let me call it, small language models. I wouldn't call it the mega models, not the frontier models, but 10 billion, 20 billion, 30 billion parameter models can run on the mainframe.
So we have a client, a North American bank looking at credit cards. And previously, they used to maybe be able to pass 10%, 20% of their transactions through an off-platform system, looking for fraud alerts and then you use those to kind of create rules on the rest. Now they can run 100% using the Spyre on the platform. And that means you're now saving all the money. So the bank saves money, tens of millions. More importantly, the 0.5% to 1% of fraud that either the merchant or the customer has to then swallow also goes away. I think that's a tremendous benefit.
I think there will be more and more cases. Pretty much everybody around payments is looking at how can we leverage that capability.
So now let me turn it back to the efficiency side. Our Code Assistant for Z is deployed at about 150 clients, if I remember correctly. So they have actually purchased it. They are beginning to leverage it to both understand the code base, understand what they should modernize and place, understand what does not need modernization at all and also understand, which pieces they want to take off and perhaps run somewhere else. And the tool will then spit out a Java version of that complete application. I think that, that is tremendous.
So both sides, can I leverage AI to get a bigger business benefit? And can I leverage AI to make it much more productive on how I run and manage the platform. And the last piece I got to say I have a lot of pride in -- as you know, there is -- every system has all kinds of knowledge and travel knowledge that the experts know, but then everybody scrambles to find those experts when something happens. We're also writing a lot of AI-based tools that run on the mainframe that help you manage what might otherwise require a lot more expertise and sort of you make the 6-month system admin equal to the 10-year system admin.
Yes. No, that's really, really interesting insight. Arvind, when you think about the future of an era where these workloads are being modernized, there's been the time frame from 2010 to 2020 where public cloud was gaining a lot of traction and some workloads were considered to be deplatforming at that time. What has changed since then? Why is that maybe not the case anymore? And what is the TCO value? I mean you alluded to it a little bit in sort of talking about the 5, 6, 9s of reliability. But what is the TCO truly on a comparison basis that clients are seeing that keep them on the mainframe?
Yes. So look, I think first, if I go back even older than 2010, let's go back -- the decade before that. And if I go now to the late '80s and the early '90s, the mainframe was probably the workhorse of enterprise computing in those days. Then web serving, e-commerce clearly happened on what used to be called, if I remember the LAMP stack, right, Linux, Apache, MySQL, et cetera, because that is fit. It's a stateless application in some sense. People come in, they browse, they buy, but people hadn't really touched that mainframe estate, which was the enterprise workhorse.
They then began to look at it and say, okay, which applications are running here that really as a modernized don't belong here. They should run on a public cloud. That's the ones that moved, but I would put that much more in the 2000 to 2010 time frame. They might have started with thinking about moving it to an internal Linux or UNIX cluster. But then as cloud was coming, that became a likely destination as well.
Then -- I would say 2010 to 2020 was not actually that much migration. There's a lot of new workload that went on to public cloud, but not necessarily so much mainframe migration. Now people begin to look at it. And I think a lot of our clients at least have become a lot more mature. So to your point, if I pick 2010, I'll sort of paraphrase it as maybe, "oh, the answer is public cloud. " What's the question? Now people are saying, wait, what are the true economics of running it where? Can I understand those economics? And if I include what is my cost of having hot backups, what is my cost of having a failover in a few milliseconds.
And once you put all that in, then for some workloads, I'm not going to look at you and say for all. For some workloads, the mainframe is the lowest unit cost as long as you have sufficient volume. So if you're trying to do and move, let's make up a number, 100 million retail banking transactions, and you got to net those out in 30 to 40 minutes at the end of the day, for that workload, I can look you in the eye and say the mainframe is the lowest economic cost. You turn around and look at me and say, "well, can I stream movies from it? " and I'll tell you, it's not the right economic cost for that kind of workload. I'm just sort of painting 2 opposites. And that is the work now that we are doing.
So approaching people with that and saying, just believe me, that's not an appropriate thing. So what we have done is we have taken other tools in our portfolio like Apptio, which does technology business management, and we put the data into that. So then you can look at it yourself and say, okay, I'm transparently seeing what is the best place to do this. And so that is where we want to be able to prove to people that on their cost structures, what is the right answer.
Okay. No, that's very helpful. So Arvind, just talking about Apptio and let's talk about software a little bit, right? So Agentic AI and wive coding, they seem to have really elevated the perceived risk for software companies and in particular, SaaS companies. So maybe you can address like when you look at IBM's portfolio, like what is the moat around the software portfolio and why you feel comfortable with the moat that exists around it?
Yes. So let's first just maybe unpack your first statement, Wamsi, for the audience. I actually am a very strong believer in both what LLMs can do and as well as what Agentic leveraging LLMs can do. We believe it's going to make software development a lot more productive. We actually believe there'll be 1 billion new applications, leveraging agents and LLMs that are going to get created over the next 5 years.
So clearly, if that $1 billion gets created, it's replacing some of what is there now. So if I unpack a typical SaaS and for a moment, let's call it, it's a SaaS business application. For those that are reasonably deep, there is a system of record at the heart of it or the database to call it that. I actually don't think that goes away.
There is often business logic on top. If that business logic is of the nature where you're touching a tax issue, you're touching revenue recognition, you're touching topics where if you make a mistake, you could get in the -- really the bad side of a regulator of some type, be it a financial regulator, a national security regulator, a data regulator, there are all of them that are there. And I'm being generics across all industries. That's a really bad place.
So I think those 2 values of the SaaS applications actually stay. Then you get to the UI and how people interact. Today, as you know, when you deploy these, there's a lot of training done to make people aware of it -- aware of the interfaces. Well, I'm sorry, but an agent, an AI agent could probably take care of a lot of that for you. So I think that this is what is going to happen that the value of those applications is strong, but it is less than if you had the UI also.
The other part is that as I think demographics are going to point to fewer people, then that is another impact on these. As always, when the value decreases a little bit, there is a bit of a race down on pricing and those things. And we are seeing, I think, kind of that play out.
Now the second part of your question, because I think we needed to preface with what is the areas that are much easier for AI and agents to go -- do in an easier way. So the next part is, but if I look at the actual database, there's no AI or AI agent that can replace the actual storage or data in a meaningful way. And then if I look at how do you move data around, that's not what AI agents do. They actually need that in order to function.
So if I -- I don't love the term infrastructure software, but if I kind of look at it as a horizontal software that enables all these things, that is where we had focused by design back in 2020. We had kind of said we're going to focus on automation. We're going to focus on data, in addition to what we do on hybrid cloud. And I think that these actually get tailwinds because as people want to deploy AI, they're going to need more of all 3 of these, unless they're going completely to SaaS. But as we just argued, nobody is going all the way to SaaS.
Actually, to leverage all this, this is a bit of a back to the future. People are going to build a lot more custom agents. That means they're going to need all of what we provide, where it's going to go run in turn. So sort of that's our thesis. And sort of our numbers kind of say that our growth rates have accelerated over the last 5 years, and all these parts of the portfolio are doing reasonably well.
Yes. No, that's a helpful contextualization of where there is disruption versus where there is security and resilience and the ability to continue to provide maybe even accelerated value. So maybe, Arvind, just thinking through your portfolio in particular, right? You've got sort of Hybrid Cloud, you've got transaction processing, data automation. Can you help us think through how AI is either additive or subtractive to the TAM? I mean there's been a lot of news recently about how there could be significant subtractive disruption elements like the [ Security piece ] for example. And I'd love to get your take on sort of IBM's strategy to capture the incremental TAM that you see and areas where you think there could be incremental disruption.
Yes. So let's begin first with the Hybrid Cloud portfolio. To a large extent, we identify this with the Red Hat set of products. So you have Linux, you have OpenShift, you have Ansible, and we have other new products that we'll keep creating and/or buying in that, always these are all open source based. Well, it doesn't matter whether the workload is custom apps or migration of apps or new AI, still needs to run on something. So our view is that, that side of it is pretty resilient to AI.
Now the question is, is it not just resilient, but can it actually get a tailwind? And I think that if there's a lot of custom agents and custom AI deployed as opposed to just using it in the hyperscalers, then actually Red Hat is a beneficiary as well. And the argument I'll make is much as we've seen play out over the last 6 years for non-AI applications, there is a huge amount that will be in SaaS and public clouds. But as people look at it, I think hybrid has become the answer, and that is including because of sovereignty.
So if sovereignty becomes a big play where people say, "Oh, I'm willing to use a big public cloud from 1 of these 2 countries for certain workloads," but I need to make sure that even if a fiber optic cable gets cut or geopolitics comes in the way, I can still function in an autonomous way, then we get a tailwind on that -- for that part of the portfolio.
Next is our Automation portfolio. And let me acknowledge the word automation doesn't really do it justice, but that's the word we have. This part of the portfolio is all about how do you manage your hybrid infrastructure and how do you run it in a way with much less labor and much less complexity? So is it about resource management? Is it about understanding response times? Is it about how do you deploy software? I'm thinking of HashiCorp when I say that. Is it about how do I manage my secrets? Is it all about, hopefully, the regulators and antitrust authorities will soon approve Confluent? How do I do that? Or it's about web methods of how do you knit applications together using API calls and data movement or about transactional way to move data and messages, including I can recover even in the face of a power outage or a natural catastrophe like MQ.
If you look at all of these, these all get a tailwind and get deployed against all the new needs. The only time they would not be in massive use is if your entire estate sits inside one SaaS provider, which is unlikely. So at least if I parse the market down and say about half the spend is in the top 2,000, there's another 30% to 35% of the spend in the next 100,000, and then there's a very long tail.
I think for 85% of the enterprise tech spend, this area gets a tailwind. And our numbers show that. I mean we've been running this at double-digit growth for the last 3 years. Now you have data and AI. So this -- AI is the place where you have higher growth here, meaning how do you do agents? How do you orchestrate across applications? I actually believe the world is going to become a multimodel world. It's not a one model wins all. So people will say, "Hey, I'll use small models inside. I'll use some open source models. I want to be able to leverage these 2 or 3 big models, " then the place where you would do that and help manage all that is through our portfolio.
And so that becomes then a place where you go win in that one. And the last one we touched on is mainframe or what we call TPS or transaction processing software. And that one we just talked about in the beginning, we've been seeing anywhere from 15% to 30% of volume or capacity increases in the mainframe. Some of it we give back to our client as kind of a price optimization. But some of it, we can see that comes through in the volume increases there. And typically, that is a bit of a lag compared to the hardware of the capacity.
So historically, about 6 to 12 months after the hardware capacity goes in, we begin to see the increase there. So there, I would look at you and say that's not going to be double digits. So that's probably in the low to mid-single digits growth. So sort of 3 parts that should be in double digits, maybe very low double digits to mid- to high and one part that is going to be sort of low to mid-single digits is kind of how the portfolio makeup goes across those 4.
And I would tell you, I think these are pretty AI resilient. But there is one scenario in which they're not AI resilient. If the world kind of decides one vendor on one hyperscaler is a winner take all and all the workload gravitates there, then you would turn around and say, well, I don't need a hybrid orchestration. I don't have multiple models. I don't have a multi-infrastructure, it's only one. I think that's very low likelihood. And each time we see most skirmishes in the world or more geopolitics, I think that becomes even less likely.
Well, that's a good point. I mean -- and I think maybe underappreciated in the sense of how long it takes enterprises to actually work through all the friction associated with business disruption potential with the lack of maybe resiliency that exposed risk from compliance and governance standpoint. And all of those things play a role.
And I mean, you've done this longer than I have, and you've seen, I think, some of these transitions where people have projected these transitions to happen during very short windows of time. And frankly, it's not happened in 20 years. So it could take a very long period of time for a winner take all. And frankly, we have not seen a winner take all in almost any technological scenario to think of. Even if there is one very dominant player, it's not been a winner take all.
Maybe, Arvind, just would love to get your perspective on Agentic pricing. I mean you do think that agents have a significant role in the future. How do you think these pricing capabilities will be embedded within core software? Is it going to be on a per seat? Is it per agent, per transaction, per outcome? And it's interesting, like we've heard in instances where people are running some of these Agentic workloads at some scale where the cost starts to mimic one of a human employee. And so how do you prevent sort of Agentics frawl from happening? And I would love to get some insight on your thoughts on this.
Yes. Look, part of the questions have been faced in software for the last 40 years. Do I want to price it per employee? Well, as long as employees were growing and everybody was increasing, that works. What happens if half your employees are not humans, but other agents talking to agents. So I actually think that the per seat pricing model begins to show its fallacies as you kind of go down that road. Then some people say, let's price for outcome. It sounds great. I found very few clients who really want to do that unless it's a lot of human work and so that is actually shared risk of some type.
If you're pretty sure of the outcome, I think it's very hard to get pricing for the outcome because in some sense, if you're living in a capitalist system, you're motivated, you want to keep the outcome for yourself. You don't really want to share the outcome with somebody else. You then get to capacity pricing.
If you look at our portfolio, I would look at you and say 80% of our portfolio is priced for capacity. So if I look at our Hybrid Cloud, it's priced by VPCs or virtual processor cores. And that seems a logical way. That way, if you consume a lot more, so we are motivated to help you to consume more. But if you're not consuming it, you're going to turn the price down. And so a lot of our portfolio is priced by capacity or usage more than either sort of blindly per seat or any other way. I really do think that this is going to turn out to be how it's used.
By the way, I will turn around and tell you, I think the people who do token pricing in some sense, it's a capacity pricing. Now a fixed per person works in the consumer world, but the enterprise probably doesn't really want to see that. Or as I said, if a lot of your employees become "digital employees," what happens to pricing? Or do you want to charge for it? There is also this danger that if you let agents or AI models run a mock and you're consuming millions or tens of millions of tokens a day, I think if you do the pricing on a per year basis, that's way more expensive than a human employee.
Yes. Yes. No, this is going to be a very interesting evolution to monitor. Arvind, where do you think the durable profit pools will be in the Agentic stack? Is it in the models? Is it in orchestration, domain agents, observability? I mean, and where is IBM choosing to play or not play within that?
Look, the -- since at the end of the day, the intelligence comes from a model other than sort of the consuming application, let's call that an agent. The model will always get a share of revenue.
Now this is what we're going to see play out. If very large models are roughly equivalent, that means you can switch between them, then that says that, yes, they certainly derive value, but it's very hard for them to command the premium. So you then go -- they'll certainly get a big share of the revenue, but it's going to be coming down to sort of more of a commodity-like pricing.
You then say is the knowledge of sort of the domain, the application, the actual usage is in what we'll call the agent, but it's really a full-blown application. The agent is just sort of a name for that. And that has got a lot of intelligence now and routing between models, figuring out what to do, when to do, when do I need to do a second iteration or a third or a fourth, then that is certainly going to command the price where the model price is kind of built into that price to some extent.
And if I look at every technology cycle, if I go back to the mainframe in the '60s and '70s, originally, the hardware drove the pricing. Then over time, the software, which made it easy to use became the pricing. Then over time, the applications became. I think the mobile phone revolution is the easiest probably for the audience to understand.
Back in 2007, if I pick that as the era of the smartphone start, for the first couple of years, it was all about whether it was an iPhone or an Android. Then very quickly, the App Store came along, all of the enabling software came along, you would then turn around and say, "Hey, actually, iOS and Android are the lock-in. " The hardware is important, but that's what enables the hardware. And now what are the 6 million applications or more on the iPhone? That ecosystem is much bigger than just the hardware or software. So I think it always goes in order.
The infrastructure or the silicon gets it first, then the enabling software and tools get it second. And then for the value to hold, it has to be the multitude of applications, and that was everything else, but it's because it's also in the millions. And every cycle, I think, has seen the same. The PC is identical to that. The Internet is identical to that. All of these, I think, kind of play out along the same arc. But it takes 10, 15 years to get from beginning to end.
I was just going to ask you like where do you think we are in that cycle for AI and agents?
I used to say till end of last year that if I think of it like a baseball game, we are still in the first innings. Maybe we are just transitioning from the first to the early second innings at this stage. So you kind of know who's on the field. You kind of know who's playing. It's hard to know who's hot today, who's not hot. You kind of need to get to the fourth or fifth innings before you can kind of say, okay, I have some sense of who might win this game today.
Okay. All right. That's a good analogy. Arvind, look, if agents start doing maybe half the work of what people do today, what happens to the consulting business model? What happens to pricing, margin structure? How do you measure productivity in those cases? What happens when like the unit of delivery becomes a digital worker?
So I think, first, I would look at you and say, we can debate is it 2 years, 3 years or 5 years. I think half of all repetitive work will be done by agents. I actually see no reason why that would not be true. And that is assuming AI makes no more strides. That is assuming today's level of AI capability, okay? So now you turn around and say, well, if hardware is done by digital workers, then your revenue gets halved. Well, of course, not because it takes experts and people and technology to deploy those. And the other half, we still need people.
So if that's the case, then I think in some sense, you are going to get 10%, 20% price compression and you are going to need -- if the amount of work stays constant, you're going to need fewer people. But then I turn around and say, if you are the early ones to embrace that, and so your unit pricing comes down, then you become a share winner, so I can't tell you whether the number of people is exactly the same. But in terms of revenue, you can be a share winner and keep better margins and better revenue by being embracing of this trend as opposed to fighting it. And that's where we lean in very heavily with our Consulting advantage platform.
I think over 350, if I go to a course level kind of agents that can be deployed against workflows. And to just make it very real for the audience and tangible. Previously, when we did an SAP project for a client, you would spend 6 months and 30 people kind of coming through requirements, capturing documents, making sure you've captured the client's process correctly. That can now be done with agents and like a half dozen people over a few weeks. So you've shortened 6 months to a few weeks. You've taken 30 people down to 5 or 6, and you can be much more complete -- what's the got you? There's got to be some written documentation on the process side from the client.
If that's not there, you still have to go do the discovery work to go document it. But if you have something written down, that's a great starting point on those. And that's like one extreme example where people don't even think that agents will be useful there. But agents to do software development, agents to -- we see anywhere from 30% to 70% productivity depending on the kind of work for software development across the life cycle. And I think that's going to be a given. If I think about answering customer queries or customer experience anywhere from 50% of the low end to 80% of the high end of the work can be replaced by agents. And in all these cases, these are at a fraction of the cost of a human employee.
Okay. So if I was to paraphrase that, maybe it sounds like there is significant amount of work that will be done by agents. There is going to be some pricing compression, but people who embrace it early will be the share winners of the future. And that's kind of IBM's strategy is to make sure that they are embracing some of this change early.
Correct. With one exception where I think it is sheer disruption. Not yet seen it, but I think it will happen. So if I look at the kind where basically pure clinical work has largely moved offshore, people call it the BPO industry, but that's a very wide term, but more sort of call centers, document processing, transcription, all those things. I think there, it may not be some. It could be pretty massive disruption, but it will take 3 to 5 years to play out.
Okay. Okay. That's helpful. What's the competitive threat that you take most seriously in Agentic AI? I mean you've got hyperscalers who are investing hundreds of millions in their CapEx plans. They're embedding agents everywhere potentially? Or is it going to be more pure-play AI vendors or other consulting firms that are turning themselves into software companies? Where do you see the biggest competitive threat?
Look, we tend to partner with a lot of these players. So if I look at the CapEx spend, we'll be a beneficiary of that. So if Amazon or Azure or Google have more capacity, that's great because we partner with all of them, and we could leverage that capacity for the benefit of our clients, including the capabilities that they have on their clouds.
Now it's always been competitive, like if you want to use a database, but then there's a wide variety of providers. Are you going to use the database that's needed for the cloud? Or are you going to use something from my friends at Mongo? Or are we going to use one of IBM's capabilities? I think it gets down to fit for purpose. You've got to engineer well. You've got to be consumable, you've got to be easier to run.
And we tend to be more at the places where there is more enterprise need, meaning it's more scalable, it's more resilient, it's easier to monitor, becomes the cases where we'll win, but we also leverage all our partner capabilities.
DiTTo was a pure AI model providers. We tend to partner with all of them, and that's very much been our strategy. I actually think that our differentiation is that we want to remain hybrid, meaning we'll not be tying ourselves to one particular public cloud. We certainly -- it's too hard to use all of them, but we certainly will use the 3 majors that I mentioned for sure. But we also want to help you run things in your own data center. So that's your need. I actually think we might be not quite but almost unique on that lens. The only other one I think, who plays into that theme is probably Broadcom, who also takes a hybrid approach.
But I think that if I look at the breadth, we are perhaps unique in that. Now that may not be the whole market, but I would tell you it's probably half the market. Two years ago, I would have told you it's 40% of the market. Today, I'm going to look at you and say it's probably 50% of the market has a need for being able to straddle multiple public and sovereign.
Maybe, Arvind, just since we're talking a lot about Agentic AI and the cost sort of implication of these -- how much these agents will cost is going to be important. But over time, and we've already seen it in the last few years, the cost per token is going down at a pretty rapid pace. And it's kind of Moore's Law in some ways, maybe even stronger than that in some ways where you're seeing this significant decline in cost per token.
As you think about that, from your experience, if you are lowering this cost of the barrier to entry probably in some ways to adoption of incremental agents for workloads. Do you think that spurs up incremental demand? And just sort of how should one think about a future where you're really cutting down this cost of delivery? What happens to productivity and what happens to usage from what you've seen?
Yes. Look, I think it's going to be very hard to make a like a 90% accuracy prediction in this space. Let me just acknowledge it. But I also want to be a little bit provocative maybe, Wamsi, by saying the price per token is coming down dramatically. It's not clear to me that the cost per token is decreasing that dramatically. I think the next few years will tell us whether these things are being run in a way that is profitable for those who run them or not. Right now, it's kind of a land grab where people want to make sure they can get the workload, they can get the clients, they can get the population using it as opposed to is it being run in a way that is economical for the end investor. So I'll just sort of caution with that.
But it's also moving really fast. So it's hard to tell where it's going to end up. But all the capital being spent needs to get a return. So that's my point on the difference between price and cost, okay? Now I do -- there hasn't been a technology evolution ever of any size or scale where unit cost doesn't come down.
Back to your point on Moore's Law, the effective cost for compute on the x86 architecture came down by about 2x, let's say, for a multiplication or whatever you want to call it, every 2 years. So that means you could do more and more. And by the way, if it's every 2 years, that means after 20 years, it's at 100 the cost, 1,000 to be more precise, but it's actually about 100 in practice because Moore's Law had some approximations built into it. That's dramatic. But you've got to now get careful, which is not what is being done today.
If instead of a human doing the work, who says, I'll look at those 3 things and that's what I'm being paid to do. If you let agents say, well, I want to explore the entire universe and go to tokens and do it for $1 million just because I can because I'm running in the background, suddenly your costs will not be that good.
So you've got to then say, what am I asking these agents to do? And is there an actual business benefit for every single thing I'm asking them to do or there isn't. I think we are so immature today, we have no idea. I kind of jokingly say it this way.
If I ask you that if I throw a ball up, does it come down, you know the answer. But if you ask an LLM, it actually has to go back and recompute it based on its internal wakes. That's a lot more work than knowing the answer. So we have to arrive at this mix of what is the value of doing something and do I want to let it go off and ask itself 1 million iterative queries? Or can it get there quickly? And if it's doing 1 million, do I know that the return is worth that cost? No one has built out that infrastructure and that level of sophistication at this point. I'm sorry to give you such a long answer.
I want to understand that these things are nowhere near the point of maturity that you're pointing at. We can intuit the value, but now we have to sit down and prove. And I do think that '26, '27 is going to be the years when people are going to turn around and say, at least the serious clients, okay, I need to know what the ROI is. Experimentation is done. I got it that experiments can work, but is there an actual return now on doing it this way?
Yes. And ROI is going to be a big question to sort of the spend point that you made earlier on the CapEx levels that are being put in. Maybe shifting gears a little bit. You've done so many deals to change the portfolio. You kind of crafted Red Hat to begin with. That's been very instrumental in turning the company's software growth around. You've done a lot of others, Apptio, Turbonomic and Sana, I mean, to mention a few and Hashi and Confluent as well. So what is IBM's broader aspiration in software as you sit here with all this agentic uncertainty in some ways? And what do you think is the best use of capital given where some of the valuations are today?
Yes. So first, let me just -- it's clear to me that we want IBM to grow, and I wanted to grow maximum in software. Just to put some numbers, when I started, software was about 20% of the total revenue. I think as we finished '25, it was about 45%, so that just paints the stock picture of where we are investing, where we are putting our dollar, and we're kind of putting our money where our mouth is. That's where the growth is, that's where we're going to invest, but in a very focused way.
So without even mentioning which capabilities, number one, it's got to lie in our strategic priorities. And that today is the 4 areas we talked about. Is it Hybrid Cloud? Is it Automation? Is it Data & AI? Or is it mainframe? In mainframe, it's very unlikely we'll do a sizable acquisition. So it's really the first 3.
And if you look at the last 4 years, there's been a couple of data and hybrid cloud, but the majority has actually been in Automation. All the examples you reeled off Turbonomic, Sana, Apptio, Hashi are actually in automation.
Now with Confluent and with DataStax, we've done a couple in Data & AI. And we've done a couple in Hybrid Cloud. But because that is very much tied to open source, there haven't been that many there. We did a couple on Neural Magic, which was how to do VLLMs inside Linux really well and a couple around container security. So number one, it's got to fit in my strategic priorities. Number two, we can use the word synergy. That's a very generic word. I'll be more sort of direct. Can we make the thing grow faster than it will grow on its own? Because if all you get is the growth it was doing, that's priced in. I'm not getting any benefit from my investor by using our capital then.
So I look at, all right, is that synergy from the fact that I can leverage our global go-to-market by taking it to countries where they're not? Can I take it to clients where they can't go? Can I get a much more effective go-to-market structure by leveraging the footprint we already have? Can we leverage the partnerships we have to make the acquired entity grow faster? Or is it making something else in IBM grow faster because effectively then that is synergy. In the best cases like Red Hat, you get all of those.
In smaller ones like, let's say, Apptio, the biggest use is the expanded go-to-market where we can take it to places where they would have gone, but -- what they were going to do in 10 years, we can do in 2. So why I mentioned all those is that's really important. And third, we are putting money at risk. So we want it accretive to free cash flow within 2 years. So that's the discipline we follow.
So just to put numbers on one, maybe the largest of these, let's take Red Hat, $3.4 billion of revenue when we closed the deal in 2019. Our run rate is almost $2 billion a quarter now. So that tells you. The OpenShift portfolio was like $130 million a year in 2019. It's now close to $2 billion. So that's a massive growth when it went from a contender to being the leading product in its space for a container and virtualization platform. So that's a great example of what we did. But we can see it play out, whether it's in Turbonomic, whether it's in Hashi. In all of these, we begin to see an expansion of the market, and it's accretive to free cash flow because we do all.
We get the added revenue, but we're also very good at making the entity far more productive by leveraging all of the shared services and the go-to-market structures we already have. We very rarely touch engineering. Engineering tends to actually be increased spend from where it was. So we can give even more innovation to the clients. Hopefully, that gave you both the 3 vectors that is our discipline, but also we actually have a very tight methodology on how we do these.
Yes. Yes. And what about software valuations where they are? Like does that make it like a better sort of more attractive maybe time for IBM to consider public company deals?
Actually, I would say public and maybe even PE. Look, in the end, maybe it will take a few months, maybe a year. But even the PEs have to reconcile to where the valuations are in the public markets because that's hard. That's evidence in front of you. Look, it's all based on -- if the multiples are well over 10 for something of size, by multiple, I mean valuation or EV to revenue, that's very hard for me to make our accretive in 2 years work. It can -- the growth rate is incredibly high, but that's unusual to get that for a sustained period of time.
So the current coming down where now the multiples are often 5, 6, 7, 8, that's a very attractive place compared to what the last 10, 15 years have been. So I'll just sort of smile and say, "hey, it's a great opportunity for those of us " who have the cash flow and the financial flexibility. And maybe -- I mean, it's got to stay in place for some time. But if it stays in place, maybe it gives us a chance to accelerate what we might have done over a few years into a shorter period of time. But it's got to be the right target. I'm not going to get deal heat. I don't want to just run after everything. It's got to be #1 in its category. It's got to have something which we believe is sustainable. It's got to have a great culture, and it's got to have innovation, which has a moat around it.
Yes. Okay. That's helpful, Arvind. We're sitting at a time of, again, unfortunately, a lot of global macro uncertainty. And IBM generally has done quite well in turbulent times. I mean it's actually been a flight to quality from a stock perspective and I think business resiliency, too. Any thoughts on sort of quick takes on that? And I know we don't have a ton more time, but I do want to ask you about Quantum, too. So I would love to get some quick thoughts around this.
Yes. So I'll try to keep it brief. Look, we have faced a bunch of this macro uncertainty based on geopolitics now for the last many years. We often ignore China. China is buying less and less American technology. That's the first one.
The Russia, Ukraine, we only got hurt not so much from the footprint in Ukraine. We did have to give up a business in Russia, which was a few hundred million dollars. So that went out. I wouldn't call it the highest growth business, but an absolute amount went out. I'll have to give a lot of credit to how Israel functions. They've been remarkably resilient despite all of the issues going on there.
In some sense, they have almost made a decision, a willful decision that they want to carry business on as much as possible. The Middle East one is harder to predict just because it's very young. It's like a week old. I think tomorrow. So if -- now my view is that we find that these things don't impact us as much maybe because we are in the more critical parts of the infrastructure and the more critical workloads.
I think a big reason it's partly it's a flight to quality, partly it's also when clients are trying to understand who they can trust and who they can't trust, who will stick with them, who will give them great service, who will give them kind of what they need to run their business, we tend to come high on that list. Like often when I go to people and say, look, we are never going to look at your data. They look at me and say, we don't even have that question where you're concerned.
We actually know this, given your history that this thing, like when a client has an issue, they don't even ask us, "Hey, did you look after our data correctly if I'm giving you a dump and a log that it has all kind of sensitive information. " They said, we know that you will destroy it, and we know that you will not misuse it, and we know.
So that also helps in that perspective that we are a safe harbor when times are uncertain. And I certainly expect -- but we've got to prove it. We've got to prove that our performance is there. We've got to prove that we can produce the revenue and the cash flow that we have committed. And as long as we keep proving it, then we should be able to attract investors even at this time.
Yes. And I have to say that you definitely have surprised to the upside on free cash flows ever since you were doing closer to low double-digit billions to now 50% higher than that has actually been a very significant progress in your cash flows.
Maybe to wrap it up, Arvind, I know we're coming up on the top of the hour. What is the biggest opportunity that you see for IBM in the next 5, 10 years? And I'm sure Quantum is maybe at least part of that, if not it, but would love to get your thoughts around that. How you think about it? When does commercialization of this start? And what -- how disruptive could this be as a technology?
So Quantum is the single largest opportunity for us over the next 5- to 10-year horizon. I look at it's disruptive because it will solve problems, which you actually cannot solve using alternate techniques. How do you make new molecules without doing an actual experiment? How do you do fertilizers? How do you do portfolio management? How maybe do you price in a risk environment. And in all of these, if you can get a few basis points of improvement on one, but a few months of advancement of materials, that's a pretty big advantage for our clients.
The timing I would put it as 2029, if I had to pick a time, you can give it a plus/minus some, but I would actually pick 2029. Given that I said that 1.5 years ago, and I'm saying the same today, as every 6 months goes by, that gives you a lot more certainty on that date. And it will begin as usual. It will be national labs, it will be scientific workloads. It will be people like that who will consume it initially very quickly. Usually, capital markets will follow.
But this time around, I think the industrials will come next, who historically have not been the big beneficiary of new forms of competition. We did work with some third-party consultants. We worked with both BCG and McKinsey, both kind of had the same number. They think the value impact of the disruption is on the order of $0.5 trillion by 2035. You can then back up from there and say, what's the rate and pace, and probably that's the value disruption. Usually, about 30% to 40% will accrue to the vendors in the space, which is not just us. It will be the software providers, the implementers, the consultants. But about 30% to 40% of that $0.5 trillion is going to accrue back to the ecosystem of people who kind of provide that. I'm very excited by our progress.
I'm very pleased with kind of where we stand in this ecosystem right now. And I would turn around and look in eye and I say, of course, we have to keep doing it because you're still a few years away from the price, but I feel very good about our competitive positioning in this space.
No, that's amazing. I know we're at the top of the hour. We're actually 1 minute past. So Arvind, thank you so much for being so generous with your time and your insights. We work back the COBOL disruption on the stock. Now I guess, hopefully, this will give people a way to think about the misunderstood maybe software disruption risk to IBM's portfolio as well. Thank you for all your time. We really appreciate it. As usual, I feel like I'm walking away with a ton more than the start of the call. Arvind Krishna, everyone, thank you so much for joining us today.
Good to be here with you, Wamsi.
Thank you so much. Thanks, Arvind.
This concludes today's webinar. You may now disconnect from the call. Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
IBM — Bank of America View from the Top CEO Series
IBM — Bank of America View from the Top CEO Series
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Kernaussage: IBM positioniert sich klar als Anbieter für hybride IT und unternehmensnahe KI: Fokus auf Hybrid Cloud (Red Hat), Automation, Data & AI sowie Mainframe-Optimierung. Mainframes bleiben wegen Resilienz, Kosten und Datenlokalität relevant; watsonx-Produkte sollen Modernisierung und zusätzliche Umsätze treiben. Quantum ist die strategische Langfristchance.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- watsonx & Mainframe: Code Assistant for Z dokumentiert und übersetzt COBOL, soll Kunden helfen zu modernisieren statt zu zwangsmigrieren; bereits kommerziell im Einsatz.
- On‑platform AI: Neue Spyre-Prozessoren erlauben das Ausführen kleinerer Large‑Language‑Modelle (10–30 Mrd. Parameter) direkt auf Z‑Systemen, wodurch Fraud‑Erkennung und Transaktions‑Workloads effizienter laufen.
- Konzentration: Kapitalallokation fokussiert auf Automation, Data & AI und Hybrid Cloud; M&A‑Disziplin: Zieldimensionen Synergie und Free‑Cash‑Flow‑Accretion binnen ~2 Jahren.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Konkretes: Code Assistant for Z ist laut Krishna bei rund 150 Kunden im Einsatz; IBM spricht offen von 6–9‑S‑Reliability‑Vorteilen des Mainframes und von spürbaren TCO‑Argumenten gegenüber alternativen Architekturen.
- Quantum‑Zeithorizont: CEO nennt 2029 als Zielpunkt für breite kommerzielle Nutzbarkeit in wissenschaftlichen und industriellen Workloads.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Mainframe‑Risiko: Nachfrage nach COBOL‑Übersetzung: Management betont Genauigkeits‑ und Regulatorik‑Hürden; Migration ist möglich, aber oft ökonomisch nicht sinnvoll.
- Agentic‑Pricing: Diskussion über Preismechaniken – IBM favorisiert Kapazitäts‑/Nutzungs‑Modelle statt reiner Per‑Seat‑Preise; Token‑Kosten vs. tatsächliche Betriebskosten bleiben offene Fragen.
- Wettbewerb: Hyperscaler als Partner und Wettbewerber; IBM setzt auf Hybrid‑Differenzierung (multi‑cloud/sovereignty) und Partnerschaften mit Model‑Providern.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Impakt: Für Aktionäre bedeutet der Call: klarer, risiko‑bewusster Wachstumspfad in Software/Automation und Data & AI, anhaltende Erträge aus Mainframe‑Workloads plus optionaler, aber langfristig signifikanter Quantum‑Upside. Kurzfristige Risiken: Preisdruck durch Agenten, ROI‑Nachweis für Kunden und starke Hyperscaler‑Dynamik.
IBM — Morgan Stanley Technology
1. Question Answer
Well, let's get started, guys. Thank you very much for joining us. Welcome to day 2 of the flagship TMT Conference. My name is Erik Woodring. I lead the U.S. IT hardware coverage here. I am delighted to be joined by Rob Thomas, IBM's Head of Software and Chief Commercial Officer. But before we get started, I just need to read this disclosure statement. I need to mention that important disclosures can be found at the Morgan Stanley research disclosure website at www.morganstanley.com/researchdisclosures. If you have any questions, please reach out to your Morgan Stanley sales representative.
So Rob, thank you very much for joining us today.
Thanks for having me. Great to be with you.
So I think the best place to start maybe is just better understand how to think about the key drivers of growth for IBM. So exiting 2025, 3 of your 4 software subsegments were growing double digits. Mainframe had a record year, helping to offset maybe more tepid growth in services. So taking a step back as we think over kind of the medium term and beyond, what are the key growth drivers as we think about the IBM model? And let's start from there.
So maybe go back to 2020 when Arvind Krishna took over. He had the insight that we can be uniquely differentiated and win in hybrid cloud and AI. And that was actually before AI was, I'd say, such the moment in discussion that it is right now. But everything we've done is about repositioning the company for that. You take software, we kind of moved away from applications, divested health care applications, weather. We really said we want to be an infrastructure software company because we think we can be really good at that. For consulting, we built big partnerships like AWS, Microsoft, expanded what we've done with SAP and really became, I'd say, a partner of choice for key skills and consulting helps our software business a lot.
And then for infrastructure, we said we need to continue to innovate, simplified what we're doing in storage. As you said, we've had great growth in mainframe. And a big catalyst has been, I'd say, everything we've done in the go-to-market, and we'll kind of talk about that as we go. But as you look forward, it's not a change in strategy. We have the right strategy. It's about how do we continue to be a high-growth software business. We kind of said we can get to double digit for this year, which we think is a big step. And we have a lot of momentum. So we feel good about that.
Great. So let's first touch on something that obviously was the market responded to, which is AI disruption risk. We've heard it across the software stack. I want you to address IBM disruption risk at IBM because you lead the software business, you lead the sales team, so you perhaps have maybe the broadest purview to the potential impact to IBM. So there's maybe thoughts around disruption risk to mainframe and software more broadly. Let's just start on the software side and say, help us understand how you think about that risk to the portfolio? And could it bring disruption risk, could that bring opportunities as well if we want to maybe flip that question on its head.
Obviously, we think about this a lot. And AI has been a good tailwind for us, which you've seen in the last few years. And it's on us to make sure that AI continues to be a tailwind. And so we think a lot about how are we ensuring that, that is true. I would say now you take a slight step back, when you hear all the discussion of generative AI is -- makes it easy to build new applications. That's kind of the buy/build discussion that has always existed in technology. Yes, clients can build something or they can buy it. We shouldn't forget normally 20% of the effort in deploying software is actually building the application itself. The 80% is how do you do upgrades, how do you bring new features? How do you support it? How do you do security fixes. There's a lot that goes into that. And I'm not sure the buy/build equation will change dramatically for our clients.
Let's look at what's happening in software. So think about maybe a software application, which we're less in that business. You've got a user interface, you've got business logic and then you've got a back-end database. I do think AI will become the new UI. So there's probably a lot of risk if your moat is based around a UI.
Business logic, I would say some of that can be done with AI, but maybe not all of it. And then you have kind of the back end, the plumbing, that's what we do. When we see things like projections of 1 billion new applications being built based on generative AI, to us, that's a catalyst because every one of those applications is going to need containers. It's going to need real-time data. It's going to need infrastructure automation. It's going to need all the things that we do. So I really view this as an opportunity, but we have to stay sharp here and stay focused. To give you an example, one thing that we previewed at our developer conference last November was Db2, but an AI edition. And I think there's a big opportunity for companies like us where we have incumbency to take a product like Db2 that's used everywhere in the world and say, bring AI capabilities that takes 85% of the labor out of operating Db2, I think that creates a growth catalyst.
Yes. Okay. That's extremely insightful. So let's turn that conversation to mainframe, and we're going to kind of ask a 2-sided question as well, which is it's obviously been a very strong start to the z17 cycle despite the kind of perceived AI disruption risks around COBOL modernization. So I'd love for you to add any color on, first, why this cycle has started strong, but then also maybe understand your long-term view on the mainframe. And maybe the simple question is, is it an AI disruptor? Or will it be disrupted by AI?
So we've been working on mainframe modernization. I think it goes back a decade. And why would we do that if we didn't think it was good. So we actually think it's very good, modernization. And if you look at what happened, call it, 2015 to 2020, I think that's the time where we working with clients, we looked at certain applications. We said, we're not sure this belongs on the mainframe. You don't need a CRM app or a mobile app on the mainframe. Mainframe is really good at processing transactions. So anything that's transactionally intensive, that belongs there.
So we did a lot of work on mainframe modernization. And I think we got to the point where clients realized this is the most price-performant way to do transactions. And that's why you've seen the growth that you've seen. I mean, 3x MIPS growth in the last couple of cycles. That's because the right work is happening there and people are willing to lean in and do more. So number one is I think mainframe modernization is good. We will continue to do that.
Secondly is I think what gets lost in some of the COBOL discussion is mainframe is truly a platform. COBOL is machine-level code, meaning it does not run unless it's taking advantage of the hardware architecture of the mainframe, storage subsystems, memory optimization, how you're using the compute. The very simple analogy I would use is you could vibe code a version of iOS. That doesn't mean you're going to deploy it to 1 billion phones because the software works because it's tied to the phone. It's actually the same thing with mainframe. COBOL applications built on mainframe are designed to run there. They don't really run that well anywhere else. And so I think this platform point is really critical, which kind of links to the first one. If you have the right apps there, you should keep going, and that's what most clients do.
Third comment I'd make is there's a lot in the world right now on sovereign technology. I think it's unlikely people are going to use SaaS applications to do modernization of the mainframe. Clients, governments that are using this the fact that it's their environment, they can control it, they can control who's utilizing it. So I think there's a lot of positives to what AI can do for mainframe. You can see it in a lot of the products that we've built as well around this. And so that's where we are at the moment.
Okay. Okay. Really helpful. I want to now maybe move beyond AI disruption and kind of touch on some of the subsegments. And the first one just being Red Hat because the business has compounded around 12% constant currency over the last 2 years. You hear Arvind or Jim speak, and they sound extremely confident that Red Hat can kind of reaccelerate into -- back into kind of a mid-teens growth rate. So help us understand the specific factors or the specific drivers that give IBM the confidence to say, yes, we can get back to that mid-teens growth rate.
Let's start with the original thesis on the Red Hat acquisition. Our view was that we were at the start of what I think will be probably a 20-year cycle of a new application architecture, which is containers. We had a really good play in IBM, if you go back to, call it, 1999 with J2E and Java. And you get about 15 years of growth and then you get a long tail of this is how applications are built and run, and we had a very strong play then. Our view was the same thing was going to happen again, but this time, the architecture would be containers because that gives you the flexibility to run on multi-cloud or hybrid cloud. It makes applications easier to utilize. And so this is why you see, I would say, the success we've seen with OpenShift. So a couple of billion dollars now, growing 30%. I think we're actually just getting started. If you had to put innings on this, we're probably in third inning on containers and what will happen around application modernization. So I think there's a lot of room to run here.
Second is there's been obviously a lot of, I'd say, question marks on virtualization and do people want to stay on VMs or do they want to move to something else? I think we have a great alternative there for companies that are looking to move to containers. We've had really strong bookings there, which has been great. That's a good catalyst, but that takes time to play out. It's a lot of effort to move from VMs even to Red Hat virtualization or Red Hat OpenShift ultimately. And so I think that will continue to go.
Ansible is a great product. There's a lot of free use of Ansible. So part of what we've done kind of connecting to our M&A strategy, when we buy something like HashiCorp, the integration we do between Terraform and Ansible requires that you have premium versions of each. So that's a good way to create monetization momentum around Ansible.
And the last is Linux. I think probably the most underdiscussed point on Linux was a couple of years ago, we announced a partnership with SAP that said they would be moving from SUSE to Red Hat Enterprise Linux. That takes a long time to play out. But as you probably know, SUSE is kind of what it is because of SAP. And so we think that's a big growth driver for us over time.
Yes. Okay. If we move to transaction processing, obviously, very clearly tied to mainframe. You've guided to low to mid-single-digit growth in 2026 for transaction processing. I'm going to ask maybe kind of in an aggressive way, which is why isn't there upside risk to that? If I consider that there's been 100% growth in installed MIPS capacity with the z17, your long-term TP guidance is for mid-single-digit growth. Are there offsets that maybe wouldn't allow TP to grow in line with that midterm model? Or is there conservatism baked into the 2026 outlook? Would just love -- what are the building blocks there to go underlying that mid-single-digit growth?
There's a few drivers of TP growth, I would say 3. So one is MIPS growth that you alluded to. As I said, as people have modernized, we think the workloads are roughly right. And when people like it and they are using it, they're going to continue to grow MIPS. So that's one.
Second is price. We can command price on mainframe. At the same time, we're not going to do that too aggressively. We want to be the gentle in the room that's helping clients be successful. We don't want to push on price. But it's a lever that we can use. And third, and I think this is probably the big swinger is new innovation. If you go back in time, people ask a lot why was there not as much TP growth, call it, 2015 to 2020? We didn't do a lot of innovation then. There wasn't a lot of new product.
And you look at since 2020, let's see kind of off the top of my head, we've delivered Code Assistant for Z, watsonx Assistant for Z, IntelliMagic, which is AIOps. We brought HashiCorp Vault on to Z, Terraform on to Z, we brought a ton of new product on to Z. And what we know with Z clients is they will adopt new capability if they see value. They also will not do that nearly as fast as any of us may want because the mainframe is the heart and the lungs of the business. So you're not going to start to do major surgery without making sure everything is lined up, and it's going to go well.
And so that does take time. There's also a lot of mainframe tools that are not IBM and many of those clients -- many clients come to IBM now saying, "Hey, we'd like to use IBM mainframe tools." We can help them with that. But that also takes 2 to 3 years to do. So I think kind of the upside, downside to your question, it comes down to adoption of the new innovation, and I think that kind of ebbs and flows.
Okay. That's really helpful. Last question on software, at least specifically to kind of how we think about the segmenting is just talking about your overall strategy on the automation portfolio that you've built, how Hashi fits in with that strategy? And then specifically on Hashi, just an update on integration, how cost synergies are progressing as the Chief Commercial Officer. There's a lot of -- you kind of outlined a lot of benefits that Hashi can benefit from under the IBM umbrella. So let's maybe unpack that.
So I'm super pleased with everything we've done in automation. This wasn't even really a business we were in if you go back to 2020. And our thesis at the time was there's AI models, and those will be important, but I would think of this as applied AI. We thought every company that has technology and operations, which is every company is going to want to apply AI to make that way more productive and efficient. And that was the thesis behind automation.
So we started with -- we bought Turbonomic, which is how you optimize your compute and storage. We bought Apptio for FinOps and understanding how you spend money on technology. We organically developed a product called Concert, which is resiliency for your technology and operations. Then we bring in HashiCorp. So we've built the best portfolio for how you apply AI to improve your technology and operations. And I don't think there's a close second at the moment. So that's why you can see the momentum that we've built in the business, which has been pretty consistent.
I actually think we're just getting started here because any client you visit, they still have a lot of complexity in what they're doing. So as we think about things like Concert, we will evolve this to become a platform for all of your need for FinOps and AIOps taking advantage of these other capabilities. So I think there's a lot to do here.
Now linking it to HashiCorp, I'd say probably the biggest driver here is what I would call the new stack of enterprise software, which is companies want something that's open architecture, open source in many cases, easy to utilize. And think of that as Red Hat HashiCorp for automation, Confluent when it comes for real-time data. I think we have a unique play for a new enterprise stack, which will have sovereign deployments, can run on public cloud, can run hybrid. And to your question on kind of the Hashi integration, I think it's gone incredibly well. I think a few people ask questions when we did it, will there be dilution? I think we've really perfected the playbook on M&A, which is why we are confident to then go after something like Confluent and say, we can do this, and we can absorb the dilution as part of our model.
Yes. And on that point, just using HashiCorp as the example, lessons learned for as Confluent closes, integration, again, the ability to drive cost out of the model. What have you learned from Hashi that you are applying as you think about the closing of Confluent? And then what you would do, obviously, beyond that into the future?
One, when we buy companies, we tend to invest more into R&D because we can get innovation going faster. We'll continue to do that. Two is we can integrate kind of back office quickly. What we've learned from both HashiCorp and hopefully Confluent to come is with companies like this, they tend to have a different way of leveraging technology to run their business. We can learn from that. We learned a ton from HashiCorp on that, and I sense there will be some things for Confluent as well. Third is we can get a lot of synergy and go-to-market quickly. We have broad distribution. We've got great coverage across the top 1,000. We've got a big ecosystem. And so as we bring in new capability, we can distribute quite quickly.
Okay. I want to ask one services question, and that is the market is going through its own kind of perceived risk related to AI disruption. You guys have been able to capture, I think it's over $10 billion of cumulative AI bookings in 2 years. I know you're not necessarily going to share that going forward. But how much of a driver will AI be in reaccelerating this market or maybe more specifically, the IBMs specific services business? And how do we think about maybe the risk of cannibalization between AI engagements as you see them today and the traditional old projects within the services business? Is there cannibalization risk? Or how do we think about all of those together?
So I'll decompose the services market, kind of simplistic. But do you think kind of at the bottom end, there's kind of body shop, just work for hire. Kind of the top end is the McKinsey BCG types. We're kind of more in the middle, which is how do you apply technology to make your business better. I think AI coding tools are very good. So body shop type work, we've tried to move away from that because I'm not sure that's where you want to be as there's more and more AI in the world.
We announced Consulting Advantage, which is really our play on services as software. And I think we hit a sweet spot here where clients want assets as part of a consulting engagement. They don't just want labor because, obviously, they want to get more productivity over time. So I think we kind of hit the sweet spot there. We don't really play at the high end. So at this point, we don't really play at the high end. We're not trying to be BCG and McKinsey. We don't really do the body shop work. We're kind of in the middle. I think the partnerships we've built was really all upside for us because we weren't doing much with AWS and Microsoft before. We're doing a good bit with SAP, but there was more we could do. So I think partnerships with Palo Alto, we've built partnerships that kind of catalyze what we're doing. We've got consulting advantage that gives us a unique platform for deploying technology. I think we've found the right balance here.
And I think something that maybe is differentiated for you guys as it relates to this business is, while you do have partnerships and those have been very strong, you also are -- you deliver technologies that can be solutions for what your customers are coming to you on the services side. Just talk about how that integrated portfolio maybe gives you an advantage over peers.
Well, it's certainly a big driver of the AI book of business that you described because any company that we're talking to about AI or applied AI, their next question is, can you help us? And so having an integrated model, we're one of the few companies that does. I think that gives us an advantage. If you think about what we've done, the progress on Red Hat with things like OpenShift and containers, that would not have happened without the role that consulting has played in that.
So we kind of pick the key places. It's not we want our consulting to do every IBM product, but it's make the bigger bets. Red Hat was a big bet. Watsonx was a big bet. I'd say the next one is this kind of this new enterprise stack I talked about, which is as we bring in Confluent, HashiCorp, there's an opportunity to do more there with consulting.
Okay. Cool. So I'm going to circle back to software and then maybe get into things like M&A and cost rationalization. As we think about the totality of the software business that you run, what are some of the maybe potential upside you see to that kind of 10% low double-digit targeted software growth over the next 1 to 3 years? What could be some of the downside risk? Maybe just frame the risk-reward as you think about it relative to how you've communicated growth to the market.
So I think maybe the thing we haven't talked about much yet is the change that we've made in go-to-market, which has been dramatic. And go back to 2020, I would say there's 3 main things we did. One was a change in incentives. Two was really, I'd say, opening up the ecosystem. And three was kind of building a technical go-to-market. So let me describe all 3.
Incentives, I would say we're largely done with that. We saw the opportunity to create a much more aggressive sales culture where people were incented to go out and deploy technology, make clients successful. I'd say we're largely done with that. For the rest of go-to-market, I think we're actually less than halfway through the transformation. So on partnerships, we've built some great ones. We have now over 100 software products that run on AWS, about half that, that run on Azure, about 1/3 of that, that run on GCP. So we've built big hyperscaler partnerships. We're listed in all the marketplaces. That's a big lift for how we're going to market.
We've also built partnerships with SAP. I talked about that a little bit before with -- obviously, with Linux, but they're also using Red Hat OpenShift. They're using HashiCorp. So different dimensions on partnerships. On technical sales, the way I'd describe it is we were too much steak dinner and not enough writing code. And I would just go talk to clients and say, we want you to help us deploy technology. We don't need all the other stuff. And so we've done a pretty dramatic change in the complexion of the sales force to be way more technical.
When we show up to a meeting, it's not PowerPoints. We want to roll up our sleeves, demonstrate technology, get it up and running. But I say, for these 2 for ecosystem and kind of technical go to market, I think we're only maybe midway through that. But we've done a lot on the R&D side. We kind of talked about that. I think we have a great portfolio. Go-to-market is the other piece. The combination of those 2, that gives me a lot of confidence.
Okay. Great. Let's maybe shift to M&A. And maybe the question is, how much internal desire is there to quickly get another acquisition? I know you're still even in the process of closing Confluent, but it is a key part of the model and specifically in software. So how much internal desire is there to get that done? And then second, has the criteria for M&A kind of changed at all as you think about what could come beyond Confluent?
Well, priority #1 is get Confluent done, so we should be clear. Not that I call desire. I'd say we are always open to what's possible, and we're always looking. I think it was Benjamin Graham that talked about Mr. Market gives you opportunities. Clearly, with what's happening in the markets right now, there's a lot of opportunity that was maybe less obvious a year ago. So yes, we keep a close eye to that.
But in every decision, we're always going through buy/build. To some extent, I think we can build anything, but we tend to buy when we can accelerate time to market or we can acquire category-leading assets, that's kind of the criteria, the process that we go through. It has to be at a reasonable price. So there's no real urgency or desire, but I'd say we're always open to looking at this.
And the criteria in terms of -- I think the way that Arvind has communicated it was, I think it was 75% software, 25% services. It has to be additive if you bring it into the IBM distribution channel. There needs to be a path to becoming free cash flow accretive within kind of, I think it's 1 or 2 years. That criteria has not changed. That is still kind of the building blocks for how you approach those targets.
Yes. Criteria has not changed. It's accretive within 2 years. And I think there's -- as you think about our software portfolio, there's certainly more we can do on automation. There's more we can do in data. I'd say most of what we would do in Red Hat or transaction processing tends to be more tuck-ins. Those tend to be smaller. But I think there's still a lot that we can do, but the criteria hasn't changed.
Okay. Cool. I know not necessarily core to your role at IBM, but something that I think of that is extremely impressive and it ties together with M&A, especially sometimes companies that might be dilutive when you purchase them at first is the cost rationalization we've seen at IBM. You are leaning into R&D. That line is clearly growing. You've talked about innovation. But if you look at SG&A, you've really been able to kind of hold that steady. How are you able to basically keep that spend steady while also absorbing, let's call it, at least one pretty sizable transaction, at least one every year?
So maybe to go back to where you started. I actually do view this as core to my job. And I think that's something Arvind kind of has pushed all of the management team on as we all own productivity for IBM. So it's part of all of our jobs. I think it's critical. To your point, the main thing that we looked at was we're spending a lot of money in what I would call back office. That tends to be repetitive tasks.
And our view was AI, specifically watsonx, could do that very well. So we've driven nearly $5 billion of productivity, all coming from back office. And we've taken that -- and a lot of it has been reinvested into R&D to your point. R&D has grown 30%, basically, almost over $2 billion since 2019. And that's the important part of being a technology company is you have to invest more in -- you have to invest at a competitive level in R&D, and I think we're getting to that point now. So that's all been, I'd say, an intentional strategy.
Now where do I think we go from here? As I look at things like our go-to-market, I still think we can be more productive, whether it's through leveraging channels or ecosystem. If you become more technical, then your deal sizes can go up because your consumption grows faster over time. So I think there's still more to do on the productivity and the go-to-market, which is why we can kind of, I'd say, stay where we are. But as we grow revenue, we get more leverage out of the business model, which is what we've tended to do well.
Okay. I want to touch on kind of the combination of everything you've talked about plus leaning into R&D, and that is it's clear you are leaning into innovation, you're expanding your portfolio, perhaps in ways that people don't appreciate or perhaps in ways that you didn't necessarily do, as you mentioned, from 2015 to 2020. How would you characterize what the next phase of innovation at IBM looks like? What should we expect to see more of going forward?
So first of all, it will be rate and pace. Because of what we're doing with AI, the productivity of the engineering team is going up dramatically, which is great. So we built a software development tool called Bob. We now have 40,000 people in IBM using it. And it's not just software developers. We have people in our finance organization using it. And the productivity that this drives is immense. And so one is I just look at rate and pace. Can we improve the amount that we're doing and the speed at which we're doing it.
Two, kind of my example before on creating AI additions of existing products. That used to be very hard. It's not easy now, but it's actually easier. You can get something out there, you can iterate with the client. And so we'll continue to do those types of things.
Next is we made -- we kind of did a technology preview at Davos this year around something called IBM Sovereign Core. And this is our view that technology architectures are going to change again in the next couple of years, which is countries around the world are looking for sovereign deployments of technology. And so again, we went from kind of idea to a technology preview. We'll make it available later this year for what we think is really the only alternative in the market for sovereign AI that can run on-premise that can leverage containers, that can leverage automation. And so we're going into, I'd say, spaces that before we probably didn't have the capacity to do or maybe even the imagination, but I think now we can do that.
Okay. Before we wrap, there's a lot of things to kind of get excited about here. We didn't touch on quantum. I just maybe want to give you the opportunity because this should be a very important year. The goal is to kind of prove quantum advantage. Just your broad thoughts on that before we maybe get to a wrap-up question.
I think quantum is going to be significant, and it will have a decent piece of computing infrastructure going forward. We've kind of said 2029, 2030 roughly is the range. I think probably the question is, is quantum a huge part of computing or a small part? I don't think we know that yet. But I'd say our view is it will be significant because as we demonstrate quantum advantage and as we solve error correction, the use cases are things that cannot be done with classical computing, whether it's going to be drug discovery, material sciences, natural resource discovery, we will go after a set of use cases that economically and in terms of GDP growth are really critical, but are really untapped today.
And I think the HSBC example that was shared last year was kind of the first demonstration of this has relevance to even a use case like bond trading and bond pricing, which I think kind of woke people up to say, maybe there's something really here. We open sourced our development kit, Qiskit, a couple of years ago. The momentum there from students, developers, academics, research labs is enormous. I think it's really the default answer for quantum applications right now. So I think we have a lot of momentum here, but we still have a lot of innovation to go.
Yes. Okay. Fair. Last question before we wrap up is just as we think about everything going on at IBM go-to-market changes, what's happening in software, the momentum you're seeing in mainframe, kind of the changes to the market going on in services, quantum, there's a lot obviously clearly going on. What are you -- maybe the question is what are you most personally excited about as you think about the next 3 to 5 years? What do you want investors to kind of take away from that and this broader conversation?
I go back to this notion of there's going to be a new stack for enterprise software because these kind of run in 10- to 15-year cycles. We're kind of coming up on this next moment. And you look at what we've constructed with Red Hat, HashiCorp, Confluent to come, watsonx Orchestrate, which is our agent fabric. I think we're the only company that truly has what customers want out of this new enterprise stack. So that's number one. I think this is a shift in technology, and I think we're leading this.
Two is a lot of IBM's business today is in call it the top 2,000 customers in the world, 2,000 companies. We've made a shift in our go-to-market to focus on outside of the top 2,000. And I'd say after a year or so of doing this, the results are encouraging, meaning I think we have the portfolio now that we can cater to a new customer base, people that may not know IBM, that want to start to learn about IBM. So I'm pretty optimistic that there's a lot of TAM expansion for us, just getting outside of the top 2,000. By the way, it's half the IT market. So it's not a small prize.
That's perfect. I think it's a great place to end. Thank you very much, Rob.
Thanks, Erik.
Awesome.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
IBM — Morgan Stanley Technology
IBM — Morgan Stanley Technology
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Takeaway: IBM positioniert sich als führender Anbieter des „neuen Enterprise‑Stacks“ (Red Hat, HashiCorp, geplantes Confluent, watsonx) und sieht KI plus Mainframe‑Modernisierung als primäre Wachstumstreiber.
- Momentum: Management betont beschleunigte Go‑to‑Market‑Transformation, höhere Forschungs‑ &‑Entwicklungs‑Investitionen (Forschung & Entwicklung, R&D) und Produktinitiativen als Basis für wiederkehrendes Softwarewachstum.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Portfoliofokus: Weg von Endanwender‑Apps hin zu Infrastruktur‑Software, Automation und datenorientierten Komponenten; Red Hat/OpenShift und HashiCorp als Kernstücke.
- Go‑to‑Market: Technische Verkaufsorganisation, verbesserte Vertriebsanreize und Hyperscaler‑Marktplatz‑Distribution zur Skalierung außerhalb der Top‑2000 Kunden.
- M&A‑Disziplin: Zielt auf Software‑Zukäufe, die innerhalb von ~2 Jahren free‑cash‑flow‑akzretiv werden; Buy/build‑Abwägung bleibt zentrale Prämisse.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Produktvorschau: Db2 „AI‑Edition“ und IBM Sovereign Core (Technologie‑Preview) angekündigt; Confluent‑Akquisition noch offen.
- Integration: HashiCorp‑Integration läuft gut; Lernpunkte: schnellere Back‑office‑Synergien, R&D‑Investitionen steigen, Go‑to‑market‑Hebel realisierbar.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- KI‑Risiko: Management sieht KI eher als Katalysator denn als Netto‑Disruptor; UI‑basierte Anbieter gefährdeter, Backend/Plumbing (Container, Real‑time Data, Automatisierung) profitieren.
- Mainframe‑Ausblick: Modernisierung, neue Produkte (Code Assistant, AIOps, Terraform/Vault auf Z) und MIPS‑Wachstum stützen langfristige Nachfrage; Migration‑Risiken strategisch adressiert.
- Services vs. KI: Keine breite Kannibalisierung erwartet; Fokus auf „Services as software“ (Consulting Advantage) und höherwertige, assetbasierte Projekte.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Bewertung: Die Präsentation bestätigt ein klares, umsetzbares Strategie‑Set: stärkeres Software‑/Automation‑Portfolio, technische Vertriebsumstellung und selektive M&A‑Disziplin. Für Aktionäre bedeutet das ein erhöhtes Upside‑Potential bei gleichzeitig kontrolliertem Integrations‑ und Ausführungsrisiko.
IBM — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Welcome, and thank you for standing by. [Operator Instructions] Today's conference is being recorded. If you have any objections, you may disconnect at this time. Now I will turn the meeting over to Olympia McNerney, IBM's Global Head of Investor Relations. Olympia, you may begin.
Thank you. I'd like to welcome you to IBM's Fourth Quarter 2025 Earnings Presentation. I'm Olympia McNerney, and I'm here today with Arvind Krishna, IBM's Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer; and Jim Kavanaugh, IBM's Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. We'll post today's prepared remarks with a replay of today's webcast on the IBM investor website within a couple of hours. The earnings presentation is already available. To provide additional information to our investors, our presentation includes certain non-GAAP measures. For example, all of our references to revenue and signings growth are at constant currency. We provided reconciliation charts for these and other non-GAAP financial measures at the end of our presentation, which is posted to our investor website. Finally, some comments made in this presentation may be considered forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements involve factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially. Additional information about these factors is included in the company's SEC filings. So with that, I'll turn the call over to Arvind.
Thank you for joining us today. Let me start by reflecting on our strong performance in 2025 and the execution of our Investor Day model, then get into more detail on the quarter. We are excited about the progress we made in 2025, delivering 6% revenue growth, our highest level of revenue growth in many years and $14.7 billion of free cash flow, our highest level of cash generation in over a decade. As we laid out at our Investor Day in February 2025, we are executing on our strategy to advance IBM as a software-led hybrid cloud and AI platform company. We entered 2025 intently focused on investing in innovation and productivity initiatives to accelerate our shift towards durable, higher-growth end markets in software with expanding margins and strong free cash flow. Today, software represents approximately 45% of our business, up from about 25% in 2018. Software grew 9%, our highest annual growth rate in history with 3 of our 4 software subsegments delivering double-digit growth rates. Innovation value can also be seen in our IBM Z performance, up 48% this year, achieving the highest annual revenue for Z in about 20 years. I'm proud of our achievements in 2025 as we exceeded all of our target metrics for revenue growth, profitability and free cash flow that we laid out at our Investor Day. Our flywheel for growth is underpinned by client trust, flexible and open platforms, sustained innovation, deep domain expertise and a broad ecosystem, and that's exactly what played out for the year. Let me now touch on the macro. We continue to operate in a dynamic environment, but one where client demand remains resilient in the categories that matter most to IBM. Enterprises are prioritizing technology investments that drive productivity, resilience and flexibility, particularly in hybrid cloud, AI and mission-critical infrastructure. These technologies are no longer viewed as incremental tools, but as platforms that fundamentally change how businesses scale, compete and operate. As clients modernize core systems, redesign workflows and seek to extract more value from growing volumes of data, expectations for integration, security and performance continue to rise. These trends are structural, and they align closely with IBM's strategy and strengths. Now turning to our execution in the fourth quarter. We delivered total revenue growth of 9%, our highest level in over 3 years. Software growth accelerated to 11% in the fourth quarter, driven by the strength of our diversified portfolio. Both data and automation are gaining strong momentum with clients, growing 19% and 14%, respectively, in the quarter. As AI adoption accelerates, enterprise clients are increasingly focused on how to keep operations running smoothly in a more complex and hybrid environment, fueled by a surge of new applications. Our end-to-end portfolio of leading automation and data solutions help clients manage and optimize operations, automate infrastructure and workflows, build resiliency, secure and govern data and drive cost efficiency. Consulting continued to grow, up 1%, reflecting increased demand for AI services as clients need help designing, deploying and governing AI at scale. And infrastructure delivered another robust quarter, growing 17%, driven by strength in Z17, which has been outpacing z16 performance. A key contributor to this momentum is the innovation value we are delivering with Z17 processing 50% more AI inferencing operations per day than z16 and bringing real-time inferencing capabilities inside IBM Z. The breadth of our AI offerings is another key differentiator, combining an innovative technology stack with consulting at scale and our client zero journey. Our cumulative Gen AI book of business now stands at over $12.5 billion, of which software is more than $2 billion and consulting is more than $10.5 billion, with both seeing the largest quarterly increase to date. As we look at the evolution of AI, our opportunity is to make it easy for clients to build AI that is specific to their data, their processes and their competitive needs, including the effective use of smaller, more efficient models where they make sense. That is why IBM's approach spans consulting, watsonx, our Agentic platform orchestrate and Red Hat AI. Our announced acquisition of Confluent is another pillar in this strategy, helping unify our hybrid cloud and automation solutions through a smart data platform. Confluent has the most capable technology to unlock the real-time value of data across applications, clouds, APIs and as AI agents enter the enterprise, they will need access to that data in real time. Confluent is a great way to deliver that in a controlled, secured and governed manner. Our hybrid approach to models also enables clients to use the best option for each use case, IBM's granite models, third-party models or open models from Hugging Face, Meta and Mistral. In addition to being a demand driver, AI is also a powerful productivity driver for IBM, contributing to our strong financial performance. In 2023, we set out on a goal to achieve $2 billion of productivity savings exiting 2024. And today, we are well ahead of that, exiting 2025 with $4.5 billion of annual run rate savings. We have been accelerating our productivity initiatives to enable investment in innovation and highly strategic acquisitions like HashiCorp and Confluent while continuing to deliver strong margin expansion and free cash flow growth. HashiCorp continues to accelerate within IBM, benefiting from our go-to-market distribution and joint product innovation. We see a similar opportunity with the announced acquisition of Confluent, leveraging IBM's global go-to-market reach to accelerate growth and disciplined G&A structure. Accelerating organic innovation is a core focus for IBM. Project Bob is IBM's next-generation AI-based software development system designed to transform developer productivity. Bob introduces intelligent orchestration between industry-leading frontier models such as Anthropic, Claude and Mistral, small language models, including IBM Granite and custom models, all optimized for cost and performance. We have more than 20,000 IBMers that are using Project Bob, reporting productivity gains averaging 45%, a powerful client zero use case. We are also advancing innovation through deep M&A product synergies. For example, we recently developed Hashi InfraGraph, a real-time graph of infrastructure and application configuration. By fusing InfraGraph's insights with IBM automation products like Concert, we unlock true root cause analysis and proactive prevention for clients. All this leads to real tangible value for our clients. Companies like Morgan Stanley and FedEx are leveraging our technology solutions and infusing our GenAI products into core workflows. And Mastercard is leveraging our technology solutions, including data management platforms, software platforms and Gen AI products and solutions. In infrastructure, clients such as CVS are turning to z17's AI capabilities for enhanced management of mainframe application workloads and increased resiliency. We also announced new or deepened strategic partnerships through the year with AMD, Anthropic, AWS, Microsoft, OpenAI and Oracle. Recently, we announced a partnership between Red Hat and NVIDIA that aligns our hybrid AI solutions and NVIDIA's AI stack. This collaboration allows enterprises to deploy AI-accelerated applications across any environment from the data center to the public cloud using a unified automated infrastructure. It represents a significant step forward in making high-performance AI more accessible and scalable for the hybrid enterprise. Innovation, combined with our strategic partnerships across consulting with key hyperscaler and ISV relationships and software with key data providers drive a multiplier effect that fuels our flywheel for growth. We continue to make steady progress in quantum computing. Over the past quarter, we advanced our development road map, improved error correction capabilities and expanded ecosystem partnerships. Our collaboration with organizations such as Cisco and participation in government initiatives like the U.S. Department of Energy's Genesis Mission and DARPA's Quantum benchmarking initiative reflect growing confidence in IBM's approach to building scalable fault-tolerant quantum systems. Quantum Advantage will require high-performing hardware. And in December, we deployed our first 120-qubit IBM Quantum Nighthawk-based system for use by our clients. Back in 2024, we predicted that we'd see Quantum Advantage by the end of 2026. And with the help of IBM hardware, software and rapid cycles of learning, our partners in the scientific computing community are starting to make the first credible Advantage claims. We remain on track to deliver the first large-scale fault-tolerant quantum computer by 2029. To conclude, we finished the year with strong execution and continued progress against our strategy. IBM has long been known for innovation. What matters most is how that innovation is used to help clients operate better, grow faster and compete more effectively. We made a clear set of strategic choices over the last several years to help our clients do exactly that, and it is playing out in our results today and going forward. We enter 2026 with momentum and confidence in our ability to sustain 5% plus revenue growth and grow free cash flow by about $1 billion. With that, let me hand it over to Jim to go through the financials.
Thanks, Arvind. As we enter 2025, we provided guidance of accelerating 5-plus percent revenue growth, greater than 0.5 point of operating pretax margin expansion, double-digit adjusted EBITDA growth and about $13.5 billion of free cash flow. We exited 2025 beating all of these metrics, delivering 6% revenue growth, 100 basis points of operating pretax margin expansion, 17% adjusted EBITDA growth and $14.7 billion of free cash flow, growing 16% over last year. This represents our highest free cash flow margin in reported history, and we delivered 12% growth in operating diluted earnings per share. This performance reflects strong execution of our flywheel for growth. through client trust, leadership in hybrid cloud and Gen AI, accelerating innovation, deep domain expertise and an ecosystem multiplier effect. In 2025, we were intently focused on strengthening and accelerating our software portfolio, delivering innovation value with our next-generation mainframe launch, expanding our early leadership in Gen AI and quantum and executing M&A growth synergies across IBM. All of our segments accelerated in the second half of 2025 with these drivers playing out and demonstrating momentum across our diversified business. For the full year, software grew 9%, our highest annual growth rate in history with 3 of our 4 subsegments delivering double-digit growth rates. Infrastructure was up 10%, reflecting a record z17 launch, achieving the highest annual revenue for IBM Z in about 20 years and outpacing z16 over the first 3 quarters of the program. And consulting inflected back to growth in the second half, driven by Gen AI momentum with our Gen AI book of business in consulting at more than $10.5 billion inception to date. Let me now dive deeper into our fourth quarter performance. Software revenue growth accelerated to 11% on top of last year's growth of 11.5%, which was the highest in 15 years. Growth was driven by the strength of our recurring revenue base, our shift to higher growth end markets, innovation, including our early leadership in GenAI, M&A growth synergies and monetization of our strong IBM Z placement with an inflection in transaction processing. Our ARR was strong at $23.6 billion, up over $2 billion from the end of 2024. This quarter's performance was broad-based across our synergistic portfolio with organic growth accelerating to over 7%. Data grew 19%, fueled by the demand for our Gen AI products and strong performance with established strategic partners who enable customers to power our AI innovation and mission-critical workloads. These market dynamics underscore the synergy opportunity we see with Confluent. Automation grew 14%, including another record bookings quarter for HashiCorp. Red Hat decelerated to 8%, driven partially by the wrap on last year's elevated consumption-based services that we called out last quarter and also from the in-quarter yield on single-digit bookings growth driven by delays in U.S. federal business deal activity related to the government shutdown. While a longer growth arc, virtualization continues to gain momentum, including over $500 million of contracts signed over the last 2 years. OpenShift is now $1.9 billion ARR business, growing more than 30% -- and as we expected last quarter, given the record z17 placement this year, transaction processing inflected back to growth of 4%. Consulting revenue grew 1% in the fourth quarter, with Intelligent Operations up 3% and strategy and technology remaining stable. Performance was driven by steady demand across key offerings, business application transformation, application migration and modernization, application operations and cybersecurity as clients prioritize cost efficiency while continuing to invest in AI-enabled transformation. Our consulting generative AI book of business surpassed $2 billion in the quarter, our largest quarter of Gen AI, reflecting continued momentum. We are also expanding our impact through client zero, applying our generative AI experience in driving productivity and efficiency to help clients operationalize AI at scale. This practical experience, combined with our domain expertise is resonating with clients. While overall signings were down as we wrapped on record fourth quarter signings last year, the mix continued to improve with a greater share of strategic wins from both new clients and expanded engagements within existing ones. Infrastructure revenue grew 17% this quarter, with hybrid infrastructure up 24% and infrastructure support down 2%. Within hybrid infrastructure, IBM Z had another outstanding quarter, delivering its highest fourth quarter revenue in more than 2 decades, up 61% year-to-year, reflecting the enduring value of the platform and the success of our latest z17 program. Clients are investing in z17 for its differentiated capabilities, real-time AI inferencing, quantum-safe security and AI-driven operational efficiency, which are critical as enterprises modernize mission-critical workloads and scale for data-intensive environments. IBM Z continues to be the backbone of enterprise IT, enabling clients to integrate seamlessly with hybrid cloud while unlocking new levels of resiliency, scalability and performance. Distributed infrastructure revenue was flat with product cycle dynamics impacting storage, offset by growth in power, supported by solid adoption of our newly launched solutions. Now turning to profitability. In 2025, we delivered our highest operating gross profit margin in reported history and highest operating pretax margin in a decade, demonstrating the evolution of our portfolio mix and our laser focus on productivity. For the full year, productivity, mix and revenue scale drove expansion of operating gross profit margin by 170 basis points, adjusted EBITDA margin by 230 basis points and operating pretax margin by 100 basis points. And we achieved this despite absorbing more than $300 million of dilution from HashiCorp. Given the announcement of our intent to acquire Confluent, we accelerated productivity initiatives in the fourth quarter to help mitigate 2026 dilution, similar to our playbook on HashiCorp. Excluding resulting workforce rebalancing charges we took in the fourth quarter, operating pretax margin expanded by 140 basis points for the full year. Segment profit margins expanded by 100 basis points in software, 180 basis points in Consulting, with consulting margins at the highest level in 3 years and 450 basis points in infrastructure. For the full year, we generated $14.7 billion of free cash flow, up $2 billion year-over-year, resulting in the highest free cash flow margin in reported history. The primary driver of this growth is adjusted EBITDA, up $2.8 billion year-over-year, partially offset by increased investments in CapEx, higher cash taxes and higher net interest expense as we expected coming into 2025. Let me talk about our free cash flow evolution in a little more detail. Our repositioning to a software-led business, in addition to our cost discipline and productivity initiatives, drive significant operating leverage in our financial model. Since 2022, we have consistently delivered double-digit growth in free cash flow, well in excess of revenue growth, demonstrating this business model evolution. Our flywheel for growth and disciplined execution of productivity initiatives lead to sustainable and high-quality free cash flow generation. This durable cash flow engine enables us to invest in our business to accelerate growth. This includes increased organic innovation with R&D up about $2.5 billion since 2019. And it allows us to pursue highly strategic M&A transactions like Apptio, Software AG, HashiCorp, Data Stacks and Confluent that drive M&A synergies across IBM. Our diversified and integrated business drives a platform multiplier effect that uniquely allows us to deliver M&A synergies. This includes synergies from our global go-to-market distribution scale, platform synergies that amplify value with IBM's complementary offerings and operational synergies through our G&A discipline. Most recently, this can be seen with HashiCorp, delivering adjusted EBITDA accretion ahead of expectations within the first full year in IBM. Our financial flexibility fuels innovation and our disciplined capital allocation policy, including our commitment to return capital to shareholders. We exited 2025 with a strong liquidity position and a solid investment-grade balance sheet with cash of $14.5 billion. We invested $8.3 billion in acquisitions and returned $6.3 billion to shareholders in the form of dividends. Our debt balance ending the year was $61.3 billion, including $15.1 billion of debt for our financing business with a receivables portfolio that is almost 80% investment grade. Now let me discuss our expectations for 2026. Our strong performance in 2025 reflects the strength of our diversified portfolio and a multiyear execution of our strategic repositioning. Consistent with our Investor Day model, we expect to sustain constant currency revenue growth of 5% plus in 2026 and free cash flow to be up about $1 billion year-over-year, growing high single digits. Our revenue expectations are underpinned by our durable and accelerating software business, which we expect to grow 10% this year. This acceleration is led by organic growth, driven by the strength of our recurring revenue base, our shift to higher growth end markets, GenAI traction, M&A growth synergies and monetization of our record Z placement with an inflection in transaction processing, a tremendous source of profitability and free cash flow for IBM. And we continue to expect Confluent will close by the middle of 2026. In Consulting, our backlog levels and momentum in GenAI with backlog penetration over 25% support an acceleration in revenue growth to low to mid-single digits for the year. The powerful combination of our integrated platforms, services as software model and client zero experience allow us to deliver differentiated value to clients. We enter 2026 3 quarters into the Z17 launch. We expect infrastructure revenue to be down low single digits, about a 0.5 point impact to IBM, with Z growth in the first quarter balanced by product cycle dynamics throughout the rest of the year. The strength of our Z placement fuels our flywheel for growth with its attractive 3 to 4x stack multiplier across IBM. Let me now touch on our GenAI book of business before I turn to profit. We have been reporting our cumulative GenAI book of business since the third quarter of 2023 when it was in the low hundreds of millions of dollars. We exited 2025 with the GenAI book of business greater than $12.5 billion, demonstrating strong momentum in consulting and software. This will be the last quarter in which we report this metric separately. AI is now embedded across our business from how we deliver services to our software portfolio to the capabilities we are adding to our infrastructure platforms and how we drive our own productivity. As a result, a stand-alone Gen AI metric no longer reflects the full scope of how AI is driving value across IBM. For the full year, we expect IBM's operating pretax margin to expand by about 1 point. Our software portfolio mix and ongoing productivity initiatives continue to drive margin expansion and mitigate Z product cycles and the impact of dilution from acquisitions. Our operating tax rate for the year should be in the mid-teens, and the timing of discrete items can cause the rate to vary within the year. Let me give a little bit more color on Confluent dilution dynamics. We anticipate absorbing about $600 million of dilution from Confluent in 2026, driven largely by stock-based compensation and interest expense. We expect Confluent will be accretive to adjusted EBITDA within the first full year and to free cash flow in year 2 post close. We have multiple levers that underpin our confidence in these accretion targets, including revenue synergies, operational spend synergies and ongoing productivity savings. Revenue synergies include both the ability to accelerate revenue leveraging our go-to-market distribution platform as well as drive product synergies, which play out over time. We expect to realize about $500 million of operational spend run rate synergies by the end of 2027. We continue to accelerate our productivity initiatives and now expect an incremental $1 billion of productivity savings this year, driving $5.5 billion of annual run rate savings by the end of 2026. Taking this all into account, we are confident in our ability to expand operating pretax margin by about 1 point in 2026. For free cash flow, we expect to grow about $1 billion in 2026, in line with our Investor Day model of high single-digit growth. Given the strong fundamentals of our business, adjusted EBITDA growth will be the primary driver of our free cash flow, offset by similar factors as last year, including cash tax headwinds, higher CapEx and higher net interest expense. Looking to the first quarter, we expect our constant currency revenue growth rate to be similar to the full year. And for operating pretax margin, we expect about 100 basis points of expansion with workforce rebalancing fairly consistent with the prior year. Our first quarter operating tax rate should be in the mid-teens. We are excited about our prospects in 2026. Our growth accelerators, portfolio mix, integrated value and continued investment in innovation are driving sustainable revenue growth and strong free cash flow. As we shift toward a software-led business and speed our pace of innovation, our growth flywheel continues to strengthen. We enter 2026 with a solid momentum across our business and remain focused on disciplined execution with unwavering focus on productivity, enabling investing for the future and delivering value for our shareholders. Arvind and I are now happy to take your questions. Olympia, let's get started.
Thank you, Jim. Before we begin Q&A, I'd like to mention a couple of items. First, supplemental information is provided at the end of the presentation. And then second, as always, I'd ask you to refrain from asking multipart questions. Operator, let's please open it up for questions.
[Operator Instructions] Our first question comes from Brent Thill with Jefferies.
2. Question Answer
Arvind, good to see the comment around software growth accelerating to double-digit growth this year. I was just curious if you could maybe dig into the components and why you're excited for that organic-led initiative? And then anything else that's important to note this year on the software portfolio that maybe we haven't seen in '25?
Give you a bit of a perspective on the dynamics of the different parts of the software business. And then for quantification, I'll turn it over to Jim. So first, we are incredibly pleased with how we got to the end of the year on software. We are pleased with the organic growth in software, and we are pleased with the inorganic contribution. If I sort of peel it first from the subsegments, automation, I think, is on a secular demand increase. The reason for that is as people have more and more infrastructure, they put more and more AI, they put more and more compute, they need that software to help them manage all of it, and we're seeing that play through in the demand for HashiCorp, which helps you deploy hardware and software with the demand for Apptio, which helps you manage the costs and gives you a perspective of what is happening as well as all of the pieces around how do you integrate applications, how do you integrate data and all of those components. So I think that expecting well into double-digit growth for that part is appropriate, and we see that in our early demand signals. If I look at data, data benefits both from our data products that we provide, the organic innovation we have done with Watson X, both the AI pieces and the orchestrate piece for agents. And we expect that, that demand will keep pulling through and going forward as people are deploying AI for enterprise productivity and inside the enterprise. Then we also have a lot of partnerships in the data space that we see strong demand for and that we expect are going to continue. Mainframe, given the very strong cycle we had, somewhere between low to mid-single-digit growth is reasonable, and we have seen that dynamic play through, but it kind of follows the hardware placement by a few quarters. So all that hardware as people consume it, is going to cause that to grow. And then we get to Red Hat. First, we are very pleased with the doubling almost more than doubling of the Red Hat business since we acquired it. It was 3. early $3 billion, $3.2 billion when we made the acquisition, finishing the year at $7.5 billion on a run rate, just extrapolating from the fourth quarter towards $8 billion. We see strong demand in many of the pieces there, including on Red Hat Linux, but that probably in the mid-single digits, more than in the high to double, which is in line with server growth. You're still taking share. And the piece there that continues to be very, very attractive to growth is OpenShift, which is almost at $2 billion and running at a 30% growth rate, and we expect that to continue both for containers, for hybrid applications and for virtualization. So if you put all of that together, then that gives me confidence on the growth that Jim laid out about 10% for the year. This all assumes a midyear closing for Confluent, which is sort of baked into our expectations right now. Now of course, we're going to strive to do even better, but I think that this is a prudent set of numbers to put out.
Yes. The only thing I would add just to wrap it up, and I'll say it on behalf of Arvind's given how humble he is. When you look at 2025 and our software execution, I think what you see, one, is the strength of our portfolio and the diversification of that portfolio. And that's a reflection of a multiyear strategic repositioning of the IBM company to a software-led platform-centric company. We finished '25 with one of the highest growths we've ever had in software overall. but it's pervasive with 3 of our 4 software categories growing double digits. You dial back only about 3 years ago, we only had one growth vector, and that was Red Hat. That is the foundation of our hybrid cloud and AI strategy. The work we've done around repositioning the portfolio, a disciplined capital allocation to build out an automation portfolio, a data portfolio and always capitalizing on that high profit margin transaction processing portfolio has just been phenomenal, and it's leading to a sustainable, durable growth engine that gives us that conviction of double-digit growth here in 2026. But when you cut to the underpinnings, -- it reflects that diversity. ARR, roughly $24 billion growing high single digits. Gen AI, over $2 billion book of business, up 2x in the fourth quarter. And that M&A growth synergies, you're just seeing the beginnings of that play out with Hashi with another record quarter overall. So we are excited about the opportunity ahead, and we feel confident about software now at double digits, not approaching double digits.
Your next question comes from Amit Daryanani with Evercore...
On some nice numbers here. I just want to focus on free cash flow a bit. And if I go back to the start of the year in '25, you folks talked about $13.5 billion free cash flow guide. You sort of ended up being $14.7 billion, I think, when it's all said and done. And I think revenue growth helped you somewhat, but it was really good free cash flow margin conversion. So I'd love to know from your perspective, what drove the strength, the better performance in free cash flow in '25? And where I really want to go with this is I want to understand the $15.7 billion free cash flow guide for this year, which is impressive, but it implies high single-digit free cash flow growth versus the 16% that you saw last year. So maybe just help me appreciate, was there something unique that you saw in '25 that led to the 16%? And any puts and takes around the 15.7% number for this year?
Thanks, Amit. I appreciate the question. As we've been talking about for 5 years, 6 years now going on, as Arvind has taken over this company, we've got 2 key measures that we drive this company on, revenue growth and free cash flow generation. And by the way, they're synergistically aligned because it provides that flywheel of investment flexibility. But you're exactly right. We entered the year, and I remember a year ago sitting in this chair, I got asked the question, I think it was either you or Ben about are we -- my words, are we sandbagging free cash flow? And at that time, we said $13.5 billion. And the underpinnings behind that was double-digit growth in adjusted EBITDA and that we would have partially mitigating that some headwinds on -- or I would talk about tailwinds, higher cash tax because we got a higher profit profile, higher CapEx because we're going to invest in this business for long-term future growth. And we were going to have higher net interest and acquisition-related charges. Now you fast forward a year later, we posted $14.7 billion. By the way, up $2 billion, up 16%, highest free cash flow we've seen in well over a decade, highest free cash flow margin on record of 114-year history of our great company. And the underpinnings behind that cash flow were entirely driven by the fundamentals of our business, the acceleration we saw in our revenue growth throughout the year and the strong operating leverage we continue to get out of this business. So where we started with adjusted EBITDA at double-digit growth, we finished at 17%. That's an incremental $1 billion of adjusted EBITDA from where we were a year ago. And by the way, that's a flywheel engine. Revenue acceleration, operating leverage and driving an efficient balance sheet where we're very proud about a solid investment-grade balance sheet, generates significant substantial free cash flow. So now you fast forward to this year. We enter 2026 with a lot of momentum, confidence. By the way, I should have said over the last 3 years, we've grown free cash flow $5.5 billion. So that growth vector of what's been happening. But you look at 2026, our investor model is high single digit. We got a lot of work to do in 2026. We said we'd guide confidently up $1 billion at $15.7 billion. That's on a high single-digit growth. It's early in the year, high single-digit growth of adjusted EBITDA. And we are sitting here with a tremendous amount of leverage and opportunity just like we were a year ago. And our goal is to continue driving the durable, sustainable performance of this company as we move forward. So why do we feel excited? One, we have a focused portfolio, disciplined capital allocation, diversification of our business model and a relentless focus on profitability that drives the durability of free cash flow engine in this company that gives us the financial flexibility to continue to invest for long-term sustainable advantage. So we feel confident about that 15.7%, and our job is to beat it this year.
Our next question comes from Ben Reitzes with Melius Research.
At the risk of getting in trouble with Olympia here, on Amit's question, I was surprised you didn't say there's a multi-hundred million hit due to Confluent in the cash flow guide, which without it, it would be higher. But my real question is with regard to Red Hat. And I wanted to just clarify, I appreciate the double-digit guidance for software. I wanted to see what -- how we're going to bridge Red Hat. What -- how do we get the 8% to the mid-teens? Or is mid-teens no longer the growth rate there? Obviously, everything else was great and better than our model, but I'd like to just focus -- laser focus on Red Hat and how we bridge it to within your forecast and towards the prior goals.
Yes. Thanks, Ben. And I didn't say the dilution effect because, to be honest with you, dilution is part of our model. Our investors expect us to be disciplined capital allocators. I think we've earned the credibility about that. And we have to take that into account. That's why we drive portfolio mix. We drive revenue scale. We drive productivity, which, by the way, I also didn't say we exited last year $4.5 billion over the last 2 years. And we see that going up by another $1 billion this year. So we got a lot of levers in this business. And we understand that dilution. But you know what, the strategic value of Confluent and the synergistic value of what it does to our portfolio, we definitely could take into account that dilution. So I know you were trying to help on 15.7 is higher. Yes, it is. But all in, which is how we operate and report, we got to deliver or beat that number. So -- but let's get back to software. We talked a lot about the first question. We enter '26 with confidence around the momentum, the diversification of our portfolio, about the strategic repositioning, about the flywheel of growth. And we expect now double-digit growth. Underneath that, one, that's going to deliver over 4.5 points to IBM's growth in '26, above our model. And as Arvind said, an acceleration of organic growth. Organic will be north of 7 points this year and acquisitions about 3 points. How are we going to do that? We're going to do that. One, we have to acknowledge we're operating in an attractive TAM with a market backdrop for tech that we think is pretty exciting, and Arvind has been on that point about opportunistic. Two, we continue -- the thing I think is underappreciated in our disciplined capital allocator. We continue to shift this portfolio mix to higher growth end markets. with companies that we buy, which we always say category leaders in structurally growing markets that we can provide unique value, integrate and deliver differentiated synergies to accelerate growth. That is shifting our underlying portfolio that's also advancing our organic growth profile. Annuity strength, $24 billion exiting the year, growing high single digits, 8-plus percent. New innovation, GenAI. GenAI in the fourth quarter, up 2x, and we see that continuing as we move forward. M&A growth synergies kicking in off of a record Hashi year, and Arvind talked about TP cycle monetization. By the way, one point on TP that I think is underappreciated. We talk about very similar to z16 cycle. z16 first year of that cycle, TP was flat. We finished this year flat. One big difference. That flat on z16 was off a down 9%. The flat this year in 2025 was off a plus 10%. So you could see the compounding effect of what's happening to TP, and we see that inflecting the growth. So underpinning, and Arvind gave you some of the math. one, data, high teens, contributing about 4 points of that software growth, well above model. That's going to be driven by new innovation, Gen AI capability, platform economics. Two, hybrid cloud. We think that's double digit. Back to where I started my first answer. 3, 4 years ago, we only had one growth vector. Now we got 3 growth vectors that are growing double digit. Underpinning that, we got a subscription revenue under contract that's growing mid-teens. That's not at model. We only delivered single-digit ACV bookings in the fourth quarter because as we stated in prepared remarks, we were disrupted by the shutdown in the federal government. We got to get through that. We're monitoring it. And I would say the word choices, we're being prudent on Red Hat's guidance right now because we only need that at double digit to get software over the line of double digit. Upside will deliver upside to software overall. Automation, great portfolio, low double-digit, 2.5 point contribution to software on or better than the model. And that's leveraging M&A growth synergies of Hashi's success. And then TP, we're pretty much back to model, low single, mid-single-digit growth, capitalizing on that economic multiplier. So it gives you a little of the underpinnings behind why we're confident in that 10-plus percent growth of software.
Let's take the next question.
Your next question comes from Wamsi Mohan with Bank of America.
Just a follow-up, a clarification quickly on the last couple of questions around hybrid cloud growth. Are you anticipating any potential pressure on the server refresh cycle from higher memory pricing? And could that sort of have any adverse effect on the Red Hat Enterprise Linux side of things? And my question really is, Jim, on the cadence of PTI improvement, clearly, you're driving a lot of productivity improvement in being able to absorb entirely the dilution from Confluent and then some. So how should we think about the cadence of the progress of that given that Confluent is going to hit midyear, but you've already taken some productivity actions here in 4Q of last year. So should we be seeing more outsized PTI improvements in maybe second quarter? I think you already said what it is in the first quarter, but like in the second quarter. Is that the right way to think about it?
Okay. So Wamsi, let me take the first part of that question, and I'll ask Jim to address the second part of your question. Look, the server dynamics are volatile. And you're right. If I remember correctly, spot memory DRAM prices are 6x that of last year. A big reason for that, for those who are interested is because a lot of the capacity is moving over to HBM or high-bandwidth memory, which is required for AI servers. And if I remember correctly, it takes about 4, maybe 8x the capacity of DRAM to do HBM and the pricing and the demand for HBM is driving all the vendors into that. I personally believe as long as that dynamic is there, those pricing issues are going to be there through the year. Now the demand side, there is no AI server without a bunch of CPUs right next to it. So the reality becomes that the AI demand also drives demand for normal servers that in turn feed and load up those servers. So I don't expect that the overall server dynamic on which there may be a little bit of an issue is actually going to be any headwind to us on the hybrid cloud or the Linux side. And the reason for that is that there is enough growth going on. There is also a market share movement towards Red Hat as opposed to alternate answers in the marketplace. So that mix overall, I think, keeps us growing well. I also believe that both Red Hat AI and OpenShift AI will feed into the demand from the AI servers, which was going to help that demand. So let's acknowledge there is going to be memory pressure, and that probably lasts at least a couple of years. But as we look at that, it also gives opportunity for the AI portions of the portfolio to get a lot of tailwinds. So with that, I'll give it to Jim for, I think, another free cash flow question.
Yes. The skew of profitability, Wamsi, I think, was your question. So thanks very much, and I appreciate that, just given we do still expect Confluent to close by midyear this year, obviously, very excited about the strategic capabilities that's going to add. But I think I was very transparent in the prepared remarks about the level of dilution, et cetera. But let me bring it up a level first around how do we run this company and how do we drive the operating leverage that's been going up well above our model over the last 3 to 4 years. Portfolio -- we drive this through portfolio mix. That's why software being the underpinning of IBM's leverage around 45% of IBM's revenue, but about 2/3 of our profit. Also the high-value recurring revenue, our ARR book of business, high marginal profit dollars. So portfolio mix being one lever, productivity, every dollar we invest in this company around go-to-market, around R&D, around innovation and around our consulting services, we look and we drive a very maniacal ROI concept around that profile, just as you would expect us to as an investor like an inorganic M&A acquisition. And three, we drive to bring this company the most productive company in the world and getting G&A scale leverage overall. Fundamentally, you manage those 3 separate buckets differently. When you look at 2026, we said about 1 point growth in margin. We're going to get about 0.5 point on a revenue scale just given the leverage of the acceleration of revenue. We will lose 0.5 point on portfolio mix because we are going to wrap on an unprecedented launch momentum on mainframe, which carries higher profit and higher mix. The remaining full point basically is going to be driven out of productivity. And our model, as you know quite well, we've been driving north of 300 basis points per year of productivity, and we've been reinvesting about 200 basis points of that. That's why you've seen over the last handful of years, our R&D up double-digit growth year-over-year. And we've taken over the last, what, 5 years, we've taken $2.5 billion of R&D up overall. But when you look at 2026, productivity is going to drive the day. We feel confident we took up our productivity target to $5.5 billion. We will get revenue scale leverage on G&A, which will mitigate dilution and mitigate product cycles overall. To your last question, we think the skew of that profitability is going to follow our normal historical attainment. First quarter will be pretty much on historical attainment. By the way, you do the math, that's double-digit profit growth, double-digit EPS growth. So pretty consistent building off the momentum in fourth quarter.
And your next question comes from Jim Schneider with Goldman Sachs.
I was wondering if you could maybe outline the path or trajectory you're expecting for the consulting business throughout the year. Signings were a little bit weaker in this quarter, but you noted the strong backlog in AI that you're seeing. So maybe talk about how you expect that to convert into revenue over the course of the year and whether you see any kind of further improvement in discretionary or short-cycle spending and projects as you head throughout 2026.
Great, Jim. It's good to hear from you, and I appreciate the question. First of all, we're encouraged by the inflection shift that we see in consulting business exiting '25. We returned the business back to durable, sustainable growth in the second half, a little bit over 1%. But more importantly, and I think underappreciated, we got a lot of headroom to go, and the team is working diligently around improving the fundamentals of this business, and our operating pretax margins were up by almost 200 basis points in 2025. When you look at the market, market definitely remains dynamic, as we talked about earlier. We continue to see opportunity for growth as clients accelerate their investments in AI-driven transformation to unlock operational efficiency to unlock business model innovation and unlock growth. I think it's a very different mindset and client buying behavior than we saw 18 months ago when it was pure disruption and discretionary spend that's moving out. So as we look at '26, this is what gives us the confidence that we guided low single to mid-single, which we think is going to be pretty much where the market is at overall. And we still believe we've got continued headroom on operating margins. We guide about another 1.5 points improvement year-over-year. Both of them are going to be accretive in contribution to IBM overall. How is that going to happen? One, I would put it in a handful of buckets. One, backlog realization and what we see; two, our Gen AI momentum and the rate and pace and growth and acceleration we're seeing; three, strategic partnership headroom that we still have; four, our portfolio composition we've been talking about is aligned to much more growth end markets, higher growth end markets. Our portfolio is less around pure BPO. It's more around digital transformation, application modernization, AI, around data transformation, cybersecurity, governance. And then five, Mohammed and team, we've been doing a ton of work around reshaping our model to an asset-based services as software model with our industry-leading IBM Consulting advantage. So let me talk about just a couple of them to give you some math and statistics on why we feel confident. One, backlog, $32 billion, up 2% overall, but underpinning record low erosion, duration that has continued to come down. And our realization to your question, we see a realization out of that backlog that fully supports that low to mid-single-digit growth, and we see it pretty much modestly growing throughout the year. So low single-digit first quarter and then growing throughout the year. Two, we added over 400 new clients this year, and that has improved our net new business contribution, as we've been talking about, by 8 points, which is having a higher revenue realization by 4 points year-over-year. So backlog composition and the acceleration is one aspect. GenAI is the second. GenAI now represents over 1/3 of our bookings. over 25% of our backlog right now, $32 billion backlog and over 15% of our revenue on an exit run rate. We have a $3.6 billion ARR Gen AI revenue run rate in consulting, and we see that continuing to accelerate. And then finally, the repositioning. We see more headroom on margin leverage, about 1.5 points as we go forward, and that's through productivity, portfolio mix. But we have to manage -- we are operating in a very aggressive pricing environment, and we'll continue monitoring that.
And your next question comes from Eric Woodring with Morgan Stanley.
Arvind, a really strong infrastructure year, obviously, outstanding performance in Z. I think there's an argument to be made, and I hear from you that with the Tlem 2 processor, given the amount of data and transactions on the mainframe, the mainframe can be an AI workhorse. You had really strong outperformance relative to your historical model in Z. You're guiding to a bit of infrastructure decline in 2026. And so I'm just trying to understand, was there just some kind of different buying trends in 2025 and perhaps a bit of pull forward that was different than maybe past launches? Or could you just be a bit conservative as you look out into 2026? I know you cite cycle dynamics, but could you see some more sustainability in the infrastructure business in the z cycle that maybe isn't fully accounted for in the infrastructure guidance that you gave?
Yes. So Eric, as Jim actually explained in the answers to a few questions, we want to give guidance, and we want to be where we have incredibly high confidence that we can hit or beat those numbers. So let me just caution that all guidance we give is with that in mind. Let me just actually go back to a few of the dynamics that are driving even stronger adoption of the mainframe. Let's point out, Z17 has been the strongest start 3 quarters in. Before that, z16 was the strongest in about 20 years. Before that, z15 was better than '14, '13 and '12. So we have been on this continuing improvement. Let me point to, I think, at least 3 secular factors under it. Number one, there is a lot more demand for people to have -- we can use the word sovereignty or we can use the word on-premise control, which goes along with the economics of the mainframe platform. I think more and more clients have woken up to that for certain workloads, the mainframe is actually the lowest unit cost economics platform, and that is really important. Number two, the ding often is, well, but it's a very hard platform for our developers to use and for our operators to leverage. the Gen AI tools we have provided with the Watson Code Assistant for Z really takes that onus away. It can refactor COBOL into Java. It can help people understand a code that is already running on the platform. It can help you refactor that code if you want to keep it exactly as it is. It can help you take things out. So that headwind of people saying this is a hard platform to modernize has gone away. That then comes to your AI capabilities. You're right. I'm incredibly excited by our ability to do AI right in line. If you can do it right in line with the transactions, that's a milliseconds delay as opposed to multiple seconds if you take it off platform, which is how people have been doing it so far. That capability, while we introduced it in the beginning of 2025, really came to market only in the fourth quarter of 2025. So I do expect, and we look forward to helping our clients install that. And a very large number of our clients actually told us they're interested and they kept space in the machines to put in those cards. We call them the Spire cards or you can think of it as the Gen AI card, which gives you all that capability. As those cards go in, then the software stack to support that goes in. But we also have to give help to our clients to let the models run on the platform and to get their use cases up and going. I expect that will take some months to happen, but that does provide possible tailwinds against some of the dynamics that both Jim and I have explained.
Great. Operator, let's take one last question.
And this question comes from Matt Swanson with RBC...
Great. Arvind, if I can maybe take a more holistic view of part of your answer you just said. So I mean, as you were talking about, there's been a lot more conversations right now about where enterprise Gen AI workload should reside. And it really feels like that conversation is the intersection of your dual pillars of AI and hybrid cloud. So when looking at the strength of the refresh cycle, as you mentioned, but also the strength in demand for the data segment, the automation segment or conversations in consulting, what do you think combining all these things says about the current state of enterprise transformation for Gen AI maybe today and heading into '26?
Matt, thanks. And thank you for that question because it is one, as you can imagine, that we both think about a lot and then play out the various scenarios. So let's look at Gen AI so far. Gen AI so far has largely been a consumer topic. People use chatbots, people use it to improve their e-mails. People are using it to improve document writing. Half the videos, if I believe the statistic I read are now generated with the help of AI. I'm not saying only AI, but with the help of AI. All of that tends to be AI that is running on a hyperscaler public cloud somewhere and that people go leverage. As we look forward now to the enterprise, I am convinced this is an and world. I'm not saying that the hyperscaler public model usage is going to decline, but the enterprise is going to get concerned with how much of -- not the data. I don't think people are going to steal data, though that has happened a few times. But I do think that there is going to be a lot of concern around the nature of what are the models learning from answering these questions and do we really want to share that with everybody else or not? There is going to be issues around sovereignty on the usage of these models, and there is going to be questions around just basic privacy. Hey, this is not data that we want to take anywhere else. So I take that into -- I believe if I look out 3 to 5 years, 50% of the enterprise usage of AI is going to be in either a private cloud or it's going to be in their own data centers. And the other 50% is going to be usage of public models. Now there's also an efficiency question. So if what's being used on-premise is smaller models, then actually it could be that 80% to 90% of all the inferencing is really in a private/on-premise and 10% of the inferencing is on a public, but that 10% could be at 5 to 10x the price and hence, the dollars sort of even out. We see this playing out really importantly over the next 3 to 5 years. And that is why we've been positioning very strongly. We use the word sovereign or sovereignty for how people want to manage their technology. We announced a sovereign core offering last week to help get this done. But we do believe that this is going to play out. The mainframe is an important element, but not the only element in that story. So it's an and. Matt sorry, a really long answer, but this is what is going to play out over the next 3 to 5 years. So thank you all for all of these questions. As you can see, we have been excited about our year and the changes we have made to our business over the last few years and our performance in 2025 reinforce our confidence on the next chapter of our growth. We look forward to continuing this dialogue through the year.
Thank you, Arvind. Operator, let me turn it back to you to close out the call.
Thank you for participating on today's call. The conference has now ended. You may disconnect at this time.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
IBM — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
IBM — Q4 2025 Earnings Call
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Umsatz (Q4): +9% YoY; für das Gesamtjahr +6% YoY — beschleunigtes Wachstum nach Management-Angaben.
- Software: Q4 +11% YoY; FY +9% YoY; ARR (Annual Recurring Revenue) bei $23,6 Mrd, +>$2 Mrd gegenüber Ende 2024.
- Free Cash Flow: $14,7 Mrd, +16% YoY — höchster Free-Cash-Flow in über einem Jahrzehnt.
- Profitabilität: Operative Vorsteuer-Marge (operating pretax margin) +100 Basispunkte FY; adjusted EBITDA +17% YoY; EPS verwässert +12%.
- Infrastructure / Z: Infrastruktur Q4 +17% YoY; IBM Z Q4 +61% YoY; Z17-Treiber für Transaktions- und AI-Inferenzbedarf.
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Strategie: Fortsetzung des Wechsels zu einem software-getriebenen Hybrid-Cloud- und KI-Plattformunternehmen; Fokus auf wiederkehrende, margenstarke Softwaremärkte.
- Innovation & Produkte: Z17 als Kern für On‑premise AI-Inferenz; Project Bob zur Entwickler-Produktivitätssteigerung; Red Hat/OpenShift als Container-/Hybrid-Cloud-Backbone.
- M&A & Produktintegration: HashiCorp integriert, Confluent angekündigt zur Real‑Time‑Datenplattform; Ziel: Produkt- und Go‑to‑Market‑Synergien zur Beschleunigung des Software‑Wachstums.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- 2026‑Wachstum: Umsatzerwartung >5% konstant Währung; Software soll ~10% wachsen.
- Cash & Margen: Free Cash Flow soll +$1 Mrd auf ~$15,7 Mrd steigen; operative Vorsteuer‑Marge soll um ~1 Prozentpunkt expandieren.
- Confluent‑Effekt: Abschluss erwartet bis Mitte 2026; ~ $600 Mio erwartete Verdünnung in 2026 (v. a. Aktienvergütung & Zinsaufwand), EBITDA‑Akkretion im ersten vollständigen Jahr, FCF‑Akkretion in Jahr 2.
- Produktivität: Management erhöht Ziel auf $5,5 Mrd jährliche Einsparungen bis Ende 2026 (inkl. $1 Mrd zusätzl. in 2026).
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Software‑Brücke: Analysten wollten Klarheit zur Zusammensetzung des doppelstelligen Software‑Ziels — Data, Automation, OpenShift und TP (Transaction Processing) als Haupttreiber.
- Cash‑Treiber & Dilution: Nachfrage nach Details zur Nachhaltigkeit des starken FCF 2025 und wie Confluent‑Verdünnung die 2026‑Prognose beeinflusst; Management nennt Produktmix, Productivity und EBITDA‑Wachstum als Hebel.
- Z‑Nachhaltigkeit / Serverzyklen: Fragen zur Nachhaltigkeit des Z‑Boomeffekts und möglichen Pull‑forwards; Memory/ HBMemory‑Preise diskutiert, Management sieht weitergehende Nachfrage und Mixeffekte als stützende Faktoren.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: IBM lieferte ein über den Erwartungen liegendes Jahr mit starker Cash‑Generierung und klarer Verlagerung zu margenstarker Software. Für Aktionäre heißt das: strukturell attraktiver Geschäftsumbau mit positiven Cash- und Margenimplikationen, jedoch kurzfristige Risiken durch M&A‑Verdünnung (Confluent) und Produktzyklus‑Effekte — wichtigste Beobachtungspunkte sind Confluent‑Close, Z‑Zyklus und die Realisierung der Productivity‑Einsparungen.
IBM — Global Technology
1. Question Answer
Back day 2 of the RBC TIMT Conference, we are super excited to be joined by IBM, Ric Lewis, SVP of IBM Infrastructure. Thank you for being here.
Thanks for having me.
I guess we'll start at the beginning. Could you share a bit more about your career and then the journey leading up to your current role as the SVP of IBM's Infrastructure business?
Sure. Happy to do that. So I've been in the industry, the IT industry now for going on 40 years, not quite. I spent 32 years at Hewlett Packard Enterprise, worked there, did a lot of -- I was always on -- I grew up as a chip designer and then started to own businesses, small ones, bigger, bigger then big chunks of the business. But I was always spending my time on the entrepreneurial innovation side of things. So we did a lot of work with as-a-service delivery. We did a lot of work with different types of hyperconverged and composable infrastructure. It was a great ride. I had a great time.
Then I retired at 55 on the early retirement, planning to fully retire and stay retired, and then I failed at that and ended up in a conversation with Arvind at IBM about the transformation he wanted to do with the company. And I thought I don't want to miss that. And I've been doing that now 4 years and almost half, and it's been a fantastic ride, and we've made a lot of progress in IBM. And so it's been really fun. And the industry has changed pretty significantly in that time. It's never been more fun to be in the IT industry because it's so critical to what's going on in every company.
Yes. Sorry, I think that's exactly where we want to start off is under Arvind's leadership, we have seen a transformation that you've been a part of these last few years. At Investor Day that you highlighted the turnaround in infrastructure from declining revenue to growth and profitability. And recently, I think what we've heard more and more is about this being a secular, not cyclical trend. So I think for a lot of investors, when they think hardware refresh, they think replacing boxes with boxes, right, a cyclical dynamic. Can you kind of talk about what are the key actions that you've taken on the strategy to really like lean into this opportunity?
Sure. Yes. I'm sure we'll talk later about Z and the cycles and all of that. But really, it's interesting, my job to kind of help the group go from what had been a general flat to declining business with big cycle swings. From the beginning, the goal was let's shift that to generally growing with dampened cycle swings so that it's still going to -- you're always going to have a big bump when you ship new hardware, but the idea would be less dramatic and more importantly, generally growing.
And we've been able to do that in those 4.5 years. At the core of it was really getting great at where we're investing and focusing on the innovation areas and making sure that, that's tied exactly to client needs. That would be the first thing that we did. The second thing was really all about the business model and product strategy, getting really tight about what's the segment we're going after, what do they really value? Is it hardware refreshes that they value? Or is it software stack performance or is it AI, all of those things. So getting really good at that.
The third thing was if you're going to invest in innovation and ramp up to be able to grow, you got to fuel and fund that. And so we completely changed our operating model, how we define, design, develop, build, ship, how -- even down to the freight that we use to ship products and again, by segment and product strategy, and we saved over $1 billion run rate out of the business that we could then mostly invest.
Some went to IBM and cash flow and things like that. A lot went back into investing in things like AI capabilities in Z and software, AI capabilities for storage and all of those great things. So it's been a huge transformation project. I mentioned all those mechanical kind of things, but the biggest thing that we did was work on culture inside the group. And that was if you came at this business with a mindset of just protect, just don't lose clients and kind of stay where you're at, there's a lot of corporate research that kind of talks about you have to have a growth mindset.
You have to be taking risks. You have to be collaborating. You have to be getting out of your comfort zone and trying new things.
And so things like putting AI in Z before there ever was a ChatGPT moment before anyone was talking about AI was a big brilliant move by IBM. Things like shifting to software value-add and hardware, all of those were experiments. They're about collaborating, being willing to take some risk and things like that, and it's paid off. We've been really lucky about the places we've invested. And we have a lot more engaged workforce because they feel like, hey, we're part of the growth of IBM at this point rather than just providing some cash flow to do other stuff. So it's been a really fantastic journey.
Yes. And so what you're seeing now, it sounds like is a refresh cycle conversation doesn't start off with capacity. It starts off with security enablement, AI, latency. And I can see that that's just a completely different conversation for you.
Absolutely.
I mean z17 is all about what are the new capabilities I'm getting, the new AI capabilities that we have built into the chip, but also the AI capabilities that we're adding in both an external chip that's on a card that you add to the system that we just started shipping and the software associated with that dramatically changes the use cases for clients about what they can use. So you're talking about new workloads for a platform that's been around for 60 years and very exciting for everybody, clients and us.
Yes. I mean getting into the numbers of z17, we've talked about the secular growth and looking for a 1% to 3% range, really strong momentum to start off this refresh cycle. Do you still think that range is the right way to think about it as achievable? And then I guess, what are kind of the key levers to sustained growth? And if I can just make this a super long question. The secular drivers, will we see less seasonality in infrastructure over time? We came off a long tail from z16.
Yes. I mean I think you're really asking a pretty simple question, are you going to do what the whole infrastructure transformation was set to do, which is grow and dampen those cycles and...
I like this question better. Let's answer that one.
The answer is yes. And we're very confident for a few reasons. One, first and foremost, Z is the dominant product in the infrastructure. It's our biggest revenue source, and it's got fantastic momentum. z15 showed 115% program to program versus z14. z16 was 120% program to program over z15. So far in z17, we're 2 quarters in, and we're running above 120% program to program. So when your core platform is growing cycle to cycle, that gives you growth, right?
But it's pretty cool because Z already had pretty good momentum before a lot of our transformation exercises, but storage didn't and power didn't and infrastructure support had been declining. And now infrastructure support, we've stabilized. It's a flat to plus/minus kind of business. Power, we've stabilized. It grew in all 3 years of its program cycle in this last time. So you're no longer seeing any decline in our UNIX and Linux business on power. And storage has been growing at roughly 1.5x the market rate in the software space and faster than the market rate in the hardware space.
So it's almost like Z's momentum plus these other things that we've got momentum behind that are the distributed infrastructure space and the support space, you look at that and you go, I think the business grows, and that's really what we're doing. So we're really excited about that. To the stream -- to the question of the cycles, you say, well, you still have hardware that you ship every 3 years usually for Z and power. You're still going to have cycles. Yes, but we're working really hard on stream revenue that kind of fills in some of that gap.
So an example would be Spyre that we're shipping in Z. That's our AI processor card. It's not shipping on the same exact cycle as the original Z. In fact, it just came out. So we're selling that card and subscriptions of software that go on it. So that's a new revenue source that's off the cycle. And that can be on a different cadence than the Z thing. We're also doing subscriptions on our software now for IBM i, which is one of the key operating systems that runs on power. We're doing PowerVS in our cloud, which is our power systems in a cloud offered as a service, which is a subscription, it's paid as you go as a service.
So all of these revenue sources that aren't just sell new boxes every 3 years, helped you with -- now we're selling other stuff in all of the years, delivered as a service, that's making a big difference in the business and helping us achieve the second part of the goal, first grow, second, make those cycles stamp out. So that's why we're confident in our prediction of single-digit revenue growth.
I think when I try to explain to people some of the changes that IBM has gone under Arvind's leadership, I consolidate the infrastructure consulting and software strategy into digital transformation enablement is like the term that I like to use for it. assuming you somewhat agree with that term.
I love it.
How do you see the IBM platform, Z Power and Storage, bringing differentiated value to like unlocking hybrid cloud and AI workloads for your customers. And when they have options of how they're going to do that digital transformation enablement and maybe it's hyperscalers, maybe it's other enterprise hardware players, how do you differentiate yourself as IBM?
Yes. So this is a cool question because it really gets at the heart of what Arvind was trying to do. From the first day that he became the CEO, he said, our strategy is super simple and very clear, hybrid cloud and AI. And again, this was before there's ChatGPT and all these people talking about AI and this is our strategy. So we've been differentiating in that area primarily across all of IBM. And you brought it, you said consulting, software and infrastructure. That's really the first thing I would highlight about the IBM value prop because it's all 3.
And that means you have full stack differentiation in the space of AI and hybrid cloud. And so we're providing hardware that helps clients do AI through inferencing and speeding up that capability. We're providing software stacks and models to be able to do the work on enterprise data. And then we have consulting services so that if you don't know how to do that, if you're a client and you say, my Board is all over me and saying, get AI in here and add some value to all this data and do what everybody else is doing, then you can -- then we can help you do that because our consulting team knows exactly, okay, here's what we would do. It may involve our stack of stuff. It may involve others.
But whatever it is, we're going to know what's the most optimal thing. So full stack is the first thing I would say. The second thing I would say is just the notion of hybrid. I think what's cool about centering on hybrid cloud. So there's lots of AI players that are in clouds. There aren't very many AI players who are doing much on-prem. We do both, and we do it seamlessly together. And if you think about these enterprises that we serve, a lot of them, this data is the lifeblood of their company. They don't want it out in the cloud. They don't want it anywhere. They want it on their prem. They want it backed up. They want to secure wall around it.
And so being able to do hybrid, meaning do this work wherever that data is, is a big advantage for us. And we have a lot of use cases for very specific AI applied to enterprise data on and off-prem, the key there being on, lots of people can do off. We can do both, and we do it together. It looks the same and it's seamless. I think that's what really resonates about our value proposition. The last thing I would say is a true laser focus on the enterprise. There are a lot of AI players that are doing a lot of great things and changing our lives, right?
I'm using all kinds of new things, ChatGPT to help plan my vacation and that kind of stuff. But I'm a consumer person kind of thing. IBM, we're not doing that. We're doing enterprise. We happen to be close to these clients' most important data, the transactions that you all do, 45 out of 50 of the top banks run on our Z systems, 4 out of 5 of the top airlines, 9 out of 10 of the top retailers. All those transactions are going through our systems. That data is a gold mine for those clients if they can get their head around, okay, what does this tell me about my clients, their transaction patterns, all of that stuff is where the action is in IT, and we're poised focused, laser-focused on that, not laser-focused on how do I help you plan your vacation or that kind of stuff. So I think we're just in a really good spot with a really focused strategy, and it works really well.
Yes. And I think we've heard before on -- maybe from your consulting arm that some of the early days of these Gen AI projects are helping customers get their data in order, right, set the foundation to be able to build upon that. As enterprise data grows, the volume and complexity, it's going to need different infrastructure strategies. Could you just talk about what role this plays in your product road map and how you're -- again, maybe going back to the idea of enablement, how are you enabling companies with your infrastructure to be ready for Gen AI?
So I like where you went because I think that a lot of people who aren't doing this every day don't think about it this way. But AI, I will tell you, is mostly about the data, right? Whatever you feed it is kind of going to help with the value that you get out of it. So for us, being able to -- yes, 10 years ago, if someone was trying to do an AI project, you had to structure and label your data, and it was a massive data science exercise to even get things to where you could ingest that data.
We have products now, our Fusion product in storage that you can just feed it random stuff. You can just give it a bunch of disks, and we have this thing called content aware storage technology that will look on all those disks and say, here's generally what's on those disks, here's what it's associated with, here's what it's used for all of that, completely unstructured random data. So that's a good example of in this direction, the prework necessary to kind of get things in order to get value out of your data has changed exponentially, which is a really good thing.
Our job is to make that -- continue on that journey, make it easier to ingest that data, get value out of it, tune models, be able to do inferencing on your key enterprise data. And I think the sky is the limit. So we have products in storage that are doing that capability. We have products in Z that I talked about already. Power is being used in -- one example is Julich in Europe, the exascale computer, a 21 petabyte ingest of data and a 700 petabyte backup needed so that when you do your model training and inferencing, you can go back and say, well, what data did I use and how did I use that? All of these are examples of us making it easier for you to be able to do AI in a hybrid environment, and it's really resonating with clients.
And then if we're looking at z17 cycle compared to z16, how would you compare like the current cadence in terms of how those started off? And then if we're looking at maybe sources for upside, how viable is AI inferencing on z17 today? And are you seeing people day 1 using it for this capability? Or is it more future-proofing saying, well, I want to have it, but I don't actually need it currently.
So we are off to a great start with z17. And typically, you would expect me to be saying, that's a tough compare because we were off to a fantastic start with z16. But comparing the starts, z17 is as good or better than z16. So tremendous momentum. To your second question, I think that's part of why is, yes, clients are using the AI. It's not a, hey, I'll just buy this and hopefully, I'll figure out a way to use it kind of thing.
We have 250 use cases that clients are either in production or developing or exploring with us in great detail, but a lot of them are in production. The primary use cases, I would say, in z17 for AI, they're kind of in 3 buckets. One is the obvious and one that we've talked about a lot because we did it on z16. That's fraud detection. And that's a huge value for our clients in this space being able to detect that. But even fraud detection has improved in this latest generation. Old fraud detection looked kind of mechanical in nature.
The transaction pattern looked like this. It was structured data, and we could kind of say that one looks weird, stop. Now we can combine structured data and unstructured data, large language models. So you can look and say, okay, this transaction pattern happened and what's the company rating that's associated with this transaction? And are there bad reviews on websites about this company? Or do they have a better business bureau. So you can kind of take the 2 worlds of mechanical fraud detection and unstructured gut feel fraud detection and make that mathematical so that you can do that. So that's a use case that's kind of a bucket of a lot of what people are doing.
People are also doing code modernization, which means commenting and kind of reorganizing and supporting their code to help with the skills on Z, and then the third thing that they're doing is just managing the Z. We have something called the Z Assistant that's based on AI capabilities. And what we've learned from clients is they just wanted to run the fastest. They'd like to be able to chat with the box and say, configure yourself, this is my typical workloads, configure yourself to do that rather than you have to be a geek who's been doing this for 20 years to figure out, okay, I need to turn on this option, turn on this buffering, turn on this queuing, all that kind of thing.
So that's the third big use case. All of those are within the same, we call it the RAS domain, Reliability, Availability, Serviceability. It means basically you don't have to take any of this off your Z to kind of optimize it. It all happens in there. The inferencing is done in the Z ecosystem. So it's secure. You know it's rock solid. You know it's backed up. You know it's quantum safe. You know all the great things about Z, except even in how you operate it and what you're doing with it. So it's a fantastic platform for the future and resonating more than ever, fantastic momentum.
This may be an impossible question, but it's one that we've all been asking for the last couple of years about when the application layer of Gen AI starts to come in, you have a really unique visibility, right, into infrastructure spend and these consulting projects. Do you have an opinion on the enterprise timeline to see broader production applications?
It's interesting. Your question, I think we're still waiting a little bit in consumer land, meaning AI is kind of this separate thing. You go look, okay, tell me the best place to buy, whatever it is. But then you still kind of end up then jumping over to a web search after -- or give me a link, that link, now I go and get on that link and I do stuff kind of the old way. Usually, consumer leads enterprise, like the for example, the advent of mobile -- we all had mobile phones before work was kind of enabling our mobile phones and things like that.
I would say in what you just talked about, the application space, enterprise might be leading consumer because -- and I think the reason is because the space is smaller. You're not trying to do everything in every language, including with pirate slang and all these kind of things that you're doing in your consumer environment. What you're really trying to do is take, I have this set of transactions, and I want to know what's the customer behavior or we have insurance companies. I have this set of clients that my actuary tables say there's this much risk, but I want to combine that with data about weather and what the season looks like.
And I want to do that real time. If I can get that right, my margin goes way up as an insurance company. So those things are their direct huge value to these enterprises. And so they're motivated to get a competitive advantage with that. And so they're investing to be able to do that. So in terms of simple apps, no, but in terms of deep rich analysis, enterprises are going crazy because they know, they absolutely know disrupt or be disrupted. And I would say more than the cloud era, more than client server, more than any other era in IT, there's the potential for disruption right now more than ever. And so you're either on it or you're going to get it from somebody else. So anyway.
Speaking of disruption, Quantum, everyone's favorite topic of 2025. I guess you've taken what I would consider compared to some of the peers in the space, like a more measured content-driven approach to Quantum Computing. And I think emphasizing maybe like the real-world utility over hype a little bit. 75 systems already deployed, I think 13 production. Is that the most updated number?
Yes, I think we might be a little above that, yes.
Close. 13-ish. Talk about the evolving commercial opportunity for IBM. And then what -- how this kind of fits into, you've said, those 2-pillar strategy, right, of hybrid cloud and AI. And then we were talking about this in the back. For any of us who are looking at maybe competitive press releases or anything else, like what is -- what are the things we should look for, for what's real versus hype?
Yes. So first, let's talk about market opportunity because I think we just got a study or we just saw a study from BCG that estimates that the Quantum opportunity in kind of the early 2030 time frame is $500 billion, which is a big old TAM. Not all of that's for hardware. Probably somewhere kind of IT vendors might expect to see 20% to 40% of that, still a big old TAM. For a technology that's not really mainstream today at all, we wouldn't -- we don't think it's mainstream.
But I think the cool thing that we love about IBM, we are taking a very practical, rational approach to it. And I think Arvind likes to say we're not expecting some scientific breakthrough at this point. It's a matter of engineering and execution to get to where we need to go. And that's a big milestone in and of itself. So when I watch other Quantum people and what they're saying, which, by the way, I know we're ahead in this industry, we're the lead player at this point. I try to watch for a few key things. One, do they have a believable road map, not just a road map, not just an aspiration, but like, okay, you've shown kind of through your progress through the last 5 years that you're on a certain trajectory.
And do you have a believable road map for the next several steps? And our next steps, we're driving in our system development, et cetera, to be able to deliver Quantum Advantage here in the next year. We've got error correction and all of those capabilities in the pipe for coming later in this decade, so kind of '28, '29, and we actually believe we'll be transacting in that timeframe by the end of the decade on a system kind of level. We're already transacting. We already have clients that are buying cycles of Quantum and exploring and using that capability now.
So it's a predictable road map. The other thing I would say is do you have an ecosystem of partners that are helping you develop, helping you figure out a fair value. And there have been some key industry announcements that you can look up, one around HSBC and there are a couple of others that kind of ship the industry a little bit of, no, there's a use case, and this could radically change how we do things like Monte Carlo analysis or Chemical analysis or those kind of things. We have an ecosystem. We have a large number of partners that we've talked about that are working with us on developing this thing.
The third thing I would look for in those announcements is do you really have a software stack that kind of goes with it because you saw that same development in AI land. Before there was kind of the ChatGPT moment, we'll call it, there were stacks and capability that kind of grew out of the graphics space, but that we were helping do AI, mostly in self-driving cars and things like that. We look at our Qiskit, which is kind of our base software platform with that is showing great traction in the industry, both in academia and in business and clients adopting it.
And we kind of look at that and say, hey, we're in a really good place here for Quantum when it comes. And then the final thing is Quantum is -- for lack of a better way of saying it, it's difficult to get right. It's more fragile than our digital. I grew up as a digital designer and things like that. And it's either 1 or 0, and we figured out ways to make it rock solid. Quantum is a little more fragile. There were things we had to do in digital when things got fragile in memories and things like that like check sums and error correction codes and those capabilities. In Quantum, they're even harder to do those things, but do the announcements kind of reference, hey, we know how to do error correction in the Quantum space.
And that's something that IBM, I think, is very far ahead of is being able to combine classic and quantum techniques to do error correction in the Quantum space, and you're going to need it in order to be able to do it at the scale where it's really practical for the kind of problems that you're going to want to solve. So I look for those things. I also look for a philosophy that says Quantum is not a replacement to classical. And I don't -- I believe it's not. I don't believe AI is a replacement to classical computing. It's just another category.
When you combine them together, you end up with something very strong. And since we play strong in classical, we play strong in AI, and I think we're the leader in Quantum, we're really well positioned for as the industry gets to this kind of 2030 time frame and all that TAM. So we're pretty bullish and excited about it, though cautious and practical, like just keep executing the road map, we make our steps, we're going to be in a really good spot. So that's what we're doing.
This time has flown by. Are there any questions from the audience here? All right. So one thing that Jim references a lot is the integrated value prop with -- cycles. Sorry, I didn't realize I was scratching my microphone. Can we talk about the IBM Z stack multiplier and how $1 of Z hardware gets that 3 to 4x of related revenue?
It definitely does. It's a huge value to our company. And if you just kind of look at our stack and the associated things around it, things you would think of, okay, we obviously sell mainframe storage when we sell a mainframe. We sell mainframe transaction processing per second, all the software that goes with it. The things you might not think about is all the infrastructure support, my TLS business is associated with it. You might not think about financing. We do financing on Z. We do leasing on Z. A big chunk of that is Z, and that's revenue and margin for us as we do the financing and leasing for those platforms. So it contributes in a whole lot of way. And then just associated, right? If you're helping the client with their most important data, you can probably help them with other things.
So it drives a big bunch of consulting revenue on getting value from that data, modernizing your mainframe platform, all of those capabilities. In our software space, it gives you revenue on putting containers on there through Red Hat on optimizing the workload distribution through things like Apptio and Turbonomics and all those capabilities are incremental to the Z value proposition, but are associated with it because you're doing something extremely important to that client set.
Typically, our last question is what you're most excited for the next 3 to 5 years, and we've got 3 seconds.
Data for AI is a big one. I've mentioned some of our storage offerings. And focusing on that data and really AI in general and how it will transform how you interact with our systems, what our systems are used for and the value that clients are getting from it. It's never been a more fun time to be in the IT industry. And it's because what 15 years ago was a conversation of just make sure the thing always runs and lower the cost as much as possible. That would be the definition of the job. Now the definition of the job is a meeting with the Board in a week and they want a story on AI, and they want to know how we're going to disrupt rather than be disrupted. And you guys are the key to that in IT. That's a lot more fun conversation than cost reduction. So I think that's what I'm excited about is it's just a really fun time to be doing this.
Yes. And this is also a very fun conversation. Ric, thank you so much for joining us this morning.
Thanks, Matt. Appreciate it.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
IBM — Global Technology
IBM — Global Technology
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Kern: IBM Infrastructure positioniert sich als wachstumsorientiertes, weniger zyklisches Geschäft durch starkes IBM Z‑Momentum (z17), die Verlagerung hin zu Software-/Abo‑Erlösen (z. B. PowerVS, Subscriptions, Spyre‑AI‑Card) und operative Umgestaltung mit über $1 Mrd. Run‑Rate‑Einsparungen, die in KI und Software reinvestiert werden. Hybrid Cloud + AI bleibt der Leitfaden.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- z17‑Momentum: Früher Start; Ric berichtet von >120% program‑to‑program in den ersten beiden Quartalen gegenüber Vorgänger‑Generation, Hauptwachstumstreiber.
- GTM‑Modell: Mehr Abo/Service‑Erlöse (PowerVS, Subscriptions auf IBM i, Software‑Subscriptions), Ziel: Zyklik dämpfen und stetige Streams schaffen.
- Kapitalallokation: Operative Änderungen (Design bis Logistik) und >$1 Mrd. Einsparungen als Reinvestitionsquelle in AI‑Funktionen für Z, Storage und Software.
🆕 Neue Informationen
- Guidance: Keine formelle Neuguidance; Management bestätigt Erwartung von einstelligem Umsatzwachstum und hält an der secular‑Story fest.
- Produktdaten: Z‑Einsatz- und AI‑Usecases konkret: ~250 Usecases in Produktion/Entwicklung; Storage wächst über Marktdurchschnitt; Quantum: ~75 Systeme deployed, ~13 in Produktion (evtl. etwas mehr).
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Hybrid vs Hyperscaler: IBM betont Full‑Stack‑Wert (Consulting, Software, Hardware) und Hybrid‑Fähigkeit (on‑prem + cloud) als Differenzierer für Unternehmensdaten.
- AI‑Usecases: Fokus auf konkrete Enterprise‑Anwendungen (Betrugserkennung, Code‑Modernisierung, Z‑Assistants); viele Usecases bereits produktiv, nicht nur „Day‑1“ Zukunftspfade.
- Quantum & Z‑Stack: Nachfrage nach Nachweisen/realistischem Roadmap; Z erzeugt laut Management 3–4x Zusatzumsatz via Software, Services, Support und Finanzierung.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Das Gespräch bestätigt die laufende Re‑Positionierung von IBM Infrastructure: Z‑Momentum plus sukzessive Abo‑/Serviceumsätze sollen Zyklik reduzieren und stabileres Wachstum liefern. Kurzfristig keine Guidance‑Änderung; mittelfristig Upside durch AI‑Integration und Quantum, abhängig von Execution‑Risiko.
IBM — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Welcome, and thank you for standing by. [Operator Instructions] Today's conference is being recorded. If you have any objections, you may disconnect at this time.
Now I will turn the meeting over to Olympia McNerney, IBM's Global Head of Investor Relations. Olympia, you may begin.
Thank you. I'd like to welcome you to IBM's Third Quarter 2025 Earnings Presentation. I'm Olympia McNerney, and I'm here today with Arvind Krishna, IBM's Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer; and Jim Kavanaugh, IBM's Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. We'll post today's prepared remarks on the IBM investor website within a couple of hours, and a replay will be available by this time tomorrow.
To provide additional information to our investors, our presentation includes certain non-GAAP measures. For example, all of our references to revenue and signings growth are at constant currency. We provided reconciliation charts for these and other non-GAAP financial measures at the end of the presentation, which is posted to our investor website.
Finally, some comments made in this presentation may be considered forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements involve factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially. Additional information about these factors is included in the company's SEC filings.
So with that, I'll turn the call over to Arvind.
Thank you for joining us today. In the third quarter, IBM delivered strong results across revenue, profit and free cash flow exceeding our expectations. Revenue growth accelerated to 7%, our highest growth in several years, with all our segments accelerating sequentially. These results underscore the strength of our business model and portfolio and the innovation we are delivering to clients. Clients continue to turn to IBM as a trusted partner to help them modernize, embed AI and build resilient infrastructure.
Let me touch on the economy before I turn to our execution. Last quarter, I said we had moved from being cautiously optimistic to optimistic. Technology remains a key driver of growth and competitive advantage. AI adoption is accelerating, and Hybrid Cloud remains the foundation of enterprise IT. Clients are leaning on enterprise technologies to scale, innovate and drive productivity. There are always macro uncertainties, but overall, we continue to see broad-based demand from clients and remain optimistic.
Now turning to our execution this quarter. Our strategy remains focused Hybrid Cloud and artificial intelligence. Our products and services fuel growth and productivity for our clients. You can see this in our results for the quarter. Software growth accelerated to 9%, led by strength in Automation. Automation was up 22%, highlighting our end-to-end portfolio of leading solutions that optimize operations, automate infrastructure and workflows, build resiliency and drive cost efficiency for clients. Many of our Automation products are infused with AI enhancing their capabilities. HashiCorp also continues to accelerate within IBM, benefiting from our go-to-market distribution and joint product innovation, highlighting our synergy potential.
Consulting accelerated reflecting growing demand for AI services as clients need help designing, deploying and governing AI at scale. And Infrastructure delivered robust performance, growing 15% and driven by continued strength in z17, our strongest 2 quarter launch in history. The Spyre Accelerator, which will be available in Q4 will bring advanced generative AI and real-time inferencing capabilities inside IBM Z, redefining our enterprises capture AI value within their most mission-critical environments.
In addition to being a demand driver, AI is also a powerful productivity driver for IBM, contributing to our strong financial performance. In 2023, we set out on a goal to achieve $2 billion of productivity savings. And today, we are well ahead of that with an expectation of $4.5 billion of annual run rate savings exiting this year. I believe we have significant opportunity ahead of us to continue to become even leaner and more nimble.
Our Client Zero approach sets us apart as we have internally identified and addressed pain point on data readiness, siloed and vertical workflows, application and IT sprawl, using our own technology and domain expertise. Clients see these results and look to us to help them on their own transformations, driving over 1,000 Client Zero engagement this year. The breadth of our AI offerings is a key differentiator, combining an innovative technology stack with consulting at scale and our Client Zero journey.
Our AI book of business continues to show momentum at over $9.5 billion inception to date. In consulting, we are embracing disruption and leading the way with our digital asset and services as software strategy. While we are early in this journey, we have over 200 Consulting projects using digital workers at scale. In software, demand for watsonx and Red Hat AI remains strong, with early momentum in our Agentic platform, watsonx Orchestrate. watsonx Orchestrate helps enterprises deploy AI by connecting agents, models and workflows with governance and security.
Orchestration will be critical as enterprises run a variety of models to optimize cost and performance. Our hybrid approach to models enables clients to use the best option for each use case, IBM's Granite models, third-party models or open models from Hugging Face, Meta and Mistral. We recently launched Granite 4.0, our next-generation family of open small language models, Granite 4.0, a delivers high performance and cost efficiency using 70% less memory and offering twice the inferencing speed of conventional models.
We also partnered with Anthropic to infuse cloud into IBM products to unlock new GenAI features and capabilities. This week, we announced a partnership to run watsonx and Grok, giving clients access to their inferencing technology, which provides ultra-high-speed low latency AI capabilities at lower costs. All this leads to real tangible value for clients. Companies like Deutsche Telekom and S&P Global are embedding watsonx into core workflows.
In Infrastructure, clients such as Nationwide, State Street and Credit Agricole are turning to AI to manage increased workloads and use Z 17 for its advanced AI inferencing capabilities and enhanced resiliency.
Accelerating innovation remains a core focus for IBM. At our recent IBM Tech Exchange Developer and Builder Conference, we showcased how we are helping clients and partners with innovation that blends enterprise strength and AI speed. We had almost twice the number of participants as last year with speakers including United Airlines, T-Mobile, Prudential, UPS, Morgan Stanley, Verizon and Cigna.
We announced Project Bob facilitating AI-powered software development, helping teams ship higher-quality code faster. We have more than 8,000 developers within IBM that are using Project Bob reporting productivity gains averaging 45% another powerful Client Zero use case.
We also announced new automation capabilities, including a real-time infrastructure graph connecting applications services and ownership through HashiCorp Terraform.
As outlined at our Investor Day, we are on a path to demonstrate the first error-corrected Quantum computer by 2028, and continue to deliver key milestones in our Quantum road map. As we collaborate with our ecosystem of over 280 partners, we are making tangible progress on near-term use cases. For example, HSBC achieved a notable improvement in bond trading predictions using IBM's Heron Quantum Processor. Vanguard announced a breakthrough in optimizing portfolio construction using IBM's Quantum computing as a service.
We recently announced a partnership with AMD to build Quantum-centric supercomputing architectures, leveraging IBM's Quantum expertise and AMD CPUs, GPUs and other accelerated technologies.
Just last week, IBM as the BaaS government unveiled Europe's first IBM Quantum system to -- this marked the second installation outside the United States and underscores our commitment to global leadership in Quantum computing.
In closing, we are executing on our strategy of accelerating revenue growth and delivering higher profitability. Given these results and the momentum in our portfolio, we are raising expectations for revenue growth to more than 5% and free cash flow to about $14 billion for the year.
With that, let me hand it over to Jim to go through the financials.
Thanks, Arvind. In the third quarter, our revenue growth accelerated to 7% and our highest growth in several years, with all of our segments accelerating sequentially. Revenue scale, mix and productivity drove 290 basis points of adjusted EBITDA margin expansion, 22% adjusted EBITDA growth and 15% operating earnings per share growth, highlighting the significant operating leverage in our business model. And through the first 9 months, we generated $7.2 billion of free cash flow, our highest 9-month free cash flow margin in reported history. We exceeded our expectations on revenue profitability, adjusted EBITDA, earnings per share and free cash flow, reflecting the strength of our portfolio and the disciplined execution across our business.
Software revenue grew 9%, fueled by accelerating organic growth, up a few points since last quarter and continued contribution from our high-value annual recurring revenue base which grew to $23.2 billion, up 9% since last year. Growth in Automation accelerated to 22%, driven by strength in the organic portfolio and early synergies with HashiCorp, which maintained momentum and delivered its highest bookings quarter in history. Red Hat bookings growth accelerated to about 20% and revenue grew 12%. This performance was driven by a softening in consumption-based services and RHEL trending back towards single-digit growth as we wrap on last year's exceptional double-digit performance.
Demand for our Hybrid Cloud products remain strong, and all 3 of our major subscription offerings gained market share again this quarter. With growth accelerating for both OpenShift and Ansible. OpenShift ARR is now $1.8 billion, growing over 30%. Data was up 7%, and driven by continued strength in our AI portfolio. And Transaction Processing revenue declined by 3%, reflecting another quarter of Z 17 outperformance as clients continue to prioritize hardware spend on our latest IBM Z system. While this dynamic impacts near-term revenue, we're encouraged by a healthy pipeline that positions us well for future demand.
Infrastructure delivered another strong quarter, growing 15%. Hybrid Infrastructure grew 26% and Infrastructure support was flat. Within Hybrid Infrastructure, IBM Z delivered its highest third quarter revenue in nearly 2 decades, up 59% year-to-year fueled by the early success of our Z 17 platform, purpose built for AI and Hybrid Cloud with breakthrough capabilities in real-time inferencing, quantum safe security and AI-driven operational efficiency. Clients are investing in Z 17 not only for its reliability and scalability, but because it enables secure high-performance computing at the core of their digital transformation strategies. Distributed infrastructure up 8% reflects broad-based growth across our storage portfolio. as clients scale capacity to meet rising Data and AI demands.
Consulting returned to growth in the third quarter with revenue up 2% and improving sequentially and marking a positive inflection point in performance. Intelligent Operations was up 4%, while Strategy and Technology revenue stabilized. With both lines of business showing quarter-over-quarter momentum. This growth reflects solid demand for our strategic offerings, business application transformation, application modernization and migration, and application operations as clients focus investments on solutions that accelerate AI transformation and maximize return.
As Arvind mentioned, we are embracing AI disruption and leading with a software-driven services delivery model. We are transforming into a hybrid model of people plus software that delivers efficiency and scale. This approach is already driving internal productivity reflected in the 220 basis points of segment profit margin expansion year-to-date and resonating with clients seeking to operationalize AI strategies.
By combining domain expertise, with scalable technology platforms, we reinforce our role as a strategic provider of choice in this evolving landscape. Our Consulting generative AI book of business accelerated to over $1.5 billion in the quarter, with the number of projects more than doubling year-to-year, underscoring our momentum. While total signings declined this quarter, the quality of signings continue to strengthen with more strategic wins from new clients and expanded engagements within existing ones.
Turning to profitability. We have delivered 9 consecutive quarters of operating pretax margin expansion, highlighting the evolution of our portfolio mix and our laser focus on productivity, which again played out this quarter. Revenue scale, mix and productivity drove expansion of operating gross profit margin by 120 basis points, adjusted EBITDA margin by 290 basis points and operating pretax margin by 200 basis points, ahead of our expectations and well above our model.
Segment profit margins expanded by 420 basis points in Infrastructure, 270 basis points in Software and 200 basis points in Consulting. With Consulting margins at the highest level in 3 years. Revenue scale and mix contribution from IBM Z is a significant source of profitability and free cash flow. And combined with the 3 to 4x stack multiplier helps fuel our investment in innovation and drive growth.
Productivity is also a key driver of profit margin expansion. As we deploy AI at scale across IBM in areas including finance, supply chain, sales, HR, service delivery and customer support to improve efficiency and reduce costs. While we have made progress on this journey and expect $4.5 billion of run rate savings exiting this year, there is still significant opportunity ahead for us to drive even more efficiency and cost savings.
Through the third quarter, we generated $7.2 billion of free cash flow, up about $600 million year-over-year, resulting in our highest year-to-date free cash flow margin in reported history. The largest driver of this growth is adjusted EBITDA, up $1.8 billion year-over-year, partially offset by proceeds from the Palo Alto QRadar transaction, which resulted in a reduction in CapEx in the third quarter of last year and working capital dynamics.
Our strong liquidity position, solid investment-grade balance sheet and disciplined capital allocation policy remain a focus for us. We ended the quarter with cash of $14.9 billion. Our debt balance ending the quarter was $63.1 billion, including $11.3 billion of debt for our financing business. With the receivables portfolio that is over 75% investment grade. In addition, year-to-date, we returned $4.7 billion to shareholders in the form of dividends.
Now let me talk about what we see going forward. Through the first 9 months of the year, we delivered 5% revenue growth, 17% adjusted EBITDA growth, 10% operating earnings per share growth, and 9% free cash flow growth. The strength and diversity of our portfolio, disciplined capital allocation and relentless focus on productivity, continue to drive the durability of our revenue and free cash flow performance. Given the strength of this performance, we are raising our expectations for revenue, adjusted EBITDA and free cash flow. We now expect to deliver revenue growth of more than 5%, adjusted EBITDA growth of mid-teens and free cash flow of about $14 billion for 2025.
Let me focus on full year growth for the segments. We continue to expect Software revenue growth of approaching double digits for the full year. Through the first 9 months, we delivered growth above our model of 17% in Automation, an in-line model growth of 7% in Data, and these trends should continue. And we continue to expect mid-teens growth for Red Hat, albeit at the low end. This is underpinned by strong bookings growth in the third quarter of about 20%, and our revenue under contract, which is growing in the mid-teens.
As we wrap on elevated growth in consumption-based services last year, we expect double-digit revenue growth in the fourth quarter with an accelerated growth profile heading into 2026. While Transaction Processing was down 1% year-to-date as clients prioritize spend on our high-value innovation z17. The strength of the new cycle provides future monetization value across the Z stack. We are seeing the strength in our pipeline as we enter the fourth quarter, which we expect will return to growth. With continued strength in z17, we now expect Infrastructure to contribute over 1.5 points to IBM's revenue growth this year.
In consulting, we are encouraged by our return to growth this quarter. and continued progress in our GenAI book of business, and now we see an inflection in growth going forward with fourth quarter revenue performance similar to our third quarter growth.
Now turning to profitability. We started this year expecting over 50 basis points of operating pretax margin expansion. And through the first 9 months of this year, we delivered 130 basis points of expansion, well ahead of our expectations. This performance is driven by our revenue scale, portfolio mix and progress with productivity initiatives, enabling operating leverage while providing investment flexibility. We are raising IBM's full year operating pretax margin expansion to over 1 point. And our operating tax rate expectation for the year remains in the mid-teens. For the fourth quarter, we are comfortable with consensus estimates for constant currency revenue growth and profitability.
Let me conclude by saying we are pleased with our continued disciplined execution and look forward to capturing growth opportunities ahead of us. Arvind and I are now happy to take your questions. Olympia, let's get started.
Thank you, Jim. Before we begin Q&A, I'd like to mention a couple of items. First, supplemental information is provided at the end of the presentation. And then second, as always, I'd ask you to refrain from multipart questions. Operator, let's please open it up for questions.
[Operator Instructions] And our first question comes from Amit Daryanani with Evercore ISI.
2. Question Answer
Yes. I guess maybe just -- I want to focus on free cash flow. So I really appreciate the quantification of free cash flow at $14 billion for the year. And if I get my math right, this sort of implies free cash flow is up double digits in '25 and your conversion rates around 125% give or take. Can you just touch on if there's any one-off dynamics that we should be aware of that are help you in free cash flow in '25? I'm really just trying to think that as we get into '26 and if your growth is in line to your longer-term models, is there anything that could preclude free cash flow growing a few points higher than sales growth, some of the way you folks have talked about it? I'd love to just kind of spend a little bit of time on free cash flow. And if anything, all does on the capital allocation as well.
Thanks, Amit. I appreciate the question. And it's right at the heart of how Arvind has repositioned this company around the two key measures: one, accelerating revenue growth and two, is driving that free cash flow engine that's going to fuel the investments for us to continue to make to drive long-term sustainable competitive advantage. But if you take a step back first, as we said in prepared remarks, we're very pleased with our free cash flow engine, starting out the next evolution of our journey coming off the midterm model. Year-to-date, $7.2 billion, up $600 million year-over-year, highest free cash flow margin reported history through 3 quarters for our company.
And I'll just state that underneath it, we overcame in the third quarter, a $500 million headwind from last year as a result of the Palo Alto QRadar transaction that was recorded as an asset sale reduction in CapEx. So we got through 2025 headwind around that.
What's driving that free cash flow? Probably the most important thing is the underlying fundamentals of our business. and accelerating top line revenue growth profile and an operating leverage engine that is driving productivities like we haven't seen in a long period of time. I think we're quarters in a row of driving operating leverage and significant margin productivity. So I would tell you, high-quality, high sustainable free cash flow.
And that's what gave us the confidence for the second quarter in a row to take up our free cash flow estimate for the year, now about $14 billion. Why did we do that? We took up revenue. We took up operating margin. We took up adjusted EBITDA, we took up our profitability, and all that leads to free cash flow. When you take a look at what's driving that $14 billion, $2.5 billion, give or take, year-to-year growth in adjusted EBITDA. Mid-teens growth, well above our model.
And underneath that, you take a look at some of the dynamics we've been talking about since back in January. Yes, higher profitable based engine will pay a higher cash tax. Yes, we're investing long term for this business. We are going to have higher CapEx outside of the QRadar transaction. And yes, we made a significant strategic acquisition. We've got acquisition-related charges and foregone interest. All of that is embedded in 2025's guidance.
Now you take a step back to the heart of your question of 2026. 2026, I would tell you, what is our free cash flow generation engine flywheel? It's accelerated revenue growth the 5-plus percent in this company is driving operating leverage and it's a leveraging an efficient balance sheet. We see all that continuing to play out in 2026. And those underlying fundamentals, yes, they deliver a sustainable realization number, by the way, in the mid- to high 120s, kind of to your question. By the way, we've been there for 4 years in a row already. So we can handle that.
So you bring that all together, I think it talks to the statement and the confidence of our focused portfolio, our disciplined capital allocation, the diversity of our business model and the relentless focus of us driving productivity and operating leverage that gives us the investment flexibility to continue driving long-term sustainable competitive advantage. So thank you very much for the question.
And your next question comes from Wamsi Mohan with Bank of America.
Arvind, you said AI adoption is accelerating right at the top of the call. And I'm wondering if you can maybe help us think through the financial impact in maybe revenue terms for IBM, how we should think about the progression for that? Are we hitting some kind of inflection that we should see meaningful upside into '26 on the AI front.
And maybe quickly, your quick thoughts on maybe the impact of the federal government shutdown if there's any materiality to that to IBM here in the fourth quarter.
And if I could, Jim, if you could just clarify the organic growth in Software in third quarter and expectations for transaction processing going into the end of the year?
Wamsi, thanks for those questions. Let me try and unpack it. Let me go with the easiest one first. The easiest one is on the current government shutdown I would tell you that we see a de minimis impact to IBM. It's always hard to say 0, because something could happen. We still got 2 months to go in the quarter. But so far, we have not seen any impact from the shutdown.
And the reason for that is the makeup of our business. Our technology business is largely comprised of hardware as well as software, software mostly on a subscription basis. These are running critical systems, payments for social security benefits for the [indiscernible], all of these are considered essential, so I don't really see that at risk.
A little bit over half the business is consulting projects, but the consulting we do is of a similar nature ERP, benefits, helping people reduce paper reduce errors back to payments. These are all considered essential, and that is the reason that we maybe in the minority of not seeing any direct impact so far.
Now I'll just leave it at that because so far, we have not. Nobody has come to us about any of these projects. And so that's the first question. That is straightforward.
Next, you asked about AI. Look, our book of business, we talked about it would be over $9.5 billion. Just the Consulting piece was $1.5 billion in the quarter itself. These are very real numbers. So as those Consulting projects start to get executed and as that backlog builds up, certainly the contribution to Consulting is going to be very real. We talked about another number tied there, which is not a different number, is the 200 projects in Consulting, which are already using digital workers, which effectively are the AI agents that we have built that get deployed by our consultants on behalf of our clients.
About -- not quite, but close to 20% of our overall book of business is Technology and Software. And there, that is mostly subscription revenue as well as products that people are purchasing from us. So those numbers certainly begin to add up. And I would tell you that a big fuel behind both our OpenShift growth as well as our Automation growth is due to the AI capabilities that are infused inside those products.
So if I sort of put the first 2 pieces together, de minimis on the government shutdown and definitely, the AIP is a strong contributor to the software growth and I believe it's a big piece of why Consulting is big need to return to growth because we call the play to move towards AI almost 2 years ago. So as that book of business is built up, it is overcoming the headwinds from staff augmentation projects going away and people getting rid of discretionary spending and consulting.
Jim, I'll let you take the third piece.
Yes. Just to amplify the last piece, and then I'll get into your question about software organic and TP. To Arvind's point, year-to-date, from a software perspective, we're growing 8.5% overall, approaching 9% right now. About 2 points of that growth is coming out from our GenAI book of business. So we're getting very good realization and penetration.
To Arvind's point, or Consulting, north of a $7.5 billion book of business I put that up against any consulting company right now. We called that play to Arvind's point, a few years ago. We do think we have a differentiated competitive value proposition of a company with an integrated tech stack plus strategic partnership AI plus a consulting business at scale with an integral part of IBM Clients Zero that drives distinctive use cases and references. We've already had over 1,000 client engagements year-to-date around GenAI from an enterprise, Software and Consulting perspective overall.
In Consulting, it's already north of 22% of our $31 billion backlog. And in this quarter, we eclipsed double-digit composition of our revenue, 12% of our revenue, growing very nicely at still a 2- to 3-point competitive advantage in terms of margin overall. And by the way, you see that play out in our consulting margins year-to-date, up 220 basis points, the highest margins we've had in a long time.
Now to your point about Software. Software, we're very pleased, growing 9% in the quarter. We accelerated about 3 points organically quarter-to-quarter. This wasn't an inorganic contribution. In fact, our inorganic contribution came down as we wrapped on some of these. It's being driven by the strong contribution of our high-value recurring revenue now a book of business, $23 billion, up 9%. And when you look underneath it, TP. TP right now just given the strength of the mainframe cycle, driving cycle dynamics. We're very encouraged around the future monetization value opportunity. And as you heard in our prepared remarks, we're calling a return to growth in TP in the fourth quarter with the strong pipeline we got.
By the way, if you map it back to the z16 cycle, what happened? In '22, our TP revenue was flat. In '23, we grew high single digit. In '24, we grew double digit. You look at '25 right now, we're calling back to growth, probably a quarter early compared to a historical cycle. We feel very good about that growth profile. And given the strong z17 where we've shipped over 100% more MIPS than the p16 -- or the z16 cycle, we're actually feeling pretty good about that valuation opportunity moving forward.
Your next question comes from Ben Reitzes with Melius Research.
Arvind, I appreciate that fourth quarter reported software growth is set to accelerate in your guidance. It sounds like above 10%. And I was just wondering about next year, you do wrap the Hashi acquisition in the spring, I think March. Do you -- are there signs that it can accelerate from here? Obviously, with Red Hat decelerating a little, I just think folks would like to know broadly if you can keep double-digit next year or even accelerate based on the portfolio, realizing that you're wrapping the acquisitions in that time frame.
Yes, Ben, great question. So let me decompose it into the 4 parts of software that we talk about, and then we'll touch on acquisitions and their contribution. And then I'll ask Jim to try to put it all together back into the financial model for you.
So let's take Red Hat. We talked about 20% signings growth this quarter. We had similar numbers in the previous quarter. As that becomes the bulk of the Red Hat book of business entering 2026, we do expect to see Red Hat returning to mid-teens or close to mid-teens growth. So that would be an acceleration from where we are this quarter.
Then next, we talked about and in the last question, Jim touched on Transaction Processing or mainframe software. We have seen this happen multiple times. In the first couple of quarters of a new cycle, tends to come down because people are very much focused on getting their hardware capacity. As that hardware capacity gets deployed, then the TP revenue begins to come up, along with some of the ELA cycle dynamics that are there, and we begin to see that. So I expect to see TP growth, not quite in double digits to be clear, but let's call it low single digits, for sure, into next year.
Automation has been growing in this last quarter at 22%. Yes, the HashiCorp acquired revenue was a piece of it. And as you point out, that will go away in the second quarter. However, the acquired properties we have tend to provide continued growth for quite a while. Because of the Hashi bookings, which are significantly ahead of where we had planned them to be, I expect we'll continue to see growth out of Hashi through 2026 as well. Now not quite as much as and acquired growth, but I do expect that we'll continue to see automation in the double digits, for sure, if -- but maybe not north of 20. And we've continued to see the data and AI portfolio grow in the mid- to high single digits.
Now that does put aside what other acquisitions we will do, part of our model for software is that we'll get a couple of points of growth from acquired revenue, and we see a good market for targets. Yes, that is yet to play out. But in the current regulatory environment, combined with what we can see out there, we expect that we should be able to do that as well. So that was sort of giving you color on the portfolio and the different pieces. I'll ask Jim to get into them closing it back up in terms of sort of what is the organic and inorganic and overall Software numbers.
Yes. Thanks, Ben, for the question overall. I mean, obviously, Software, we are a software-centric platform company overall. So it's at the heart of both our top line growth vector profile and also, more importantly, from a free cash flow generation engine overall because it delivers about 3/4 of our profit.
If you take a look at '25, I think we positioned extremely well with regards to accelerating revenue growth throughout the year off of tougher comps at the end of '24. We got to remember that. And I think that's a reflection of the strength of our portfolio, the diversity of our portfolio across the board and to the disciplined execution. Now when you look at '26, early indicators, I'll put them in some big buckets, Arvind went into some of the detail. First, I think we shouldn't forget, and Arvind called this out 90 days ago, which I think surprised many of you. We're operating in an attractive TAM and a positive backdrop from a technology perspective overall. We feel very good about technology being a source of competitive advantage. And you're seeing that play out in areas around Hybrid Cloud modernization around AI, around Automation in many areas, we see that continue. So the market backdrop, we couldn't be more optimistic around '26.
Two, the strength and diversity of our portfolio, not only has it been repositioned over the last 3 or 4 years to accelerate growth. What is happening? More and more of our composition of software is now aligned to higher growth end markets, which gives us a better vector of growth even as we go into '26.
Three, our annuity portfolio. And I don't think we get a lot of value for this, and we keep bringing it up. over a $23 billion ARR book of business, we feel we're going to exit the fourth quarter at double digits. That's a great indicator for 2026, because that is 80% of our software portfolio overall.
Four, new innovation, GenAI, I already talked about GenAI, the book of business and the acceleration we got, and all of the capital investment that's going into the infrastructure providers, I think, is just going to accelerate the innovation curve for enterprise AI overall. And we are a leader in enterprise AI just given our tech stack, our Software portfolio and Consulting, and that should deliver a few points.
Five, Red Hat, our bookings are 3 months, or 6 months, our 9-month, our 12-month RPO shows accelerating growth coming off a 20% bookings overall. By the way, we actually had more opportunity to do even better than that 20%, and that should fuel an inflected growth.
Next, M&A. The point I would bring up on M&A, Arvind already talked about, it's embedded in our model. We've said that all along. But again, I think we've got to continue selling the investor narrative because that M&A drives a much higher organic growth engine because those synergies play to those acquisitions. That's how we pay for control premiums. That's how we get an accelerated top line growth. That's how we get an accelerated bottom line growth, and we get accretive value in free cash flow in 2 years. So our organic engine continues to grow.
And then finally, TP modernization, Arvind wrapped up on it, let's just remind all the investors, TP gets monetized based on hardware installed MIP usage. I already said 2 quarters in, albeit early, we're 130% program to program on z17. Off of a z16 that was the most successful program in the history of IBM. We're at 130%. So I do my math in calculation, higher capacity opportunity creates higher monetization opportunity creates higher price opportunity creates higher value creation opportunities. So I think when you look at it, we feel pretty good about delivering our model and software.
Your next question comes from Erik Woodring with Morgan Stanley.
Just one quick clarification question there, Arvind. The growth rates you just provided in the response to that question for 2026 or into 2026. I just wanted to confirm those were all organic growth rates or whether they included M&A embedded in them?
And then my question, just taking a step back, Arvind is we've seen cloud providers experienced exceptional growth recently, particularly in infrastructure services and large-scale AI workloads, how does IBM view that trend? And do you see a similar opportunity for IBM Cloud to capture long-term infrastructure-driven demand?
The growth rates that we talked about, we tend not to do much M&A or any in both our mainframe or TPS as well as in some of the other areas. The growth rates I mentioned, I would call it, are largely organic without having any significant M&A. But tuck-ins, small M&A are probably all included in there, Erik. But if we do anything substantial, it would help accelerate those growth rates. Let's just put it that way. I'll also let Jim comment on it after I talk about the cloud opportunity.
We actually partner deeply with all the hyperscalers. A thing that we haven't talked about, but it's certainly no secret, for example, we are one of CoreWeave large clients. We also tend to use a lot of infrastructure at AWS, at Azure as well as at GCP. So as opposed to that it's an opportunity for us, Erik, it's the flip. We got a huge opportunity to do both consulting projects as well as deploy our software on those infrastructures for our clients.
As an example, if I take one of our very large health insurance clients, as they think through where they're going to deploy their AI models, they do not like deploying in a public instance but they are over defined getting a private instance in a cloud and deploying models there, deploying our software stack there and getting growth. So we tend to do that.
We also tend to, in some cases, for example, with Grok, we are deploying Grok in people's own data centers. So that's a big opportunity that comes there. That will show up in revenue for us, both in Consulting as well as in Software because on top of the Grok infrastructure, we tend to put our software stacks in some instances.
So it's less about us getting an opportunity in our cloud only, but much more that that's a growth vector that we are able to ride and that helps increase overall growth rate in both Software as well as in Consulting.
And lastly, let's not forget, our biggest beneficiary of AI infrastructure is our mainframe and our Storage portfolio at this time. The latest generation mainframe, we will surprise you with some of the numbers. This quarter, a fully populated single system is capable of doing 450 billion inferences per day. As clients purchase that capability, that will be both a further accelerate to mainframe infrastructure growth, but it also comes with a software stack that helps them do all of that inferencing.
If I look at our Storage portfolio, as many people have realized, you need a lot of storage to be able to do AI training, and we are going to be beneficiaries of that, inside our Storage portfolio as people deploy that. So I would much more say, we are actually the direct beneficiary of the hyperscale or growth of AI capability and capacity as enterprises use this capability and two, we will be a beneficiary in our mainframe and Storage stock in a direct way.
I think that, that would -- I hope, Erik addressed that part of the question.
Erik, and just to the numbers piece. I mean, first of all, we are all focused here to execute a very important fourth quarter to finish a very successful 2025 for IBM. But we -- both Arvind and I are given some color about '26 about the confidence we have in our portfolio. But let me just take a step back and remind you on Software.
Our Software model shared at Investor Day approaching double digits. That is all in. That has 2 to 3 points, give or take each year, maybe 1 point more and maybe 1 point less depending on our disciplined capital allocation around M&A of inorganic contribution and 6 to 7 to 8 points of organic. When you look at 2025, you go do the math, we're probably going to be approaching 6-plus percent organic growth overall. And we're going to have somewhere 3 to 4 points this year because we took advantage of a very strategic opportunity with HashiCorp this year.
But when you take a look at 2026, the TP growth monetization value that I talked about, the Red Hat accelerated growth profile that's on our revenue under contract, the annuity growth profile that is approaching or now going to be double digits at the exiting the year. Each of those are going to fuel that organic growth engine overall. So I think big picture, the model is pretty much what we kind of look at right now for 2026.
Your next question comes from Jim Schneider with Goldman Sachs.
Arvind, I was wondering if you could maybe elaborate a little bit on how you're thinking about M&A from a target perspective. You've previously stated you're looking to accelerate growth and you're looking for things that fit strategically with the portfolio. But on the margin, anything -- in any way you're thinking about -- differently about either the portfolio or the product piece of it or the potential size of transaction you might like to undertake? And specifically, would you consider undertaking a somewhat larger, more transformative transaction maybe not quite as big as you did with Red Hat, but a sort of similar scale relative to your overall portfolio?
Yes. Jim, thanks for the question. Look, M&A is an extremely important part of our strategy. So I want to just perhaps reiterate because this has come up on prior calls as well. We look at it always in a multiyear window. So we got to look at what is our excess cash flow over a few years. And once we have that window, that means we can sort of buy ahead, which means we can sort of lean in. Or if we don't find a good target, like we didn't, for example, I think, in 2023, then we actually spent much less than we could have.
So that's just a backdrop to the amount of financial flexibility that we have, which if I remember at our Investor Day earlier this year, we laid out that we have somewhere in the mid-20s, perhaps a bit more flexibility over a 3-year window. That's kind of a way to sort of look at it.
Next, we are very focused on the areas that we have already explained as our strategy, very top level, we say Hybrid Cloud and artificial intelligence. That translates into our hybrid portfolio, our Automation portfolio and our Data and AI portfolio. And you've seen us do acquisitions in there. For example, we bought an AI company that does B LLM, but it fit into our hybrid portfolio because it's a direct part of the Red Hat and OpenShift portfolios. We did HashiCorp, which fits directly into Automation. We did data stacks, which fits into data.
When I look at the target list, there is, I think, a pretty rich list of opportunities that are out there in the private markets, in the PE world and the public markets across those opportunities that we think will -- some of them will be actionable. It's hard to predict upfront, which are and which are not. So I think that if I put it that way.
And just to be clear, anything that is of size has to fit three criteria. It has to fit with the strategy we just laid out. There has to be synergy, AKA, the growth rate inside IBM will be above what it was as a stand-alone entity. Some of that comes from our geography spread. We have a sales team in most countries in the world. Some of it comes by the ability to bundle more attractive offerings together. And it comes from faster deployment, for example, leveraging our consulting team or the rest of our sales team. All 3 will be able to add to more -- to a faster growth rate.
Third, if it is of size, then we are very disciplined also that we like it to become accretive to cash by the end of the second year. So those are the criteria, but as you have seen, we have found plenty in the last few years that do fit that whole criteria. So I hope that, that gives you a sense.
Now your question on larger. I'll just use that word larger. We will never rule anything out, but it has to meet all the criteria that we just laid out. It is not for size alone. Red Hat allowed us to enter the new space. helped accelerate IBM's overall growth rate. By the way, both in Software and in Consulting. So that was the sort of the synergy piece that was there, and you -- many people forget, Red Hat also had a very attractive free cash flow profile that we've been able to leverage since the acquisition.
And that question comes from Brian Essex with JPMorgan.
Arvind, maybe as a follow-up as to part of Erik's question, and I appreciate your hybrid exposure here. But could you generalize what you're seeing with regard to mix as enterprises focus on AI readiness? Are cloud-native ISV-based agentic applications may be targeted at task and point solution automation, are those low-hanging fruit to prove ROI before pursuing self-hosted projects? And then maybe within the IT budgets, where is the spending coming from? What's at risk of getting trimmed as companies focused on adopting AI-based technology.
So Brian, let me address the first part of your question with a bit of depth. I actually think that these are an [indiscernible] are people going to leverage ISV, Otherwise, I'll call it, SaaS applications for getting exposure to AI and agents, either as part of those entities or as added value on to them. And there are hundreds, if not thousands, of little boutique companies that provide some of those agents that are out there. I think they will absolutely do that. They'll kick the tires on it, they'll get some value.
But at the end of the day, to get real value from AI, people have to be able to integrate their existing applications. How do they [indiscernible] what is happening in their payroll system and HR system, to perhaps something that is happening in the CRM system, to perhaps something that is happening in their ERP system, as people begin to want to build much more profound agents that is where a lot of the action that we see is happening. As people try to build those agents out, then they get deeply concerned about what is that data, where is the data going and they're going to deploy those either in their own data centers or in a private instance.
Note, a private instance of the cloud is quite protected and people do deploy a lot of critical applications that are there. But if I think about our clients in the regulated industries, banking and insurance still is very much a data center as well as a cloud picture. If I look at health care, health care data tends not to go out very much from their own data centers. If I look at telecom, most people build their own backbones and their data and applications reside there, but certain other things like marketing may well reside in the public cloud.
So as we begin to look upon all that, I believe that we are at the very big ring. I would actually characterize this, Brian, that if I was to use the baseball analogy, we're still in the first innings of enterprise AI rollout. And I expect that we will be seeing and, we will see more SaaS AI usage. We will see more public cloud AI usage and we will begin to see a lot more private AI usage as people begin to get into more critical applications and agents.
On the IT budgets. Look, IT budgets have been growing ahead of GDP. That's simply an observation. I think this began 4 or 5 years ago, but IT budgets are growing typically 2 to 3 points ahead of GDP growth. You combine that then with inflation because GDP after all, is real, not nominal. I see IT budgets stay healthy. So a lot of the growth comes from the fact that the IT budgets are growing as opposed to a cost or something else.
That said, I think people are getting very, very effective at trying to run and maintain with lower costs and putting more money towards newer projects. 5, 10 years ago, that ratio used to be 70:30, 70 are running what is 30 on new. I think that is shifting more towards a 60:40 spread and where it will go, is where we'll get the benefit. That is why our Automation portfolio and our hybrid portfolio get a lot more growth because people are using that. So it's sort of substituting for labor and in some cases, for services, by letting those capabilities move into software.
And the next question comes from Mark Newman with Bernstein.
Very good to see the growing AI book of business, and thanks for those comments just now Arvind. I don't think you've given any specific breakdown yet on the breakdown between software and consulting of the AI book of business. Is there any clarity on that? I think it used to be 80:20. Just want to clarify if there's any clarity you've given on that today.
And then a follow-up on Consulting. I think there's 2 quarters in a row now where we're seeing the book-to-bill ratio a touch below 1. I know you pointed in the earnings to a book-to-bill ratio greater than 1 if you're looking at the trailing 12 months, but I would just like to understand more on a shorter-term basis last 6 months, it seems like the book-to-bill ratio is below 1.
And if you could explain kind of why -- maybe why that's the case, why we shouldn't be worried, especially considering, I think, around 30% of signings, you mentioned are AI, which I believe are longer durations. So just a little bit of clarity around consulting and how AI plays into the to the book bill ratio and that recent number being below 1, would be appreciated.
Okay. Mark, this is Jim. I'll take both of those. Let's start with the second one first, and then I'll come back to your clarification question on GenAI, in particular, around the Software portfolio overall. And I want to dive a little bit deeper than that.
But when we take a look at Consulting, let's dial back 90 days ago. I think we surprised many, just compared to what many other consulting companies have been talking about publicly. We talked about green shoots that we saw entering second half. But I think at that time, we were prudently cautious about how we were going to monitor client buying behaviors, and we didn't expect growth in the second half, although we saw many green shoots overall.
Now we posted, I think, a marked inflection point of Consulting back to growth, up 2%. And it's been driven by what we're seeing as continued opportunity for growth as clients accelerate investment an AI-driven transformation, what we've been talking about on many of these questions here. Why? Companies are looking to unlock efficiency, business model innovation and growth, growth, growth, and AI is accelerating overall.
When we take a look at right now fourth quarter and more importantly, early parts of '26, we again see momentum around those key metrics, our backlog position, our GenAI book, strategic partnerships, and around productivity. Backlog, $31 billion, healthy growing 4% right now. Our best ever erosion, and I think multiple years. What does that see? Clients' commitment to IBM Consulting, the quality of our delivery and the value of our differentiated offerings are doing extremely well.
Now to your point about signings. Signings were down 5%. By the way, signings has been down 5 of the last 6 quarters, something like that. But as I've said many times before, why don't I start with backlog. That, to me, is the most critical component that's closest to the outcome measure. The outcome measure is revenue. Revenue growth, revenue growth as Arvind always likes to say in this conference room with our operating team. Indicators are backlog, indicators are signings. But signings are not all equal. And those signings numbers have been driven down. I think we posted down 5% based on lower large deal renewal volume.
By the way, I would argue that's a best no revenue realization, and probably worst dilutive revenue because renewals typically drive more price and more productivity. But underneath it, what are we seeing? We're seeing a tremendous improvement in the quality of our signings. Our net new business penetration, again, another quarter in a row, up double digits year-to-year on a penetration. Over 300 new clients year-to-date fueling our backlog. Our backlog realization is up over 4 points year-over-year. And when we take a look at our backlog runout, it's pretty healthy growing at market level growth rates here over the next 3, 6, 9, 12 months. A lot of work still to do to sell and bill within quarter, but a lot of good indicators.
And that GenAI, to your point, over 22% of our backlog, 30% of our signings, 12% of our revenue, that's what's inflecting the growth overall. So we feel pretty good. And that's why we called the mark inflection, and we said we're going to grow consulting here in the fourth quarter, and we feel pretty good about getting back to market growth levels in 2026.
Now GenAI, over $9.5 billion book of business, Arvind already talked about over $7.5 billion in Consulting, well over $1.5 billion, almost approaching $2 billion in Software. We're what, 7, 8 quarters in here. That number might vary quarter-by-quarter as far as the composition. But we're still pretty damn close to that 20:80 overall.
But the underpinnings behind that of the Software book in the generation. You see that play out and how it's accelerating Automation growth, but also Red Hat. I know there's been a lot of questions around Red Hat. Let me just spend a minute just to close the call on Red Hat.
Red Hat, we delivered 12% growth. We were down a couple of points quarter-to-quarter. And year-to-date, we're at 13% low teens, right? Let me break down some of the performance. One from a physician of strength and Arvind talked about a few points. OpenShift, up nearly 40% bookings. Our ARR, $1.8 billion, up mid-30s year-over-year, accelerating profile, Virtualization, now we've closed total contract value of bookings over $400 million. We got a $700 million pipeline over the next 5-plus quarters. And Ansible, 20% bookings in the quarter, accelerating the high teens.
So what happened on the sequential decline. One, as we knew we were facing tougher comparison on the consumption-based services. That impacted us by about 1 point. And RHEL about 50% of our portfolio, we've been talking about -- we've been well growing RHEL abnormally in the mid-teens. We reverted back to our model, growing 6% and at about 1 point.
Now taking a step back, Red Hat model is mid-teens. And when you look at it, our 80% subs business, we got to grow low end of that high teens. The consumption base, we got to grow high single digit. When you look at our year-to-date, and Arvind talked about our bookings year-to-date, we're well positioned on that subscription-based business growing high teens already on bookings.
And when you look at that 6-, 9-, 12-month revenue under contract, we're accelerating that growth as we go into that gives us confidence in that acceleration comment that Arvind talked about and I talked about as qualitative statements about confidence in '26.
And when you look at fourth quarter, let's put this in perspective. We're going to accelerate Red Hat growth in '25. It's going to be a nice acceleration on the subs. And we got about a 2-point headwind on consumption-based services. We knew about that because last year, we grew consumption-based services high teens. And when you look at fourth quarter, we're going to wrap on that. We've known about that all year long. So when we look at fourth quarter, double-digit solid double-digit growth in Red Hat, low teen growth for the year, nice composition of where that acceleration is. But the most important thing, we're well positioned for 2026.
So with that, I'll turn it back over to Arvind to close out the call.
Thanks, Jim. Look, to close out, we are pleased with our performance this quarter. All of our segments accelerated sequentially. Our portfolio strength, business model and relentless focus on productivity, reinforce our confidence in the trajectory I look forward to sharing our progress as we close out the year.
Thank you, Arvind. Operator, let me turn it back to you to close out the call.
Thank you for participating on today's call. The conference has now ended. You may disconnect at this time.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
IBM — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
IBM — Q3 2025 Earnings Call
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Umsatz: +7% YoY; Wachstum beschleunigt, alle Segmente sequenziell stärker.
- Software: +9% YoY; ARR (Annual Recurring Revenue) $23,2 Mrd (+9%).
- Infrastructure: +15% YoY; IBM Z (z17) +59%, Hybrid Infrastructure +26%.
- Profitabilität: Adjusted EBITDA +22%; Adjusted‑EBITDA‑Margin +290 Basispunkte.
- Cash: Free Cash Flow YTD $7,2 Mrd; Guidance FY erhöht auf ≈ $14 Mrd.
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Strategie‑Fokus: Klare Priorität auf Hybrid Cloud und künstliche Intelligenz; Kernprodukte watsonx, Granite 4.0 und Agentic‑Funktionalitäten werden als Wachstumstreiber genannt.
- Produktintegration: HashiCorp‑Integration und Red Hat‑Distribution treiben Automation und OpenShift‑Wachstum; z17 positioniert für Echtzeit‑Inferencing in mission‑kritischen Systemen.
- Produktivität: „Client Zero“ als Referenzprogramm; interne AI‑Automatisierung hebt erwartete Run‑Rate‑Einsparungen auf ~$4,5 Mrd Ende Jahr (vorher Ziel $2 Mrd).
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Unternehmensziele: Umsatzwachstum >5% für 2025, Adjusted EBITDA Wachstum Mitte‑Zweistellig, Free Cash Flow ≈ $14 Mrd; operative Steuerungsannahmen bestätigt.
- Segment‑Erwartungen: Software „approaching double digits“ für das Jahr, Red Hat mittlere Teens, Infrastructure soll >1,5 Prozentpunkte zum Konzernwachstum beitragen.
- Near‑Term‑Risiken: Transaction‑Processing (TP) war kurzfristig schwächer, Management erwartet Rückkehr zu Wachstum in Q4; makro‑/zyklische Unsicherheiten bleiben.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Free Cash Flow: Nachfrage nach One‑Offs; CFO nennt $500M QRadar‑Vergleichseffekt aus Vorjahr; Conversionrate von FCF in den „mid‑ to high‑120s“ möglich.
- AI‑Impact: AI‑Book >$9,5 Mrd; Consulting‑GenAI >$1,5 Mrd im Quartal; Analysten hoben Pipeline und Monetarisierungspotenzial hervor.
- M&A‑Strategie: Fokus auf strategische „tuck‑ins“ und selektive größere Targets; Kriterium: strategische Synergie und Cash‑Akkretion bis Ende Jahr 2 nach Abschluss.
⚡ Bottom Line
IBM liefert beschleunigtes, breit getragenes Wachstum mit deutlicher Margen‑ und Cash‑Verbesserung und hebt Guidance an. Positive Implikation für Aktionäre: stärkere Free‑Cash‑Flow‑Engine und klarer AI/Hybrid‑Cloud‑Pfad. Zu beobachten bleiben TP‑Zyklik, M&A‑Execution und makro Bedrohungen.
IBM — Goldman Sachs Communacopia + Technology Conference 2025
1. Question Answer
Good morning, everybody. Welcome to the Goldman Sachs Communacopia and Technology Conference. My name is Jim Schneider. I'm the IT services analyst here at Goldman Sachs. It's my pleasure to welcome IBM to the stage today and CFO, Jim Kavanaugh. Welcome, Jim. Thanks for being here.
Thank you very much for having us. Appreciate it, Jim.
Jim, I think we're still kind of in an environment right now where I think many would say there are significant macro risks. But I think it's also fair to say your tone on recent conference calls kind of changed a little bit in terms of being more positive on the macro situation. And then at the same time, it seems like the discretionary spending in some areas in terms of IT spending remains weak. And you have your finger on the pulse of the Fortune 500 as much as anyone at this conference, I think, given your kind of broad exposure across a bunch of different technology areas. So can you maybe sort of unpack what you're seeing, how you see the tone for overall IT spending and what you see for IBM?
That's a great place to start. In all my conversations earlier today, it's been at the heart of each of the investors about the macroeconomic environment. But I will tell you, Arvind opened up our earnings call here in July about 6 weeks ago with an overarching statement around the macroeconomic environment that I think has caught many investors by surprise. And in reality, specifically he changed one word. He went from cautiously optimistic to optimistic. And I think if you really take the backdrop from that, it really aligns to what we've been saying for quite some time right now around how technology is the source of competitive advantage in the world. It is the driving force behind global business and economic growth. I would tell you, I do a lot of peer-based discussions.
And over those discussions, each of those clients talk about technology and what it could do to their business. Number one, definitely scale businesses. That's what technology does, right? Two, it creates a way to drive efficiency and productivity that creates financial flexibility to invest in your business overall for growth. That's what every CFO is looking for. But three, especially very pertinent today with the explosion of GenAI, is it also allows you to capture and seize new business market opportunities, new sources of revenue growth over time. So when you take a look at that, that really aligns to how we've laid out our strategy in IBM. And it's the 4 convictions we've been talking about for quite some time.
One, technology is the only deflationary force. Two, AI is the most powerful form of value creation. Three, hybrid cloud is the most prevalent architecture for today's GenAI area. And four, open source. It's a new paradigm of innovation. And that has really influenced, I think, what Arvind was talking about, about moving from cautiously optimistic to optimistic because if you look around the world, the power of technology is embedded in many global business and economic agendas.
Look at Japan, reindustrializing the nation and digitizing through technology. Southeast Asia, many of the markets are growing double digits at real actual rates. You look at Middle East, they're looking at diversifying their economy by leveraging technology. And across Europe, remarkably resilient right now. And when you get underneath it, they're addressing challenges around supply chain, around cybersecurity, around defense through technology. And last, North America, they are investing significantly to drive the leadership position in AI. So I think that's what's behind the movement to optimistic.
Maybe unpack it further, what areas of spend do you see being strong, which ones are still weak or muted at this point where people are cautious? Is this, do you think, more of a timing thing and it's a few months before clients start to kind of restart spending in discretionary in a more meaningful way? And maybe what markers are you sort of watching to determine when we see an inflection or turning point?
Yes. If you just build on that answer from a macro perspective, I think right now, with the explosion of GenAI, and by the way, the tighter linkage of hybrid cloud and GenAI, which is at the heart of IBM's strategy. It's who we are as a platform-centric company. I think it's generating tremendous interest in hybrid cloud modernizations, in Agentic AI, specifically around orchestration and agents. Remember, there's an explosion in AI models that are creating an explosion in AI applications. I think we said on our Investor Day that we think there's going to be 1 billion new applications being generated over the next handful of years. Think about that. Each of those applications are going to call on multiple agents.
So enterprises are looking at how do they build a framework to manage, govern, monitor, secure, comply and what's happening with that. And then automation is at the core of driving efficiency, productivity to free up investment. Data is going to be at the source of everything. So I think those are major areas that we're going to continue to see incremental TAM, incremental growth vectors overall. Fueling then that investment, models are going to change. Like anything, when you have a major technological inflection shift, I always talk about this industry for decades and decades and decades, follows a curve of innovation, commoditization.
Innovation, you're going to get disruption in major technology shifts is going to cause people to adjust business models and operating models that ultimately reestablishes a whole new set of TAM, a whole new set of growth prospects. But those areas, I mean, I would tell you, custom application, is going to move to code modernization through GenAI. I would tell you, BPO is getting disrupted tremendously, seat-based models, anything delivered with time and material-based contracts. The whole business models are moving to outcome-based. They're moving to share win models. And that's where some of the spending, labor-based discretionary staff augmentation. Those are some of the areas, Jim, I would talk about.
That's very helpful. Maybe we'll pivot right to software because I think that's at the core of many investors' questions whenever I talk to investors about IBM and your ability to kind of deliver growth there. So I think it's a pivotal factor as well for your broader business, as you've pointed out before. In Q2, software was about in line with the Street, but growth in the first half is running a bit below your full year target of 10% growth. So as we look to the back half of this year, what gives you the confidence of achieving that kind of full year growth target?
Yes. Great question overall, and it's been at the heart of all of my conversations this morning, was to talk to about 100 different investors over 5 sessions this morning. IBM is a software-led hybrid cloud platform-centric company. As software grows, as the market grows and as we compete, the IBM sentiment and valuation move. Also behind that, software, about 45% of IBM's revenue, about 2/3 of our profit and cash. 80% of that software book is high-value recurring revenue that carries high marginal profit and cash. And it's a business that's operating north of a Rule of 40 already, which we think we can get this to a Rule of 50 in a few years.
And it capitalizes on a very attractive economic multiplier around our platforms. Every time we land $1 of a platform, hybrid cloud, AI, we get $3 to $5 of software. So it's an integral part of that strategy. Now Jim, to your point, we entered 2025 from a position of strength. And then we held our Investor Day in February, we talked about our software growth model. And just let me reiterate what that is. Red Hat hybrid cloud, mid-teens, automation portfolio growing low double digits, our data portfolio growing mid- to high single and transaction processing growing at mid-single digit. And that was driven by how we entered the year. One, significant investment in bringing new innovation to market that we shared at our Think conference.
Two, the strength of our recurring revenue base, $23 billion book of business growing double digits. Three, Red Hat momentum. Four, our GenAI book of business, which we just exited second quarter with over $1.5 billion book of business inception to date. And then finally, M&A growth synergies and how we've been transforming the portfolio and optimizing it to higher-end growth markets. So given this is the heart of the question here today, let me spend a couple of minutes breaking it down about how do we deliver that approaching double-digit software growth model. And I'm going to do it with relation to that investor growth profile.
So when you look at it, Red Hat. Red Hat's model, mid-teens. We accelerated growth in the second quarter. We delivered 14.5% growth, strong double-digit ACV bookings with a CRPO that's growing mid-teens overall. We've got great growth prospect opportunities in front of us today that will be long-term growth vectors. What am I talking about? Virtualization opportunity, GenAI opportunity, containerization of hybrid clouds right now and architectures and automation. And when you look at it, we've got a Red Hat OpenShift book of business that now exiting second quarter is $1.7 billion, growing high 20%. By the way, that's 15x multiple since the time of pre-acquisition. So we feel pretty good about our software book of business on Red Hat.
And we think for the full year, we're going to deliver pretty consistent to 2Q, deliver a mid-teens growth, and that's going to deliver 3.5 points of that overall software growth. So that's one aspect. Second, automation. Model is low double digits. When you look at through the first half, we're executing above model. That's at mid-teens. We're off to a tremendous start with HashiCorp. Couldn't be more excited about that acquisition. In the first full quarter, we doubled our bookings growth already in 90 days. Oh, by the way, we closed the integration of HashiCorp over a $6 billion acquisition in 60 days. We have never closed an acquisition of that size that quick. Why is that important? Off to a fast start. We entered the second half with a pipeline that's 3x up year-to-year. So I think it talks and reflects the synergistic value of that HashiCorp and what it means to our automation portfolio.
So you bring automation for the full year, we think we're going to execute above model. We're going to grow mid-teens to high teens overall. That will contribute about 4 points to overall software growth. Third, data. Data models mid- to high single digit. We're executing on that through the first half of this year. We just printed 7% overall. We're very excited about the GenAI momentum and acceleration around our agents, around our AI middleware, around our orchestration layer. We're seeing nice M&A synergy with data stacks overall. And that new innovation we bring to market, we think data is going to deliver on its model. That will deliver another 1.5 points of growth to software. So those 3 alone already get you north of 9%.
Then you get to TP. TP, the model is mid-single digit. We're operating below model in the first half. This is entirely driven about the strength of what's happening with our mainframe launch in the second quarter. Clients are definitely prioritizing hardware purchases over software. And I would tell you that's a very good thing. Why would I say that? If you look at it, in the second quarter, 18 days' worth of business, our z17 with all the new innovation we plowed into that with GenAI on the chips, Spyre inferencing, Quantum-safe resiliency, security, we delivered 67% growth, and we shipped over 100% MIPS year-over-year in 18 days. That definitely was impacting our software because clients were prioritizing buying hardware versus buying software.
By the way, no different than if you go back to our last cycle of z16, followed the same dynamics. Why is that important and why am I encouraged by it? Because the way we monetize TP software over the life cycle of the mainframe because it's a platform play, is TP is monetized through clients consuming installed MIPS opportunity in the marketplace. We've got 125 million MIPS in the marketplace that is driving over 70% of the world's transaction volumes in terms of value. That is a tremendous TAM opportunity around it. Now when you look at it, TP, the more capacity you put in market, shipped over 100% in the first 18 days, the more monetization opportunity you have, the more price opportunity that you have and the more value creation opportunity you have. So all in all, we feel pretty good about TP. It will deliver about 0.5 point of growth this year, but we think -- look at what happened in z16, year 2, year 3, we accelerated that TP growth, and we're ahead of that track right now. So we're excited about the future.
Very good. Want to ask you about the sort of containerization versus virtualization space. Broadcom did a VMware acquisition. That continues to kind of spark debates about the technology future between those 2 competing technologies. What are you seeing from enterprise customers in terms of are they rethinking their infrastructure strategy on that front? And given the opportunity for IBM in the wake of that acquisition, how do you think you feel about the sort of revenue capture opportunity in client conversations? Are they progressing better or worse or the same as they had in the past couple of years or so?
Yes. Interesting how you phrased the question with regards to the Broadcom VMware acquisition. But I think what you say -- what you look at is I'm a firm believer in any disruption creates an opportunity. And that definitely is accelerating every enterprise rethinking their platform architecture strategy. But I think when you take a step back, this plays right to the strategic thesis of why we acquired Red Hat. And if you remember back, this is 2018, when we announced the Red Hat acquisition, we had a very distinctive point of view. We said at that point in time that the world was going to be hybrid multi-cloud. Everyone thought at that point in time, Jim, world was going to be 100% workloads are moving to public cloud. And we also said containers were going to win.
And we put in addition to that, that we saw the synergistic value of hybrid cloud and AI being tightly integrated a lot, that's how Arvind pivoted the strategy of IBM to a hybrid cloud AI-based company. And when you look at it, the market, I think, has moved our way. When you look at today, hybrid cloud is the most dominant architecture. Over 70% of businesses run hybrid. And based on a McKinsey study, 95% of businesses are going to run containerized applications with the explosion of GenAI. So when you take a step back, think now today's IBM. IBM plus Red Hat with its OpenShift containerization strategy, plus HashiCorp, we have the de facto end-to-end industry leader hybrid multi-cloud platform. 93% of the Fortune 500 companies leverage and buy IBM's hybrid multi-cloud products and offerings. And Red Hat, look what we've done in 5 years, 2.5x the revenue, 15x Red Hat OpenShift over time.
So I take a step back and I would say to the investors today, what is the opportunity set with regards to virtualization versus containerization? I would tell you, give or take, it's about $5 billion worth at play. That was VMware's x86 virtualization. Do you think we could capture 10%, 20%, 30% of that opportunity given the industry-leading capability and the differentiated value proposition we bring to market, think about how much substantial Red Hat sustainable growth profile that would be.
By the way, early in the cycle, a few quarters in, we've already closed over $300 million worth of book of business on Red Hat OpenShift with regards to containerization. We entered the second half with a pipeline that's north of $500 million. So we feel pretty good. By the way, Jim, as I told investors this morning, this is a long-term growth vector opportunity. This isn't just a 2025 statement. Why? We have a differentiated value proposition, Red Hat virtualization, containerization, plus our AI capabilities. When you think about our watsonx capability, Red Hat OpenShift, a consulting business at scale to do application modernization, pretty powerful. And that's what clients are seeing across many different industries with that $300 million book of business already behind us.
Yes. Interesting. I want to pivot to AI. You mentioned in the answer to the last question, but we've seen a lot of AI-related product announcements from IBM even this year, watsonx Orchestrate, RHEL AI, Granite models, Consulting Advantage and then, of course, the z17 capabilities. Can you talk about IBM's overall strategy around AI, maybe contextualize all those different product announcements with what your true aim here is?
Yes. First of all, we run an integrated platform-based strategy around a GenAI-based platform. And I would tell you, we're very pleased where we're at very early in the cycle. Just exiting first half with over a $7.5 billion book of business, about 80% of that consulting, north of $6 billion book of business that I would put up against any SI provider right now. And second, about 20% of that book is software over a $1.5 billion book of business. But Jim, to the heart of your question, we spent time at our Investor Day earlier this year talking about the enterprise point of view. Again, we're not talking consumer, but enterprise point of view around GenAI and the critical pain points that are going to determine the rate and pace and scale and adoption. And I would put it in 3 buckets.
Number one, cost, and that is both technical and operational costs. Clients, enterprises are looking always for more efficient solutions. Two, complexity. And I don't just mean models. We got explosion in models, right? I mean data applications deployed in hybrid environments with security is a big challenge. If you think about it, the explosion of AI models, what there's 2 million models, I think I read over the weekend out there in the marketplace today. I already quoted over the next few years, there's going to be 1 billion-plus new applications that are going to be developed. Think about those applications that are going to be calling on multiple agents, enterprises, complexity, enterprises like IBM, which I could speak from experience running IT architecture underneath my role in IBM, we have to have a framework to manage and govern this explosion of GenAI.
And third is around expertise. I would tell you, in enterprise deploying GenAI is not easy. You've got to understand and have innovative technical depth, but you also have to have domain and industry knowledge to embed GenAI into workflows of how you run your company. So we set up an AI strategy in IBM to address those critical pain points and also deliver a differentiated value proposition. It begins with, one, open innovation architecture. We believe in that. We have always, since the Red Hat acquisition, been investing in open source. We believe that is the fastest, most innovative way of leveraging the developer community. Two, hybrid. IBM is the only company that can build, deploy and manage software in the hybrid cloud in AI arena.
Three, multi-model. The world is going to operate foundation models, large language models, fit-for-purpose models, and we offer all facets at 90% better cost efficiency. Four, and this is going to get front and center to this explosion of GenAI is orchestration. I talked about this enterprise framework needed to govern and manage. And five, last but not least, is domain expertise. We are the only company that brings an innovative tech stack plus an ecosystem partnership with a consulting business at scale with domain expertise and with a client zero case to sit in front of customers and talk about how we're disrupting ourselves to reinvent the way we run our company. So we've built a strong platform with a full suite of opportunities, everything from the AI platform to data services to AI middleware, to agents, to orchestration, to AI on infrastructure on the mainframe right now to a consulting business, and we can monetize value across the board. So I think there's tremendous opportunity for us to capture incremental TAM and growth prospects as we move forward.
Yes. And then maybe I want to touch on another area of innovation for IBM, and that's Quantum. You've kind of been quietly making progress on your quantum road map. Maybe just give investors an update on where you are in this time line, what are the early use cases for quantum adoption? And when should we think about IBM's positioning in the market and when that becomes a meaningful revenue generator for the company?
Absolutely, and thank you for asking the question. We are extremely excited about the emerging opportunity around quantum. In fact, BCG did a study that we shared at Investor Day that we think at scale, this emerging technology can create $500 billion worth of value creation in the market. So a huge TAM opportunity. And we believe we have an industry leadership position right now. We've been investing in this for almost a decade right now. And we got a first-mover advantage overall. When you take a look at use cases, we're into almost hundreds of use cases already, Jim.
That might surprise you across many different areas. Aerospace, automotive, around AV fluid dynamics with Bosch and Toyota, around financial services, around risk management, market simulation, fraud, AML, working with companies like Wells Fargo, HSBC, Crédit Mutuel, around high-tech areas, around catalysts and materials, working with companies like Bosch and Mitsubishi Chemical, around energy and utilities, around solar, battery development, working with companies like ExxonMobil, E.ON, Woodside; and around health care, working with companies like Cleveland Clinic, Moderna on drug discovery. So there is already tremendous excitement and real-world examples already around use cases.
But let me take a step back. Why are we so excited and why we have the first-mover advantage. We're building a platform-centric strategy around quantum, starting with an IBM Quantum hardware platform, by the way, the most performant in the industry today. We have today over 75 quantum computers in production scaling. Put that in perspective, that's more than the entire industry combined. Yet a significant scale, speed and cost efficiency point. On top of that hardware platform, we're building an IBM software quantum platform. That is Qiskit. By the way, very analogous to what NVIDIA did around GPUs with CUDA. This is becoming the de facto software platform for quantum.
In fact, today, based on third parties, it's the most built upon software platform by a factor of 4. So we have a very good head start. And then finally, on top of that software platform, we're building out an IBM services and ecosystem, leveraging the IBM Quantum network, over 300 partners across academia, business and government. And to your point, Jim, it might surprise many of you, Inception to date, we've already eclipsed $1 billion worth of bookings around IBM Quantum. So we feel very good about this future. And to your point about technology milestones, we've been very transparent. We've said we believe and we are on track by 2026, we are going to demonstrate Quantum Advantage. And by 2028, we are going to demonstrate the first error-corrected IBM quantum computer. That's why we believe and we have said publicly, we think Quantum is going to be scaling commercially by the end of this decade.
Very interesting. Very interesting. Maybe I want to touch on consulting for a second because that's an area where IBM's growth flywheel depends on multiple legs of the stool, if you will, software infrastructure consulting. But we've seen headwinds in consulting for some time now across the broader industry, not just IBM. So what strategies are you employing to ensure that this business can kind of regain momentum once the broader discretionary environment starts to recover?
Yes. Consulting, integral part of our overall platform-centric strategy, right? Why capitalize on very attractive economic multiplier. Every time we land $1 of platform, OpenShift, watsonx, GenAI, we get $6 to $8 of consulting business. Second, it drives scale and adoption of our platforms and it pulls through our technology overall. Yes, the market is going through a very dynamic client buying behavior, let's just put -- use those words overall. But by the way, I would tell you, as I was speaking with investors this morning, you look at the history of the IT services consulting market. In any major technology inflection shift, be that the advent of the Internet, we did 40 years' worth of analysis. Internet, globalization in the early 2000s to cloud, now GenAI, it's always followed a pattern around cyclicality of business, back to my innovation commoditization. Why? Because clients are reprioritizing spending to invest in new technologies overall.
But we believe that and are excited about the secular growth opportunity around GenAI. I talked earlier about north of a $6 billion book of business. This is going to create a whole new services market around a set of capabilities. I've been talking about just as the explosion of cloud created digital transformation 1.0, I think GenAI is going to kickstart digital transformation 2.0. And we're seeing that in areas around application modernization services, AI model life-cycle management, around data transformation services, around security, governance, compliance, a whole new set of services overall. So we've been focused in consulting about redesigning our operating model and aligning our portfolio where those growth vectors are.
By the way, Jim, 85% of our portfolio is now aligned to those key growth vectors of where we think the puck is moving around that. Second, we are reinventing and moving to a human-plus digital world, leveraging our industry-leading Agentic AI platform, IBM Consulting Advantage, driving services as software and leveraging technology and innovation arbitrage. And then finally, our strategic partnerships. We still have a lot of headroom to go as we move forward. So we feel pretty good. By the way, look at IDC, Gartner, they're calling 2026 growth anywhere from 4% to 7% overall, and we see that growth inflecting overall. Our job is to continue to be the strategic provider of choice in GenAI, drive our backlog, which, by the way, is $32 billion is up 8% exiting first half. So that's a great indicator and continue to improve the business model efficiency, I think, underappreciated the gross profit dollar contribution in cash, our margins are up 220 basis points year-over-year. So we feel pretty good about the future there, Jim.
Yes. Maybe I'll just end on one last question, which is about sort of your focus on productivity, internal transformation through AI. You've called that sort of using IBM as Client Zero. As you look at the scale of cost savings and productivity you've realized so far internally, how do you size the opportunity set as you kind of take these internal use cases and implement them from clients? And are there any particular regions or industries you think you can drive the most value?
Yes, definitely. It's a great place to end because you've seen what we've done to reinvent our business and what it's done from a value creation thesis overall. But operating leverage productivity has always been essential element on our financial model and investment thesis overall. I would tell you, not only has Arvind brought in a whole fundamental cultural transformation in the IBM company around a growth mindset, portfolio, innovation, ecosystems, et cetera, he's also brought a productivity mindset into this company, speed, value, efficiency and productivity. And our Client Zero, it's IBM's branding that instantiates the power of technology and how it could create sustainable competitive advantage for any company in any industry to capitalize and drive scale, productivity efficiency, seize new market opportunities, new sources of growth and enable you to reinvent your business.
Now -- and it drives a flywheel effect, productivity generates investment flexibility to enable any CEO, CFO to drive growth. I think we bring a very differentiated competitive advantage to the marketplace. That is I call the triangle, an innovative tech stack, coupled with a consulting business at scale, with an IBM Client Zero as the ultimate use client reference case where we could sit across the table and talk about how we're leveraging technology digitization to transform our business. And if you look at it, Jim, what's happened? Look at the value creation we've taken over the last few years. One, we just exited first half. We took up our annual exit productivity target to now $4.5 billion in just 2.5 years from where we started with an original intent of $2 billion.
Two, we've taken our G&A efficiency ratios from where we started being about 25% of the competitive benchmarking, almost embarrassing to now we exited 2024 north of the industry median, and we think we're on a path to get to the top decile. What has that done to our business? We've grown our operating EBIT margins by 1,000 basis points in the last 3 years. $33 billion of free cash flow generation cumulatively, raised our free cash flow margins by 5 points, and we've delivered significant total shareholder return, over $100 billion of market value creation and consistently outdelivered S&P and S&P Tech over that time period. So Client Zero is an integral part of that operating leverage that feel we've got much more headroom on where we can go, and that's why we laid out our model to grow revenue at 5-plus percent around our strategic horizon, grow operating leverage by about 1 point per year and grow free cash flow in excess of revenue, generating high free cash flow margin as we move forward.
Great. That's a perfect note on which to end. Thank you very much, Jim, for being with us.
Appreciate it, Jim. Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
IBM — Goldman Sachs Communacopia + Technology Conference 2025
IBM — Goldman Sachs Communacopia + Technology Conference 2025
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Kernaussage: IBM positioniert sich als software‑geführte Hybrid‑Cloud‑und‑GenAI‑Plattform; Management signalisiert Optimismus gegenüber Makro und sieht Technologie (insbesondere GenAI) als Treiber für Nachfrage und nachhaltiges Wachstum.
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Software‑Fokus: Software ~45% des Umsatzes, ~2/3 des Gewinns; $23 Mrd. hochrechenbares wiederkehrendes Buch; Ziel: Rule of 50 (Rule of 40 erklärt Verhältnis Wachstum vs. Profitabilität) mittelfristig.
- Red Hat & OpenShift: Red Hat Q2 +14.5%; OpenShift‑Buch $1.7 Mrd., Wachstum «high‑20%»; Red Hat soll mittelfristig deutlich zur Software‑Wachstumsrate beitragen.
- Automation & M&A: HashiCorp‑Akquisition (~$6 Mrd.) in 60 Tagen integriert; Automation jetzt mit dreifach höherer Pipeline vs. Vorjahr, erwartet Mid‑ bis High‑Teen‑Wachstum.
- GenAI & Consulting: GenAI‑Buch ~$7.5 Mrd. (≈$6 Mrd. Consulting, ~$1.5 Mrd. Software); Consulting backlog $32 Mrd., Treiber für Plattform‑Adoption.
- Quantum: >75 Quantenrechner in Produktion, >$1 Mrd. Buchungen in der Entstehung; Ziel: Quantum Advantage bis 2026, fehlerkorrigierter QC bis 2028.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Konkrete Zahlen: GenAI‑Buch $7.5 Mrd. (80% Consulting), Quantum‑Buchungen >$1 Mrd., Red Hat OpenShift‑Pipeline >$500 Mio. zu Beginn des 2. Halbjahrs.
- TP‑Dynamics: Transaction Processing (TP) — wegen starker Mainframe‑(z‑Serie)‑Nachfrage kurzfristig Softwarewachstum gedämpft; 18 Tage Launch → >100% MIPS‑Lieferung, TP soll langfristig monetär hebeln.
- Produktivitätsziel: Jahresziel für Productivity‑Saves auf $4.5 Mrd. erhöht; Margen und FCF deutlich verbessert.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Makro/IT‑Spend: Nachfrage sichtbar selektiv—stark: GenAI/Hybrid‑Cloud/Orchestrierung; schwächer: traditionelle zeit‑/personellbasierte Ausgaben. Management nannte Marker (Modernisierung, Agentic AI, Automatisierung).
- Software‑Guidance: Kavanaugh legte eine Punkt‑Aufschlüsselung vor (Red Hat ~3.5pp, Automation ~4pp, Data ~1.5pp, TP ~0.5pp) als Argument, warum Full‑Year ~10% erreichbar ist—sehr detailliert, aber abhängig von H2‑Execution.
- Risiken/Offen: Virtualisierungs‑vs‑Container‑Chancen (VMware/Broadcom) wurden quantifiziert (~$5 Mrd. adressierbares Volumen); Management nannte frühe Wins ($300 Mio.) und Pipeline, blieb aber bei Marktanteilsannahmen vorsichtig.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Implikation: Call stärkt das Wachstumsnarrativ: Plattform‑Hebel (Red Hat, Automation, GenAI) plus Consulting‑Backlog und Productivity‑Gains stützen Margen und Cash. Kurzfristig kann Mainframe‑Hardware Timing‑Effekte auf Softwarewachstum erzeugen; entscheidend bleibt H2‑Execution bei Software, Integration von HashiCorp und die Realisierung von GenAI‑Aufträgen.
IBM — Q2 2025 Earnings Call
1. Management Discussion
Welcome, and thank you for standing by. [Operator Instructions] Today's conference is being recorded. [Operator Instructions] Now I will turn the meeting over to Olympia McNerney, IBM's Global Head of Investor Relations. Olympia, you may begin.
Thank you. I'd like to welcome you to IBM's Second Quarter 2025 Earnings Presentation. I'm Olympia McNerney, and I'm here today with Arvind Krishna, IBM's Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer; and Jim Kavanaugh, IBM's Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. We'll post today's prepared remarks on the IBM investor website within a couple of hours, and a replay will be available by this time tomorrow.
To provide additional information to our investors, our presentation includes certain non-GAAP measures. For example, all of our references to revenue and signings growth are at constant currency. We provided reconciliation charts for these and other non-GAAP financial measures at the end of the presentation, which is posted to our investor website.
Finally, some comments made in this presentation may be considered forward-looking under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These statements involve factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially. Additional information about these factors is included in the company's SEC filings. So with that, I'll turn the call over to Arvind.
Thank you for joining us today. In the second quarter, we delivered solid results across revenue, profit and cash, exceeding our expectations. Our performance this quarter was led by software and infrastructure as demand remains high for technology that improves productivity, reduces costs and fuels innovation. While the operating environment remains dynamic, these results reflect the strength of our portfolio and the resiliency of our business model.
Before I get deeper into the results, let me touch on the broader economic backdrop. I'll start by saying that we appreciate the administration's priority on economic growth and focused regulation, which will strengthen the U.S. competitive position. We believe this will result in long-term value creation and enable technology to contribute to economic growth. Technology continues to serve as a key competitive advantage, allowing businesses to scale, drive efficiencies and fuel growth, and we saw this play out in the quarter. While not a major factor overall, geopolitical tensions are prompting a few clients to move cautiously. U.S. federal spending was also somewhat constrained in the first half, but we do not expect it to create long-term headwinds.
Let me now turn to our execution in the quarter. Our strategy remains focused, hybrid cloud and artificial intelligence. This strategy is built on 5 reinforcing elements: client trust, flexible and open platforms, sustained innovation, deep domain expertise, and a broad ecosystem. Together, they form a flywheel for growth, which again played out this quarter.
In Software, we continue to see momentum, including 14% growth in Red Hat. HashiCorp is also off to a great start, accelerating performance in our first full quarter since closing and seeing early wins with joint Ansible and Terraform product synergies. Infrastructure was up 11%, driven by a very strong start to z17. The new IBM Z is an embodiment of the hybrid cloud and AI capabilities we bring to clients. IBM Z continues to deliver on its core strengths, AI, security, and scalable capacity, driving its enduring nature with clients. These results were balanced by Consulting performance, which continues to be impacted by the demand environment.
AI remains a powerful driver of transformation for our clients and for IBM. We are transforming our enterprise operations, using technology and embedding AI across more than 70 workflows, leveraging our own IBM software solutions across Hybrid Cloud, Automation and AI to drive competitive advantage. What differentiates IBM is the breadth of our AI offerings with an innovative technology stack and Consulting business at scale and our Client Zero lens. Our GenAI book of business now stands at over $7.5 billion inception-to-date, with momentum accelerating quarter-over-quarter.
We are seeing strong demand for our AI agents and assistants, RHEL AI, Granite models, as well as an accelerating need for our consulting services to deploy AI. Just last week, IBM was recognized as an emerging leader in the first-ever Gartner Emerging Market quadrant for GenAI Consulting and Implementation Services.
Our Client Zero experience has resonated with companies like UPS, Verizon, Mizuho, and Nestle, while using our AI tools to unlock data, drive automation and reduce operational friction. As clients focus on scaling AI and delivering ROI, our progress on internal productivity is fueling and accelerating our client engagements. We're also expanding our partner ecosystem to deliver AI at scale. This quarter, we announced new or deepened collaborations with Oracle, Box, AWS, Salesforce, Microsoft, EY, Finastra, and WPP. Each is aimed at embedding watsonx into core business workflows.
At Think 2025, we introduced new capabilities across our portfolio. We launched new features for watsonx Orchestrate, which allows users to build custom AI agents in minutes with no coding required. There are now more than 150 prebuilt domain-specific agents in our catalog, spanning HR, sales, procurement and IT. Our partners are building on this as well, integrating agents from Oracle, Salesforce, AWS, and others. And Orchestrate supports the full agent life cycle from building to managing and governing agents across business functions regardless of which AI models they are built with.
We expanded watsonx.data to enable our enterprise clients to get easy access and drive value from their trusted unstructured data. And our webMethods hybrid integration simplifies our clients' connect workflows, APIs and data across hybrid environments. As agentic AI matures, we believe it will power over 1 billion new applications and a massive expansion in code, driving a critical need for automation. Our automation portfolio is uniquely positioned to deliver these solutions to clients across hybrid cloud.
SAP plans to deploy our high-value automation portfolio, including Red Hat Ansible automation platform and HashiCorp, Terraform, and Vault, highlighting the opportunity we have in product synergies. Innovation also extends to infrastructure. This quarter, we launched z17, our most advanced mainframe yet. It features the new Telum II processor delivering more than 450 billion AI inference operations per day with millisecond latency. That means AI models can run directly on transactional workloads with no external servers needed.
The Spyre Accelerator, which will be available in the fourth quarter, will enable watsonx Code Assistant for Z and watsonx Assistant for Z to run natively on z17. As more than 70% of IBM Z clients continue to expand or maintain capacity, our software stack is bringing even more innovation to IBM Z, including watsonx Code Assistant for Z, watsonx.data, Concert and HashiCorp Vault.
In July, we introduced Power11 to deliver the performance, resiliency and scalability enterprises need to run mission-critical data-intensive workloads across hybrid environments. And we have announced Rise with SAP on Power11. In Quantum, we achieved a major milestone with the deployment of IBM Quantum System Two in Japan in partnership with RIKEN. This marks the first installation outside the United States and underscores our commitment to global leadership in quantum computing.
To complement our organic innovation, M&A remains important. We closed the acquisition of DataStax this quarter, adding real-time scalable data capabilities to support AI-driven applications. In closing, we remain focused on consistent execution and long-term growth. While the environment remains dynamic, we have a disciplined strategy and a durable business model. Given our first half performance, we continue to expect accelerating revenue growth to 5%-plus and are raising our expectations for free cash flow to above $13.5 billion for the year. We are confident in our ability to deliver sustainable, profitable growth. Jim, over to you.
Thanks, Arvind. In the second quarter, we delivered $17 billion in revenue, $4.7 billion of adjusted EBITDA, $3.2 billion of operating pretax income, and operating earnings per share of $2.80. And through the first half, we generated $4.8 billion of free cash flow, our highest first half free cash flow margin in many years. Our revenue growth, mix and productivity drove 200 basis points of adjusted EBITDA margin expansion, 16% adjusted EBITDA growth and 15% operating earnings per share growth.
We exceeded our expectations on revenue, profitability, adjusted EBITDA and earnings per share, highlighting the strength of our portfolio and resiliency of our business model. Our revenue for the quarter grew over 5% at constant currency. Software grew 8% this quarter as we continue to benefit from our high-value annual recurring revenue base, of which grew to $22.7 billion, up 10% since last year.
Red Hat growth accelerated 1 point sequentially to 14%, fueled by another quarter of double-digit bookings and demand for our hybrid cloud solutions. We gained market share across each of our key solutions, led by OpenShift growing revenue more than 20% with ARR now at $1.7 billion. Automation grew 14% with HashiCorp off to a strong start. We accelerated bookings growth in the first full quarter since closing, fueled by IBM's global go-to-market reach and deepening product and technology synergies that are unlocking new customer value.
Data was up 7%, fueled by strength across our AI offerings. And Transaction Processing revenue declined 2% in the quarter, reflecting where we are at with our new z17 cycle as clients prioritize hardware spend at the beginning of a new program as you can see in our strong IBM Z results. Infrastructure revenue grew 11% this quarter, with Hybrid Infrastructure up 19% and Infrastructure Support down 3%. Within Hybrid Infrastructure, IBM Z was up 67%, reflecting early strength in our z17 program as AI use cases are resonating strongly with clients.
The success of our launch highlights the enduring nature of the IBM Z platform through the value of our continued innovation around AI workloads and the realization that hybrid cloud is the dominant architecture. Clients continue to invest in IBM Z because it remains the backbone for mission-critical workloads, offering unmatched reliability, scalability, security and performance while seamlessly integrating with hybrid cloud and AI strategies.
Distributed Infrastructure revenue was down 17% with product cycle dynamics impacting power with the recent announcement of Power11 in July. Power11, our next-generation platform features advancements across the processor, hardware architecture and virtualization software stack. While storage was impacted by the new IBM Z cycle as clients prioritized hardware spend, our early strength in z17 and the growth in the installed MIPS capacity drives a long-term benefit, given the 3 to 4x Z stack multiplier.
Consulting revenue was flat, stabilizing in the first half and heading into the second half, our backlog remains healthy, up 4% over last year despite the challenging pricing environment. In the quarter, Intelligent Operations revenue grew 2% while Strategy and Technology declined by 2%. The environment remains dynamic with clients prioritizing cost-efficient, high-impact technology investments, driving good revenue growth in areas like business application transformation, AI operations and cloud platform engineering and leading to momentum in our Consulting generative AI book of business at over $1 billion in the quarter.
This early momentum is important. Engaging with clients as they architect their AI strategies is establishing Consulting as the strategic partner of choice. And we are encouraged that through the first half, we are seeing a greater share of GenAI signings tied to new projects. Delayed decision-making, especially in discretionary projects, as well as prior year renewals impacted our in-period signings. However, we're seeing an improvement in strategic wins with new clients and expanding engagements with existing clients.
Now turning to profitability. During the quarter, the strength of our portfolio mix and productivity execution drove expansion of our operating gross profit margin of 230 basis points, adjusted EBITDA margin of 200 basis points and operating pretax margin of 110 basis points, ahead of our expectations and well above our model. Our productivity initiatives create a flywheel that allows us to invest back in our business, both organically and inorganically, increase our financial flexibility and deliver margin expansion as we saw this play out again in the quarter.
We remain laser-focused on driving efficiency and cost savings by leveraging technology and embedding AI in our workflows as well as optimizing our supply chain and service delivery. This quarter, we continued to optimize our supply chain by shifting our Distributed Infrastructure manufacturing to an industry-standard strategic partner. This is the next evolution of our supply chain transformation as we pivot to a simpler, more efficient process, which helps us optimize cash conversion cycles.
Through the first half, we generated $4.8 billion of free cash flow, up about $300 million year-over-year, resulting in our highest first half free cash flow margin in reported history. The largest driver of this growth comes from adjusted EBITDA, up $1 billion year-over-year. Partially offsetting this is working capital. Given global trade dynamics, we continue to prudently protect our supply chain, reflecting the confidence we have in our new innovation cycles across infrastructure. And as we have been discussing, given the closing of HashiCorp acquisition, foregone interest income was another headwind. Despite this, we are a few points ahead of our historical levels through the first half.
Our strong liquidity position, solid investment-grade balance sheet and disciplined capital allocation policy remain a focus for us. We ended the quarter with cash of $15.5 billion, which is up over $700 million from the end of 2024, including spending $7.8 billion on acquisitions in the first half, driven largely by the closing of HashiCorp. Our debt balance ending the quarter was $64.2 billion, including $11.7 billion of debt for our financing business, with a receivables portfolio that is over 75% investment grade. In addition, we returned $3.1 billion to shareholders in the form of dividends in the first half.
Now let me talk about what we are seeing going forward. We delivered strong performance in the first half across revenue, operating margin expansion, profitability and earnings per share and free cash flow. The strength of our portfolio, investment in innovation and integrated value drive the durability of our revenue performance and underpin our confidence in accelerating revenue growth of 5%-plus for the full year. And through the first half, given the strength in our underlying fundamentals with our adjusted EBITDA up 14%, we are raising our free cash flow guidance to above $13.5 billion for 2025.
As discussed at our Investor Day, our mix shift towards Software is a key driver of our growth acceleration. Software is now about 45% of our business with ARR growing 10%. Given the strength of our portfolio, investment in innovation and contribution from acquisitions, we continue to expect Software revenue growth approaching double digits for the full year.
Through the first half, we delivered above-model growth of 15% in Automation and in-line model growth of 14% in Red Hat and 7% in data, and these trends should continue. And we continue to expect Red Hat to grow in the mid-teens. While Transaction Processing was flat in the first half and below our model as clients prioritized spend on our high-value innovation z17, the strength of the new cycle provides future modernization value across the Z stack. Given this dynamic, we now expect low single-digit growth in Transaction Processing for the year.
With our strong start to z17, Infrastructure should contribute about 1.5 points to IBM's revenue growth this year. And in Consulting, while we are encouraged by our backlog growing mid-single digits and the continued progress in our GenAI book of business, given the current demand environment, we continue to be prudently cautious on Consulting's growth contribution to IBM this year.
As I mentioned earlier, we have been accelerating our productivity initiatives, which is fueling our flywheel for growth and margin expansion. We are early in this Client Zero journey on scaling AI internally to reinvent the way we work and are excited about the significant opportunities ahead of us. We exited 2024 at $3.5 billion of annual run rate savings achieved. And we now believe we can achieve approximately $4.5 billion in annual run rate savings by the end of 2025.
Through the first half of the year, our operating pretax margins have expanded by 90 basis points, ahead of our model despite dilution from HashiCorp. Given this performance and increased productivity savings, we are raising our expectations for IBM's full year operating pretax margin to expand by about 1 point. And our tax rate expectation for the year remains in the mid-teens. As always, the timing of discrete items can cause the rate to vary within the year. For the third quarter, we are comfortable with consensus estimates for revenue and profitability.
Let me conclude by saying we are pleased with our first half performance, highlighting the resiliency of our business model, disciplined strategy and growth opportunities ahead of us. Arvind and I are now happy to take your questions. Olympia, let's get started.
Thank you, Jim. Before we begin the Q&A, I'd like to mention a couple of items. First, supplemental information is provided at the end of the presentation. And then second, as always, I'd ask you to refrain from multipart questions. Operator, let's please open it up for questions.
[Operator Instructions] And our first question comes from Wamsi Mohan with Bank of America.
2. Question Answer
I was hoping you could double-click on the software trends. It looks like organic growth decelerated in the quarter to maybe between 3% to 4%. Could you confirm that? And that would imply that it would be the third quarter of software organic growth deceleration. But you just expressed confidence in your approaching 10% guide. So between Transaction Processing deceleration, maybe Red Hat maintaining it, what are some of the other puts and takes that we should be expecting in the business? And how much should we expect organic software growth to be for the remainder of the year?
Okay, Wamsi, thank you for the question. Appreciate it. Let's get right to the heart of this. You dial back to how we opened up the year in January and then we built on that at our Investor Day in early February. We talked about 2025, we were entering from a position of strength in Software. Why? New innovation we're bringing to market, strong recurring revenue base, by the way, now $23 billion growing double digits.
Red Hat momentum throughout the year and the opportunity around virtualization and others, GenAI book of business and the M&A growth synergies. Halfway through the year right now, we actually feel even more confident about the year of approaching double digits. And let me just break this down compared to the Investor Day model around each of our categories: one, hybrid cloud. We accelerated our Red Hat performance first quarter, second quarter by an incremental point, now growing about 14.5%. By the way, that's contributing about 3.5 points of IBM's Software revenue growth, all organic, by the way.
And we continue to see mid-teens growth for the year and contributing about 3.5 points. Why? Double-digit growth again in annualized bookings, opportunities around virtualization. By the way, through the first 3 quarters, we now eclipsed $300 million worth of total bookings around virtualization. And we see that pipeline even accelerating faster in the second half. And then you got AI and application, hybrid cloud containerization that's going to drive it. So we feel pretty good about Red Hat.
Two, Automation. Our model on Automation is low double digits. We operated through the first half at 15% above model. Now underneath that, we're contributing about 3.5 points of that software growth. We're off to a great start in HashiCorp as we talked about in the prepared remarks. We're very excited about the integrated value of that value proposition across IBM plus Red Hat plus HashiCorp with 2x the annual bookings in the first quarter underneath IBM. And oh, by the way, our pipeline in the second half is 3x last year across our entire Automation portfolio with regards to HashiCorp.
So we actually expect Automation to continue to accelerate throughout the year, and we will be well above our model, mid- to high teens against that Investor Day model, that's going to contribute about an incremental point of growth. Third, data. Data, we continue to execute well on GenAI momentum. Now inception-to-date, $1.5 billion worth of book of business on software. We're bringing new innovation to market that we showcased at Think. We're building a strong pipeline in the second half that we're confident on. And we have the M&A synergies that are going to play forward, both in Automation and in Data. So we expect that to deliver our model.
Now you come to Transaction Processing. Transaction Processing flat through the first half. That's, by the way, below our model, mid-single digit, right? That's about a 2-point impact to the first half to Software's growth. When you look at it, what are we seeing? As we always talk about, Transaction Processing runs mission-critical software on top of our mainframe platform. We run that mainframe platform as a stack economic play, $3 to $4, a platform multiplier over the cycle. We're off to the strongest-ever first quarter start in the history of IBM around mainframe in a launch quarter.
We shipped over 100% MIPS capacity into the marketplace on z17. So while that's having a near-term impact on Transaction Processing, you saw it down 2% in the quarter, clients reprioritized their spend to the hardware. Now that will impact near term, but look at what happened on z16? Same thing happened in second quarter last year. And what happened? We accelerated that growth. That's, that multiplier effect as we get more capacity in a marketplace. And we expect Transaction Processing now to be about low single digit. It will return to growth in the second half.
So between accelerating growth continued on Red Hat, the Automation synergistic value on Hashi, Transaction Processing capitalizing on that multiplier effect of a very strong start on mainframe, we see that organic growth moving forward. And oh, by the way, we're comfortable with third quarter guidance and third quarter guidance already accelerates organic growth.
Your next question comes from Amit Daryanani with Evercore ISI.
Arvind, I'm hoping you just spend a little bit of time talking about what are you hearing from your customers at this point, given what seems to be a very volatile macro tape? And maybe just talk about a few categories where you think customers want to spend more money than prioritizing versus things that they might be deemphasizing a bit? And then very specifically, I'd love to hear your thoughts around Red Hat. Given the strong trajectory you guys are seeing, how do you see virtualization starting to contribute to that growth, especially given the acquisition of VMware by Broadcom and the price increases implementing sales [indiscernible] touch on those.
I've been very, very -- I've turned from being, I used the word cautious optimism at the end of the first quarter. I would now turn my way all the way to optimism around the macro environment. As we go around the globe, I'll first touch on geography and then touch on some sector or client examples. I think Japan is reindustrializing and they are committed to economic growth for their nation. That implies that Japan is digitizing at rates we have not seen and digitizing is through the use of technology.
If you go across South Asia, they're all booming. In real terms, South Asia is growing at north of 10% because when you think about 6%, 7% GDP growth in India, combined with 6% inflation, that means that actual rates, their economies are growing at 10% to 12%. The Middle East, especially Saudi and UAE, they are booming in terms of plowing all of their profits back into their economies. And they're trying to create now diversified economies of which technology forms a strong piece.
People have talked a lot about Europe, but Europe has remained remarkably resilient as a technology consumer. I believe the reason for that is that when they look at their concerns around supply chains, they look at the issues around cyber and they look at their labor demographics, technology offers them an actual answer against all of those headwinds.
We come into North America and every company is now convinced that technology forms the basis of how do you scale revenue while not spending that much on CapEx and that much on labor expenses. So as you've gone around the globe, those form the backdrops for why enterprise technology is going to remain a strong grower somewhere in the 5%, 6%, 7% range is from what we can see.
Then if I touch on it in a more client lens, if I think about a bank in Western Europe, they are strongly motivated to begin to use AI on how to improve their customer experience and how to improve their internal risk profiles. If I look at telecom here in the United States, they're looking deeply at how they can have a software-defined backbone for their very high-throughput network backbones in order to give themselves more flexibility in how traffic gets routed and to be able to leverage the rate of advancement that comes in standard servers and software.
Ask me about Red Hat. So Amit, if you'll allow me, I'll go a little bit broader than the virtualization question. First, Red Hat Linux, the core original product of Red Hat is growing in the high single digits because of extreme demand around people deploying Red Hat in order to be able to leverage AI as well, not just the standard server footprint, which normally I would tell you gives you 6%, 7%, but additional workloads is adding that couple of percent that you're asking about.
If we look at OpenShift, it's actually a platform answer. So people are looking for what platform do we use for containers and what platform do we use for virtualization? There were 3 or 4 answers in each category. If I look at 2 of the 3 competitors on the containerization side, they've taken themselves out of the market in practical terms. So if people are wanting a container platform that goes across public cloud and on-premise, I will tell you that we are the leading answer for that. And every analyst as an industry analyst will tell you that.
If you look at virtualization, there are a few answers. But then there is a set of clients who would prefer a common answer across containerization and virtualization. And then by default, we tend to win those. That has accelerated the OpenShift piece. And last but not least, as we have brought HashiCorp in, and the numbers show through in the HashiCorp product family, but the combination with Ansible is very powerful and is going to boost Ansible as well going forward. So I hope this gives you a bit of color both on the macro and on Red Hat.
Your next question comes from Ben Reitzes with Melius Research.
I wanted to take kind of like the opposite tack of the first question and ask why not -- what is causing you not to raise guidance if you feel better about the economy? And it looks like free cash flow is above your pace. It looks like you're already at 5%-plus constant currency. I know that includes an acquisition. And it looks like TPP and a bunch of others may accelerate. So just wondering, is it conservative to say that you're comfortable with the Street for the 3Q, when all that is looking actually better and you're already at your 5%-plus and already ahead of pace on free cash flow?
Thanks, Ben. I appreciate the question overall. Let's just ground us in what we're actually saying, both in the prepared remarks and here tonight. Coming off of a first half which we feel very good and pleased about our performance, and I think it talks to how we have fundamentally changed and repositioned this company around a portfolio, a business model and an execution engine that actually reflects itself in a diversified business model and a durable and resilient business model.
So today, number one, we beat Street expectations and our own expectations in the quarter on revenue, on operating margin, on profitability, on earnings, on free cash flow. And what are we saying about the full year here now tonight? Number one, since January, the average analyst estimates have taken up the IBM revenue by well in excess of $1 billion. We've been taking up the year already. We live in an actual world. Yes, FX is moving our way, but also in the quarter, our $400 million beat, about $375 million of that was pure business performance in constant currency. So by definition, we have confidence entering the second quarter, and I'll come back to revenue.
But we're also then, number two, we are taking up the year on our productivity initiatives. We exited last year, we talked about $3.5 billion of productivity that we've been able to fundamentally drive out of this business. This is what Arvind keeps talking about this productivity mindset that we spent time with all of you at our Think conference about reimagining and reinventing how we run our company. How do we leverage technology, digitization, embed AI across our workflows? We are seeing extreme penetration around that, and that's given us guidance and confidence to raise that to $4.5 billion.
That flows to operating margin. We're taking our operating margins up from 0.5 point to now roughly 1 point. We're taking our adjusted EBITDA up because it's all high-quality earnings profit. That adjusted EBITDA is now going to be low teens growth. By the way, dollarize that, that's over $2 billion year-to-year growth in adjusted EBITDA. And then we're flowing that all the way down through to cash flow, high-quality, sustainable cash flow generation.
Now with all that said, we got a half a year to go. Free cash flow, we got 2/3 of our free cash flow to go. Revenue, we still got $40 billion worth of revenue to go. We feel confident about the position we're in, the strength of our portfolio on Software, double-digit annuity revenue, around $23 billion book of business. We feel good about Infrastructure and the by the way, we took Infrastructure up for the year. This is not a pull ahead, a mainframe cyclical demand in that quarter. We took the entire year up. So I would tell you, we feel very confident, even more confident than 90 days ago. And yes, we have upside and conservatism? Absolutely, but that's what you would expect of us.
Your next question comes from Jim Schneider with Goldman Sachs Asset Management.
I was wondering if you step back and look at the holistic software portfolio, there were a lot of questions on what we're doing for this year. But maybe going forward, heading into 2026, given the impact of some of the businesses and positive tailwinds you talked about, do you think there is potential for improving both organic and overall software growth heading into 2026 from the current 10% levels this year? I mean I wonder if you think that's possible.
And then maybe secondarily, if you could just address the Consulting business and what you're seeing right now in terms of the duration of the bookings you're seeing and whether there's any kind of change in the time to commencement of some of the Consulting contracts you're signing.
Jim, thanks for the question, though I did, I think, count 3 parts in there. Let me address the first part on the software macro going into '26, and then I'll give it over to our Jim, Jim Kavanaugh, for some of the details there and on Consulting.
Look, I think the question you're asking is one that we spend a lot of time on and one that I'm incredibly confident about. If I look at the underlying macros, all the parts we talked about Red Hat, I see them maintaining themselves into 2026. This is not unique to this quarter or a month. And so I would expect to see that same growth carry on there. If I look at Automation, that is really driven by the complexity of our clients' technology environments and then them wanting to run them at extremely high resilience. They want to run them at much lower labor cost expense, and the amount of compute to their environments is increasing, so they need technology. We label that Automation to go run all that.
We can see that the desire to unlock value from all of the data, to unlock data for AI as well as to deploy AI inside the enterprise, which is where we are focused is going to only accelerate, not decrease. So all those 3 parts of the portfolio, I would give you equal or higher growth rates going into 2026.
Now you come to TP and Jim addressed that. TP tends to be slightly lagging with the capacity that is being deployed on mainframes. So as that capacity gets deployed, I would fully expect TP to return to its long-term model, which is in between low and mid-single digits. So if you put all that together and then if you add what other M&A we might do, because since you raised that, let me just -- organic and inorganic, I am very optimistic about the current M&A environment. Of course, all regulators will always watch for misbehavior and for areas where they see too much consolidation.
That said, what we've seen over the last 4 months has made us optimistic that we are now in a rational regulation environment where M&A that makes sense will get approved in reasonable time frames. So with that, Jim, let me give it to you.
Yes. Jim, thank you for the question overall. Just let me put a bow on Arvind's point about Software and bring it up a level to IBM and then that will lead right into your Consulting question, if I remember the question overall. But when you look at it, first of all, way too early. We have a lot of work to do. The team is extremely focused on disciplined execution here and delivering and unlocking client value with all the new investments in innovation in the second half of this year.
When you look at '26 at a big picture, I'll reiterate what we said at Investor Day. We feel good about the Software portfolio, and Arvind just gave you some of the key KPIs underneath that about how we feel even more confident heading into '26 with that. But the other big drivers are: one, GenAI, not only software but we've now got north of a $7.5 billion book of business, and it's generating increased penetration across our portfolio, both Software and Consulting, which I'll talk on.
Two, our M&A growth synergies. We accelerated some opportunistically into this year. We're very excited about the portfolio that we've been able to acquire and the synergistic value of what that's going to bring to automation, to Wamsi's question. That is going to fuel second half and that's why second half pipeline is so strong in Automation and Data around that synergistic value of IBM, Red Hat and Hashi together. So that synergistic play of M&A is going to play out in '26.
Three, the integrated value of that multiplier effect of having a mainframe platform. We have taken up the year on infra on mainframe. We see a very strong start. And that $3 to $4 platform multiplier plays out in '26 and '27. And then finally, Consulting backlog, $32 billion, which leads me to your last question. And let me take a little bit of a moment to talk about this because there's been a lot of competitors that have come out already in the marketplace.
In our Consulting overall, revenue was flat. We stabilized coming off a fourth quarter down [ 1 ] I would tell you we're still operating, as we said in prepared remarks, in a very dynamic environment. Clients are reprioritizing that spending. They're focused on cost efficiency and deploying GenAI that really drive not only the operating leverage in our own business, but to Arvind's point, leveraging technology for what it's done for a century, and that is create scale and create new businesses and new markets and opportunities and we're capitalizing on that.
But even with that dynamic environment, I might surprise you right now, but we're actually seeing some good green shoots. One, I would put it in 4 buckets: backlog; two, GenAI; three, our strategic partnerships; and four, the fundamentals of our business, productivity. Backlog, $32 billion at spot rates, which is what's going to play out over the history of that backlog up over 8%. Stable erosion and Jim, to your question, our duration is actually down 6 months from last year. So we're seeing much more higher revenue realization, higher quality overall. And our trailing 12-month book-to-bill is 1.14.
Now our signings in the quarter, before someone else asks the question, we were down 18%. That was entirely driven by last year's large early renewals. As we've talked about over the years, I've been very clear, all signings are not the same. Renewals, by definition, are low to no revenue realization. They're typically revenue and margin compression, and that's what's playing out here in the first half.
Underneath that, though, our net new business penetration was up 13% year-to-year, and in the first half, up 7 points. Read that, 200-plus new clients we acquired already in our Consulting business year-over-year. And that's fueling actually an accelerated backlog in the second half on what that backlog runout looks like in the second half. But again, as you all know, that's only about 70% of the revenue in the second half. We still have to sell and bill new business starting in July through the rest of the year, but encouraging green shoots.
GenAI, $6 billion-plus. By the way, 17% of our backlog now growing substantially, over 20% of our bookings. And for the first time in the second quarter, we eclipsed 10% of our revenue now coming out of GenAI at, by the way, over a 3-point margin differential. Strategic partnerships, great momentum in SAP, Microsoft, AWS, Palo Alto, by the way, we have a lot of headroom. And productivity and business model, our margins are up over 200 basis points through the first half. So while a lot of green shoots, I think to Ben's question, we're prudently cautious in this environment. And by the way, if those green shoots play out in the second half, it's upside to our guide.
Your next question comes from Erik Woodring with Morgan Stanley.
Arvind, I wanted to direct this to you. It kind of builds off of what Jim was just talking about. It's been, I think, only 6 quarters, you've reached a $7.5 billion cumulative AI book of business. Incredibly impressive in such a short period of time. And I'm just wondering if you could provide us with some color on how that's impacting customer spend in the non-AI parts of IBM.
And really, what I'm trying to understand is how are customers prioritizing AI over non-AI? Is there cannibalization in other areas of client spend or is it incremental to client spend? And how might that change as you look at these engagements out over the next, call it, 1 to 3 years? Does it become more incremental? Just would love some flavor on incrementalism versus cannibalization.
Thanks, Erik, for the question. I'm going to sort of maybe dive down to the components of what is called a full AI stack to answer your question. So let's look at it across hardware, which includes semiconductors, then look at it in the enabling software layers, in software applications, which actually leverage AI to make themselves much better and then finally into Consulting.
So if you look at it first from the semiconductors and the infrastructure level, I would tell you that this is completely incremental. And you can see that in the market when you look at our CPU versus GPU, the CPU rates maintain. Yes, who they are provided by changes all the time, but the total volume of service is not decreasing. So that tells you that is maintained. What could happen, what I would put that in the very tiny percentages of maybe 1% through 3% is that people will put a little bit more pricing pressure on the item they believe to be commodity versus the item they believe to be high innovation. But that is just the way technology has always played out. That is where you're seeing it and you can see that reflected in the market right now.
Next, when you get to the enabling software layers, that is purely incremental. There is no cannibalization there with alternate forms of technology. I will tell you that the cannibalization is going to come from the fourth part. People are looking at their own internal labor expenses, and people are looking at their third-party labor expenses, and they're looking to decrease those to make room for what they're doing around software.
When you look at AI coming into software products, whether it's ours, for example, in our case, in Apptio, in Hashi, in Turbonomic so the known direct AI products, it actually makes those products better and compete better against others. So it's not a cannibalization because that would apply to ourselves. That is more a market share question that it takes market share from those who are unable to do that. And you can also see that play out in the market with other players.
If I look at Consulting, yes, there is a big piece of the AI book of business which is coming because people are directing their dollars towards that kind of consulting as opposed to alternate forms of consulting. And that is why it's really important to be focused on what we call transformative projects, which includes AI but also includes some of our partners, be it the cloud partners or SAP or Oracle or Palo Alto, et cetera, because that kind of project is far more robust and less likely to be cannibalized. But some other parts of customer application development do tend to get cannibalized towards AI. So hopefully, that gives you some color on both parts of your question, where are clients prioritizing and also where it's incremental.
Your next question comes from Brian Essex with JPMorgan.
I guess, Arvind, for you, I appreciate your public sector-related comments at the beginning of the call. And it seems like we're starting to see a more aggressive competitive stance regarding IT investment from the current administration. I guess based on conversations you may have had, could you frame out how you think IBM is positioned to address the shift in spending priorities of the administration or public sector in general? And how much visibility do you have there?
Yes. Thanks, Brian. Look, I'll use the word federal as opposed to public sector because -- just because some of our written documents public includes health care and life sciences and others, so I'll use the word federal and government to be more precise in what this is. From my conversations, direct as well as public statements from various members of the administration, they had a very strong focus in the first 6 months to focus on cost-cutting and efficiency to get to what they believed was the right size. They have been very, very clear.
Their focus is now shifting to, number one, we need to modernize the agencies in how they leverage technology to provide a better service to citizens and to leverage technology to also reduce waste as opposed to just cost cutting. Two, I was very pleased to see the AI action plan that came out this morning. They are very clear that AI has to be used by government agencies against the goals I just laid out.
There, while these have not concluded the conversations we've been having with the number of agencies leverage our capabilities across both Software as well as Consulting to help them go on their paths towards modernization, towards better services for citizens, towards reducing waste, towards more effective overall systems kind of coming all the way into the 21st century. I'm actually quite enthused by their ability to begin to make progress in the next few months.
So that's kind of what we are observing. And so the visibility, I would tell you when they are willing to make time and they're willing to meet at the highest levels in the various agencies, that's a positive statement that they are serious about it. And they do take us, and the visibility I get then is that I think we are a credible player because of our track record and having delivered for the government in the past many years.
And our last question comes from Matt Swanson with RBC.
Arvind, I wanted to double click, I think, on the $1.5 billion of software bookings in the GenAI space, and specifically on some of these watsonx products, the data, the governance and Orchestrate. So I guess one would be, are you starting to see any of these really differentiate themselves in terms of customer demand? And then specifically on the Orchestrate layer, that seems to be a space that a lot of companies have started to talk about, whether it be model orchestration or agentic orchestration. If you could just talk a little more about your right to win in that space and how you're positioned?
Thanks for the question. First, I have been really pleased by both the uptake and the overall adoption of our GenAI products. We put most of them under the watsonx umbrella so that's kind of where they show up in our internals. First, there's a few that you did not mention that I think are very unique to us, both because of the knowledge we have as well as the capabilities that our engineers bring to the table.
The watsonx Code Assistant on Z, which helps people modernize their mainframe environment helps you understand, and if you want, translate your Cobalt code into Java is really taken up and has got very wide adoption. We thought people would use it to just modernize Cobalt to Java. But actually, in the vast majority of the cases, people are also using it to understand the tens of millions of lines of code that they have and then decide what makes sense to modernize versus what makes sense to keep now that you can document it and know what it does.
The second one that is very exciting that we're bringing out in this third quarter is the watsonx Assistant for Z, which helps you have an AI administrator that manages your mainframe environment in addition to the people you have who manage it. So these are, I think, somewhat unique to us. If I think about watsonx AI, people lead in AI on time, whether that's going to come from RHEL AI or watsonx AI as a place that they can get the models, and we are very focused on domain-specific smaller models as opposed to the very, very large models, and that becomes a carrier for those.
I think you're going to see a lot more of those under the RHEL AI and OpenShift AI umbrella because that is where some of those capabilities are going to migrate. People need to get their data ready for AI, so that's where watsonx.data plays. And we believe with the upcoming integration of the DataStax capabilities into that, that will then become an even stronger offering.
The last part of your question and not to you're asking, what gives us the right to win in Orchestrate? Look, IBM has always been about being in a heterogeneous space. So it cannot be about just our own agents, of which we have about 70 to 80 of them. It cannot be about bespoke agents only because we believe many of our clients are going to build bespoke agents that are unique to them. We also integrate in about 70 agents from third parties that come in there.
This is going to be won based on how easy is it? If it is only about your own agent, I actually think that those are our partners, those are not people we compete with. And plenty are going to focus primarily on their own agents. Great. Then there are going to be agents that come from different places and people want their own bespoke agents. That is the client where we are going to win in Orchestrate, and that is what our pipeline and our early discussions with clients show and that is what distinguishes us from those who are kind of focused on primarily their own agents.
So look, to close the call out, we are off to a great start in the first half. Our portfolio strength, the resilience of our business model reinforces our confidence in our growth trajectory. I look forward to sharing our progress with you as we move through the rest of the year.
Thank you, Arvind. Operator, let me turn it back to you to close out the call.
Thank you for participating on today's call. The conference has now ended. You may disconnect at this time.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
IBM — Q2 2025 Earnings Call
IBM — Q2 2025 Earnings Call
📊 Quartal auf einen Blick
- Umsatz: $17,0 Mrd. (>5% Jahr‑zu‑Jahr, konstante Währung)
- Adjusted EBITDA: $4,7 Mrd. (+16% YoY; Margenausweitung um ~200 Basispunkte)
- Betriebsergebnis: $3,2 Mrd.; EPS: $2,80 (+15% YoY)
- Free Cash Flow H1: $4,8 Mrd.; Guidance angehoben auf >$13,5 Mrd. für 2025
- Software / ARR: Software +8% YoY; ARR (Annual Recurring Revenue) $22,7 Mrd.
🎯 Was das Management sagt
- Strategie: Fokus auf Hybrid Cloud und AI als Wachstumstreiber; 5‑Elemente‑"Flywheel" (Trust, offene Plattformen, Innovation, Domänenexpertise, Ökosystem).
- Produktinnovation: Starker Start von z17 (Telum II: >450 Mrd. AI‑Inference‑Ops/Tag) und Power11; watsonx‑Portfolio (Orchestrate, data, Assistant) als Kern für Agenten/Generative AI‑Einsätze.
- M&A & Partner: HashiCorp und DataStax integriert; breite Partnerschaften (AWS, MSFT, Oracle, Salesforce, EY u.a.) zur Skalierung von watsonx.
🔭 Ausblick & Guidance
- Umsatzwachstum: Erwartung: beschleunigtes Wachstum zu "5%‑plus" für 2025 (volljährig).
- Cash & Margen: Free Cash Flow‑Ziel > $13,5 Mrd.; operative Vorsteuer‑Marge soll um ~1 Prozentpunkt ausweiten.
- Segmenterwartungen: Software nähert sich „nahe Doppelziffern“, Red Hat mid‑teens, Transaction Processing nun low‑single‑digit; Infrastruktur ~+1,5 pp zum Umsatzwachstum.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- Software‑Dynamik: Kritik an organischer Verlangsamung; Management sieht Red Hat, Automation (HashiCorp) und M&A‑Synergien als Treiber, erwartet Beschleunigung H2.
- z17 / TP‑Timing: Analysten fragten nach kurzfristiger Dämpfung bei Transaction Processing durch Hardware‑Priorisierung; Management erwartet Rückkehr zu Wachstum im S2.
- Consulting & Backlog: Backlog $32 Mrd.; Signings Q2 gesunken (‑18%) wegen Vorjahres‑Renewals, aber Net‑New‑Business +13% und kürzere Projektlaufzeiten.
⚡ Bottom Line
IBM lieferte ein solides Beat‑Quarter: starke Software‑ und Infrastruktur‑Trends, beschleunigende AI‑Geschäfte ($7,5 Mrd. GenAI Book) und ein angehobenes FCF‑Ziel stärken das bullishe Narrativ. Kurzfristige Risiken bleiben in Consulting‑Nachfrage und TP‑Zyklik; langfristig bieten z17, watsonx und M&A klare Wachstumshebel.
IBM — Bank of America Global Technology Conference 2025
1. Question Answer
Good morning, everyone. Thanks for joining us here today, day 2 of BofA's Global Tech Conference. Delighted to have you all over here. I'm Wamsi Mohan, I'm IT Hardware and Supply Chain Analyst here at Bank of America.
My pleasure here to welcome IBM. Today, on stage with me, we have Ric Lewis, who is the VP for Infrastructure. And Ric is responsible for overseeing IBM Z, Power, Storage and IBM Software offerings, associated with that, IBM Cloud and also global infrastructure support. So Ric, thank you so much for joining us today.
You're welcome. Happy to be here.
So Ric, maybe just -- I know we've only got 30 minutes, but -- and there's a lot to talk about, especially in your area of expertise. But maybe just to start off to level set so the audience can get to know you a little bit, just talk a little bit about your career leading up to your current title?
Sure. So actually, I worked at Hewlett Packard Enterprise, HP, then HPE for 32 years prior to coming to IBM. I was based out here in the Bay Area for the first 6 of those years, then I moved to Colorado. I would say my time at HPE, I kind of became a little bit of an entrepreneur in a big company. My groups led a lot of things like scalable x86 [ compute ] known as Superdome X, then something called Synergy, which is the industry's first composable infrastructure thing, then the early work on Infrastructure as a Service, which led to GreenLake. So kind of innovation side of the house.
Then I actually early -- took early retirement intending to retire and then ended up in a conversation with Arvind at IBM where he wanted to do some entrepreneurialism and innovation inside of his Infrastructure group, which had been flat to declining for a while and wondered if I could honestly play around a little bit and see if we could get it to a growth vector. And so I came into IBM to do that, and it's been 4 years, and we've done exactly that. We now have a growing healthy Infrastructure business that is an important part of the IBM's success story, and IBM has had a ton of momentum. I'm happy that my group has been a part of that. It's been a great 4 years.
So way worth the time. I'm glad I unretired and had some benefits along the way like the resurgence of AI in the industry or maybe not even resurgent, maybe just the surge of AI in the industry and the resurgence of on-prem infrastructure of Hybrid Cloud of all of that really fun...
I have to say you timed the transition time pretty well for 2020, like this -- look at the stock since then, right? Well, maybe to talk and segue into sort of the growth of Infrastructure. Historically, mainframe has been cyclical and still is probably to some degree, but the cycles used to be plus/minus on alternate years, in a launch year go up, in the next year go down. Now you're talking about Infrastructure, at least under Arvind and sort of this restructuring some of the -- not restructuring, but like just recharacterizing the opportunity for Infrastructure. It feels as though now we're talking about low single-digit growth. What's driving that change really?
Sure. So a lot of different things, but I would say in that journey to get to infrastructure growth, first is around Z and investing for innovation, making sure that we had our -- a lot of my role is really capital allocation and culture. And in capital allocation, getting the right features into Z and making sure that it's healthy, which really meant getting the innovation focused exactly on what clients want and having clients involved in the design process so that they get exactly what they need. There was a lot of business model we worked on, not so much in Z, but in the rest of the Infrastructure. So really healthy product management. Heavy work on strategy on where to play and how to win and how you keep a competitive differentiated advantage and how you innovate in the right spot.
So pivoting a lot of investment to storage, software, making sure that we had integrated value propositions in the storage space, making sure that our Power System -- power in those cycles that you were talking about would be down double-digit percentages kind of in year 2 and 3 of its cycle in this latest cycle through heavy segmentation and optimizing the stack for our power-for-purpose computing. We've made that business now where it actually grew in all 3 years of its cycle in power. So that's really strong.
[ Taos ], getting it focused on renew, expand, attach and be efficient on those key dimensions. And all of those things is like Z started to show strong strength in the last decade of its cycles. The rest of the Infrastructure business, we've kind of got it now to where it's growing low single digits. So it's a very healthy business now. We're really happy about that.
So Ric, I mean, when you step back, right, there was a period between 2010 to 2020, maybe or close to that where there was this worry that customers were moving off the mainframe, off the Z platform. What has changed from a customer reception standpoint? And I hear Arvind talk about sort of investing in innovation on Z. Maybe just if you could give us some color around that.
So I think the industry narrative, and I was working in this in a different place, as I told you, was kind of either you're cloud or you're not cloud, you have to make a choice. Are you cloud or not cloud? And I think that was just wrong from the get-go, similar to some other predictions in the industry.
There was a time in the industry when people said, well, there's only going to be one processor. It's going to be x86, and it will have all the graphics and all the stuff integrated into it. There will only be one thing that's offered. Well, that didn't pan out. There's more proliferation of processors today than there was then. GPUs are still their own thing and obviously extremely relevant to AI.
I think the same thing happened with cloud. Early on, people predicted it would all go to cloud. There'd be no on-prem infrastructure, but they kind of lost the plot on data. And it turns out that this AI era has only exacerbated that, meaning AI at its heart is about getting value from the data and using data to get value from the next data. And that data is everywhere, and it's always going to be everywhere. It's going to be in devices. It's going to be in mission-critical hardware if it's representing 70% of the transaction volume by value, which mainframes do, that's going to stay in somebody's data center.
So being able to provide that value and make sure that it exists well in a Hybrid Cloud environment, meaning there's going to be data in public clouds, data on-prem, data in colos, making sure that your set of tools, your hardware itself, the tools you put on that hardware exists well in that Hybrid Cloud environment means you're going to be relevant in that spot. And I think Arvind called it well, which was one of the reasons I came to IBM is I knew he had his head in the right spot when he said the strategy of the cloud is going to be really -- or the strategy of IBM is going to be really simple. It's Hybrid Cloud and AI, and that's how the industry has panned out. So we've been investing in making sure our stuff fits well in Hybrid Cloud and that our clients can get value from all of their data in that Hybrid Cloud wherever it lives through the AI capabilities. And I think that totally explains the resurgence.
Now there's a lot of mechanics underneath there about working on culture, working on your operational efficiency to be able to fund all the work that you're doing in AI and Hybrid Cloud and those kind of things. But we've been doing that work together, and it's been a very strong success story.
Maybe just on AI, right, like what are you seeing in terms of customer use cases and adoption that is driving some of the workloads on Z?
So z16, our latest cycle, I would say most of the AI -- in fact, we announced z16 and shipped it with AI technology in it before there was a ChatGPT moment. You probably remember, it was 1.5 years before ChatGPT and the whole world started talking about AI. In fact, doing some of these sessions 3 to 4 years ago when we were launching that round of Z, I would have people in these kind of sessions ask me, why did you put AI technology in there? What -- do you think there's a use for that? Or so the world has changed a lot in that cycle.
But the reason we put it in there was clients told us, look, fraud at that time was about a $200 million kind of -- $200 billion industry, $200 billion problem in the industry, and they needed a way to deal with it. And so they needed a way to be able to do fraud detection in line in their CPU. They asked us if there was something we could do. So we put in some kind of machine learning/AI capabilities in z16, which was extremely popular.
But that thing, if you think about it, is a rules-based architecture, it kind of watches for specific types of transaction patterns and then flags if it sees something that looks like it's out of the ordinary. If you imagine now z17, where we have Spyre and we have generative AI added to the mix, what we can do is something called multimodal, meaning not just machine learning rule-based kind of AI detection, but true Gen AI that can take different sources. So instead of just what do the transactions look like, we can say, does the transaction source have a physical address? Do they have a better business bureau report? Have they -- do they have a good reputation? What's the sentiment online about this company that's trying to do the transaction?
So that's a good example of an old use case z16 to a new use case in z17, still the same thing, but it's a lot better fraud detection that's built into the platform. We have insurance companies doing scoring of potential risk associated with given clients. We have cancer research organizations that don't want to move their data off a mainframe because it's medical records and the most sensitive data that there is. So they want more AI capability to do cancer research on their population inside of the specific mainframe. Retail, we have marketing campaigns, how did it work? How well did it work? Did it really cause people to transact? Or did it just cause sentiment to rise.
All of that, think of it as where the data is, should drive your AI strategy and where you want it to be. And we're making sure that our platforms deal well with that data in all these distributed locations. So that's a lot of kind of the -- what we're seeing in terms of use cases out there in the market.
How is IBM monetizing that? So as we think about cycle-to-cycle economics, how should investors think about that?
So a whole variety of ways. So one thing that's unique about IBM is we're a full stack innovator for lack of a better way of saying. We're not just buying GPU chips and putting those in a cloud and then serving up tokens to different clients. We're trying to provide full workload capability. So all the way from -- we build the chips that we do our AI on, though we also buy chips from other GPU vendors for specific AI like huge language models that might work for a specific purpose. We build boxes that optimize that. We have what we call AI in a box with our Fusion solution. We build storage software to allow you to process and preprocess called Content-Aware Storage, the data that we actually feed into our servers or other servers and so you kind of building up.
And then we have software on top of that, Data Lakehouse software that we can do analytics on for AI. We have consulting services for clients if they don't know how to get started in AI, the consultants in our organization will say, here's how you do it. Here's hardware that you can use, either our hardware or other hardware, here's software.
So all elements of that stack, we can monetize in various different ways. But at all elements, we're super careful to say, you can use all our solution or you can use pieces and parts of our solution. What we're focused on is what's your outcome that you're trying to achieve on your AI, and we'll help you get there. If you have no preference on what's underneath it, we'll pick the best for you. Often, that's our stuff. Sometimes it's not our stuff. It depends on your workload. But our goal is to make the best for you.
The key thing for our AI monetization is it's about enterprise. Enterprise is the bull's eye. There's a lot of work going on in AI out there that has to do with write my essay, tell me answers about how I get a mortgage on my house, do I have a -- we're not doing that. What we're trying to do -- in fact, we believe that 99% of enterprise data has never made it into any model, has never done any training, has never gotten the value extracted from it. That specific enterprise problem, that's a holy grail for us at IBM, and we're trying to make sure we do that problem extremely well rather than the generic problem of write better essays for your kid's college app or that kind of thing.
So that was a long one, but that's really core to our strategy. It's really -- and we think about that in hardware and software and how the things work together, et cetera. It's about we know those enterprise customers, especially with the ones that their entire product or their business is that data rather than it's some other thing, but it's their lifeblood. We know them better than anybody else, and we want to help them get value from that data.
We have a big IT budget. And when I talk to our IT guys, they talk about IBM being the largest chunk of that.
Yes. Good. I'm glad to hear that.
So maybe just to talk about -- and I've covered IBM long enough that I have in my model a breakout of MIPS. I mean, back in 2004, where we had like MIPS growth disclosed and price per MIP declines. And so maybe can you just share some flavor around like -- I know you don't explicitly disclose that, but directionally, how has that translated over time as you've added more and more value into the mainframe?
Awesome. So MIPS growth. First, I'll start with revenue and then I'll kind of get back to MIPS. Revenue-wise, our program-to-program growth has been steady for a decade. In fact, it's accelerated a little bit. I know that Wamsi knows, but we're over 120% program-to-program for z16 versus z15. Z15 versus '14 was somewhere in the teens, so 115%, something like that. I don't remember the exact number, but it was kind of in that range.
All that's a good indication of the revenue growth. But we've also had MIPS growth in that same time frame. And the fascinating thing is most people would think that MIPS growth must be just your core TPS, the old school transactions running on Db2, CICS, IMS, those things, it must be that, that's at the core of it. But actually 3x that MIPS growth, that MIPS -- those MIPS have been growing due to transaction volume and that kind of capability. But we've added new, what we call Specialty MIPS, which is the LinuxONE kind of Linux running on a mainframe where we do either server consolidation or we do container-based workloads or it runs Java extremely well. And we have clients that have taken apps off of x86 and put them in their mainframes because it's so efficient at doing that. It's also really efficient on energy usage. Those MIPs have grown faster than the traditional TPS MIPS that everyone thinks of. In fact, at about 3x the rate over the last decade. So that's been a big thing.
And then maybe the thing I'm the most excited about right now is we think there's yet another new category of MIPS that I think I'm predicting will outgrow the Specialty MIPS, and that's -- I'm calling it AI MIPS. So it basically has to do with selling Spyre card, selling software on top of the AI capability that we have inside of those mainframes. Because if you think of our competitive advantage, if you will, IBM's is we have in our systems, not in -- they're not our systems, they're in the client systems, the most important data in the industry to 45 of the top 50 banks, to 9 out of 10 of the top retailers, to 4 out of the 5 of the top airlines, that data is absolutely critical. They want value from it. There's a new revenue stream of selling them AI services and software on top of those AI processors inside of those machines. So that's yet another category of MIPS. So I see our MIPS growth kind of up and to the right for a variety of reasons, and I hope to accelerate it.
And when you think about that translating into revenues and sort of like the price per MIP decline, would you say that in aggregate, your MIPS growth is outpacing in like cycle to cycle?
Yes. Yes, it's outpacing for sure. Yes, if it wasn't, then all of that -- those gains would be pricing gains, and that is definitely not the case. We have modest price increases based on inflation, value-added and new capabilities that we pass on to our clients, but they're even involved in our -- not only are they involved in the design, they're also involved in our pricing in some sense by kind of saying, "Hey, here's kind of our sweet spot of what we can do for our capability price performance-wise".
Yes. Ric, I think you mentioned Spyre cards a couple of times, but it might be helpful maybe for those who are not quite familiar to just talk about what Spyre is.
So with z16, the prior version of Z, we introduced that AI capability that I told you about in a processor called Telum II -- or Telum sorry, Telum. And that was the processor in our z16. When we go to z17, we start shipping in a couple of weeks here, we go to Telum II, which is the next generation of that with AI built in. But in addition to the AI built into the Telum II Z processor, the core CPU of a Z system, we've added PCI Express cards, Spyre cards, which are essentially our own custom design GPU like except they don't -- they weren't built to be a GPU. They were specifically built to do enterprise data inferencing capability, and we're adding those cards into a mainframe so that you can add increased AI capacity without having to buy new Telum II CPUs.
So it's a new value capture method for us. More importantly, it's a new capability for our clients to be able to expand the workloads that they can do inside the same secure trustworthy, high transaction throughput processor that they've built their entire business around in a Hybrid Cloud environment.
And also, I think it's interesting just to -- you obviously noted in a couple of weeks, you've got the GA and launch of z17. The Spyre cards, though, are coming more towards the end of the year. So in some ways, the volatility of sort of maybe some of the mainframe revenues is more muted given the timing of this.
I love what you said, Wamsi, because that's my entire intent with that is we've talked about transitioning. So when I came into the Infrastructure group, we had 2 goals on the business. One was get it to growth. The second was dampen the cycle. But dampen the cycle, you could do that by killing the cycle. You don't want to do that, right? You want to dampen the cycle where it's still growing, but that you have incremental value opportunity for the clients, for them to have other ways to consume.
So a Spyre on a different schedule, how about a Spyre that spins before the next Z cycle, so that you have one round now, you turn it again. It's matrix math. We can turn that a lot quicker than we can from scratch Z processor kind of thing. If we introduce another Spyre, another value capture opportunity mid-cycle that helps us with flattening out the cycle. And that helps with the company and kind of its compares so that it's not, well, the rest of the company is doing this, but Infrastructure is in and out. I kind of want to work hard to get away from that.
Part of the strategy around that has to do with Z and the thing we just talked about. Part of it, frankly, has to do with shifting more value to our software in the rest of Infrastructure, meaning Power, Storage, and those capabilities, and we're doing that as well. Power was actually -- it grew in all 3 years of the cycle this last time, which was crazy different than the past. It would be down kind of double digit in the second and third years in prior cycles, but it was flat to growing in all 3 cycles this time. So there's a whole bunch kind of involved in that Infrastructure thing, which took a lot of work for us culturally, process, optimization, all those things that we can talk about.
Yes. No, that's, I think, really, really smart, smart way to manage the business. I think like one thing that maybe is somewhat lost is just sort of how relevant the mainframe is still today. And beyond that, just sort of to the economics of IBM when you think about all the transaction processing that's going on, on the platform. And transaction processing in itself has actually gone from a declining business to a growth business. And so can you talk a little bit about some of the puts and takes? How much of that is MIPS growth? How much of that is pricing? And what -- how does that shift like from sort of through a cycle when you introduce a new Z platform?
Yes. I love your question, and we didn't rehearse this, but I will tell you, Wamsi. Wamsi wrote a very good report on this topic that I read. And I thought -- so I can't say, "Oh, he got the numbers exactly right", because I can't talk about the very specific numbers in it. But directionally, the knobs are correct, meaning there is a healthy component that just has to do with straight MIPS-related, meaning transaction volume drives MIPS, MIPS growth, MIPS capability in a Z platform drives software consumption, as you'd imagine, you have it there and people consume that.
But it's not just that. It's also incremental workloads, incremental capabilities. I talked about the AI thing driving it, specialty workloads. Our LinuxONE MIPS have grown faster than the other that I mentioned earlier. All those LinuxONE MIPS, those are around container applications. So we have people doing native container development, Hybrid Cloud applications where containers exist in a Hybrid Cloud environment, Java applications, server consolidation.
What we're seeing is that the -- and I would also say there's a little bit of it that's macro related, and that is 10 to 20 years ago, you heard people choosing between cloud and not cloud. Now people have chosen a Hybrid Cloud environment. So if there's no reason to get off of a mainframe, why don't I just maximize the amount of transactions that I'm processing on there anyway. It's economical. It's energy efficient. It's the most safe and secure way to do it. And so I think just that mental switch for our clients has kind of opened up a willingness to kind of say, where is the best place to run something.
A Z mainframe is not the best place to run a mobile app that's globally distributed. We wouldn't recommend you do that. Do that in a public cloud. They have that stuff all over the world, do that. But it is the best place to process your most important transactions and to get value off that data. Do that there, make sure the 2 work well together. That's kind of what's driven this TPS thing is a good fit, a macro environment that's favorable to it and all of the knobs that I'll refer people to your paper to come and...
Well, thank you. I really appreciate that.
Yes. Yes, you did a nice job.
Thank you, Ric. I appreciate that. But actually, one other point on pricing is that it's not just a like-for-like pricing, but the portfolio itself has created to add more value, like what's the next running on Z, for instance, we hear from clients and talking to them that they're adopting it in droves because it seems to be very useful. So can you talk about what kind of things you're putting into that, that allow for that excitement on that [indiscernible]?
I just talk a little bit about the pricing thing. We don't price those TPS MIPs the same as we price the LinuxONE MIPs, for example, because it hits a different segment of the market. So -- and similar, our AI MIPS. It kind of depends what you're doing, the value you're getting and the difficulty for us to provide that value to you. That's part of what I -- I mentioned the dimensions we worked on in culture in the group around making sure that we have the business model right and the where to play, there's a value capture thing there that clients want you to capture the right value for the given workload because they know that means you'll invest to make that better.
Watsonx on Z is a great example of that. Clients were demanding easier management and easier skills portability for their Z mainframe environment. So in z17, we've built in the capability to run watsonx Assistant for Z that helps you optimize your parameters in a Z system and run it in a more efficient way. We've also built in native support for watson Code Assistant for Z, which allows you to translate or comment, document code that you have running inside of your mainframe platform. So those are 2 software applications built around watsonx that run in your Z that are optimized and tuned for the platform. And harmoniously, they make the platform easier for you to use as a specific client.
So -- and then we charge for those things, right, appropriately for that. And the clients are happy to pay it because they know, okay, that means you'll make this part even better in the next generation. So it really is like getting to a culture in the group that really focuses -- IBM has always had a great culture of focusing on the client, but sometimes there's got to be the right business approach to say, how do I do that piece better than the competition can do it? How do I give you the most value and have you pay for it so that then I can generate the flywheel and give you something you're even more thrilled with and more thrilled with. And I think we've got that magic going really well in the Infrastructure group right now.
Yes, I hate to say this, but I think you've given me more food for thought on how I got to break up all this mix of the different categories now.
I was hoping that.
Maybe quickly, I know we've got a very little bit of time left over here, but I'd love to get your thoughts around Quantum really quick because last year, I think when Google announced something around Quantum, their market cap went up by $100 billion, which is half of your market cap. And you guys have been doing stuff in Quantum before them, so I would love to get your perspective on that.
I have a thought, and there's a recent article in Fortune that's very good with Arvind kind of talking about this. We've learned our lesson about being too story-forward without the content in the early watson round of AI. A lot of talk and words, not a lot of meat quite behind that. We're taking a different approach with Quantum, quite frankly. We've got a lot of meat on quantum.
We have 75 systems that we have everybody from industry people to universities to -- we've got a very strong value proposition around our Qiskit code that runs on top of it. Think of it as kind of the CUDA equivalent to GPUs. We've got that for our Quantum architecture. I think we're far ahead in the industry in terms of content, not in terms of hype, and we want it that way this time. I think we're a couple of years from Quantum utility, which means generally solving problems of interest. And I think we're by the end of the decade at a Quantum advantage where it's very obvious that there are problems that can only be done by these computers, and I'm really thrilled with the progress associated with it. So anyway...
I think we're just about out of time, but maybe I'll give you 30 seconds to just talk about what are you most excited about in the next 3 to 5 years?
Boy, you can't be in this wave of the industry and not be excited about AI, but I'm sure people are also a little worn out from the term. So I'm going to pivot that term a little bit and say data. And what I mean by that is that enterprise data, nobody is getting the value out of it yet. It's a huge opportunity for the clients. That means it's a huge opportunity for us. And whether it's processing it, backing it up, managing it, figuring out what's in it with -- like we have new Content-Aware Storage offerings.
All of that just seems like -- and you'd say, oh, the industry has been about data. And the industry has been about data almost like just deal with that. Make sure I can get at it, but just deal with it. Now it's about, oh my gosh, all of that is worth gold. And how do I get the gold mined out of that data. I think that's what I'm most excited about. And I think IBM is really positioned to do that better than anybody else. I really believe that. So I'm excited about that.
Amazing. Well, Ric, that's all the time we have. So thank you so much. Really appreciate it.
Awesome. Thank you.
Transkripte auf Deutsch freischalten
- Alle Event Transkripte auf Deutsch
- Sofortige Übersetzung
- KI-Zusammenfassungen für die wichtigsten Insights
IBM — Bank of America Global Technology Conference 2025
IBM — Bank of America Global Technology Conference 2025
📣 Kernbotschaft
- Kernaussage: IBM positioniert seine Infrastruktur (IBM Z, Power, Storage) als Wachstumssegment durch Fokus auf Hybrid Cloud und Künstliche Intelligenz (KI). Z‑Plattformen erhalten native KI‑Funktionen, Software‑ und Service‑Upsell wird betont; Ziel ist Stabilisierung der Zyklik und höhere Wertschöpfung pro MIPS (Millionen Instruktionen pro Sekunde).
🎯 Strategische Highlights
- Produktstrategie: z17 bringt Telum II und native Gen‑KI‑Funktionen; später im Jahr kommen proprietäre "Spyre" PCIe‑Beschleunigerkarten für inferencing, um Kapazität ohne neuen CPU‑Cycle zu ergänzen.
- Monetarisierung: Vollstapelsicht: Chips, spezialisierte Hardware, Content‑Aware Storage, Data Lakehouse‑Software und Beratungsleistungen — flexible Kombinationen für Enterprise‑Workloads.
- Zyklendämpfung: Mid‑cycle‑Addons (Spyre), stärkeres Software‑Attach und Segmentierung (TPS‑MIPS vs. LinuxONE‑MIPS vs. AI‑MIPS) sollen Umsatzfluktuationen glätten.
🔭 Neue Informationen
- Timing: Ric Lewis kündigt, dass z17 kurz vor dem Shipping steht und Spyre‑Karten gegen Ende des Jahres eintreffen sollen; watsonx‑Funktionen (Assistant, Code Assistant) laufen nativ auf Z.
- Quantum & Forschung: IBM betont operativen Fokus statt Hype: rund 75 Quantum‑Systeme und ein "content‑first" Ansatz; Quantum‑Nutzbarkeit wird in einigen Jahren erwartet.
❓ Fragen der Analysten
- MIPS‑Dynamik: Nachfrage, Spezial‑MIPS (LinuxONE) und neu erwartete AI‑MIPS treiben MIPS‑Wachstum; Ric sagt, Wachstum übersteige rein preisliche Effekte.
- KI‑Use‑Cases: Fraud‑Detection, Versicherungs‑Scoring, medizinische Forschung und Marketing‑Attribution als konkrete Treiber für on‑prem KI auf Z.
- Preisbildung & Value: Segmentierte Preisgestaltung (TPS vs. LinuxONE vs. AI) zusammen mit Software‑Attach soll Investitionen finanzieren und Kundenbindung erhöhen.
⚡ Bottom Line
- Fazit: Für Aktionäre bedeutet das Event: Infrastruktur ist kein Auslaufmodell, sondern ein Wachstumshebel durch integrierte KI‑Funktionen und Software‑monetarisierung; Upside durch AI‑MIPS/Spyre und geringere Zyklizität, Risiko bleibt in Rollout‑Timing und Kundenadoption.
Finanzdaten von IBM
Umsatz
Der Umsatz stellt die Summe aller Einnahmen eines Unternehmens z. B. für dessen Produkte oder Dienstleistungen dar.
Umsatz (TTM) einfach erklärtDirekte Kosten
Direkte Kosten sind die Kosten, die direkt im Zusammenhang mit der Herstellung des Produkts oder der Dienstleistung entstehen.
Bruttoertrag
Der Bruttoertrag gibt an, wie viel vom Umsatz nach Abzug der direkten Herstellkosten im Unternehmen verbleibt. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von der Bruttomarge (engl. Gross Margin).
Brutto Marge einfach erklärtVertriebs- und Verwaltungskosten
Die Vertriebs- & Verwaltungskosten (engl. Selling, General & Administrative expenses, kurz SG&A) beinhalten alle Aufwände für Marketing und den Verkauf sowie die allgemeine Verwaltung des Unternehmens.
Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten
Die Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten (engl. research & development costs, kurz R&D) geben Auskunft darüber, wie viel das Unternehmen in die Forschung und die Entwicklung seiner Produkte investiert. Vor allem prozentual vom Umsatz und im Vergleich zu direkten Wettbewerbern sind die Kosten interessant.
EBITDA
Das EBITDA (Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization) ist der Gewinn des Unternehmens vor Zinsen, Steuern und Abschreibungen. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von der EBITDA-Marge.
Abschreibungen
Abschreibungen stellen Wertminderungen von Vermögensgegenständen des Unternehmens dar (z.B. durch Abnutzung von Maschinen).
EBIT (Operatives Ergebnis)
Das EBIT (engl. Earnings Before Interest and Taxes) ist der Gewinn des Unternehmens vor Zinsen und Steuern, das auch als operatives Ergebnis bezeichnet wird. Berechnet man den prozentualen Anteil vom Umsatz, spricht man von
der EBIT-Marge.
Nettogewinn
Der Nettogewinn stellt den Gewinn oder Verlust nach Abzug aller Kosten dar.
Nettogewinn einfach erklärtaktien.guide Basis
| Mär '26 |
+/-
%
|
||
| Umsatz | 68.911 68.911 |
10 %
10 %
100 %
|
|
| - Direkte Kosten | 28.696 28.696 |
6 %
6 %
42 %
|
|
| Bruttoertrag | 40.215 40.215 |
12 %
12 %
58 %
|
|
| - Vertriebs- und Verwaltungskosten | 20.460 20.460 |
7 %
7 %
30 %
|
|
| - Forschungs- und Entwicklungskosten | 8.539 8.539 |
12 %
12 %
12 %
|
|
| EBITDA | 16.277 16.277 |
56 %
56 %
24 %
|
|
| - Abschreibungen | 5.118 5.118 |
348 %
348 %
7 %
|
|
| EBIT (Operatives Ergebnis) EBIT | 11.159 11.159 |
20 %
20 %
16 %
|
|
| Nettogewinn | 10.753 10.753 |
96 %
96 %
16 %
|
|
Angaben in Millionen USD.
Nichts mehr verpassen! Wir senden Dir alle News zur IBM-Aktie direkt und kostenlos in Deine Mailbox.
Auf Wunsch erhältst Du jeden Morgen pünktlich zum Frühstück eine E-Mail, die alle für Dich relevanten Aktien-News enthält.
IBM Aktie News
Firmenprofil
International Business Machines Corp. ist ein Unternehmen der Informationstechnologie, das integrierte Lösungen anbietet, die Informationstechnologie und Kenntnisse von Geschäftsprozessen nutzen. Es ist in den folgenden Segmenten tätig: Cloud & Kognitive Software, Globale Geschäftsdienstleistungen, Globale Technologiedienstleistungen, Systeme und Globale Finanzierung. Das Segment Cloud & Cognitive Software bietet integrierte und sichere Cloud, Daten und Lösungen für die Kunden. Das Segment Global Business Services bietet Kunden Beratung, Anwendungsmanagement und globale Prozessdienste. Das Segment Global Technology Services bietet umfassende IT-Infrastruktur- und Plattformservices, die für die Kunden geschäftlichen Mehrwert schaffen. Das Segment Systems stellt den Kunden innovative Infrastrukturplattformen zur Verfügung, um die Anforderungen der hybriden Cloud- und Unternehmens-KI-Arbeitslast zu erfüllen. Das Segment Global Financing umfasst zwei Hauptgeschäftsbereiche: Finanzierungen, die hauptsächlich über IBM Credit LLC abgewickelt werden, sowie Wiederaufarbeitung und Wiedervermarktung. Das Unternehmen wurde am 16. Juni 1911 von Charles Ranlett Flint und Thomas J. Watson Sr. gegründet und hat seinen Hauptsitz in Armonk, NY.
aktien.guide Basis
| Hauptsitz | USA |
| CEO | Mr. Krishna |
| Mitarbeiter | 264.300 |
| Gegründet | 1911 |
| Webseite | www.ibm.com |


